DERWENT WORLD PATENTS INDEX® (DWPITM) EPI MANUAL CODES PART 1
Edition 16 ISBN: 978-1-908083-14-2 Copyright © 2014 Thomson Reuters
Copyright © 2014 Thomson Reuters Visit the Scientific web site at http://ip-science.thomsonreuters.com/ Edition 1 published January 1980 Edition 10 published January 2008 Edition 11 published January 2009 Edition 12 published January 2010 Edition 13 published January 2011 Edition 14 published January 2012 Edition 15 published January 2013 Edition 16 published January 2014 ISBN: 978 1 905935 09 3 (Edition 10 part 1) ISBN: 978 1 905935 10 9 (Edition 10 part 2) ISBN: 978 1 905935 11 6 (Edition 10 part 3) ISBN: 978 1 905935 15 4 (Edition 11 part 1) ISBN: 978 1 905935 16 1 (Edition 11 part 2) ISBN: 978 1 905935 17 8 (Edition 11 part 3) ISBN: 978 1 905935 21 5 (Edition 12 part 1) ISBN: 978 1 905935 22 2 (Edition 12 part 2) ISBN: 978 1 905935 23 9 (Edition 12 part 3) ISBN: 978-1-908083-00-5 (Edition 13 part 1) ISBN: 978-1-908083-01-2 (Edition 13 part 2) ISBN: 978-1-908083-02-9 (Edition 13 part 3) ISBN: 978-1-908083-05-0 (Edition 14 part 1) ISBN: 978-1-908083-06-7 (Edition 14 part 2) ISBN: 978-1-908083-07-4 (Edition 14 part 3) ISBN: 978-1-908083-10-4 (Edition 15 part 1) ISBN: 978-1-908083-11-1 (Edition 15 part 2) ISBN: 978-1-908083-12-8 (Edition 15 part 3) ISBN: 978-1-908083-14-2 (Edition 16 part 1) ISBN: 978-1-908083-15-9 (Edition 16 part 2) ISBN: 978-1-908083-16-6 (Edition 16 part 3)
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic, mechanical, recording, photocopying or otherwise without express written permission from the copyright owner.
Contents INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................................................... 1 SECTION Q:............................................................................................................................................................ 7 Q1 VEHICLES IN GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 9 Q2 SPECIAL VEHICLES ................................................................................................................................... 39 Q3 CONVEYING, PACKAGING, STORING......................................................................................................65 Q5 ENGINES, PUMPS, COMPRESSORS, FLUID PRESSURE ACTUATORS............................................... 87 Q6 ENGINEERING ELEMENTS..................................................................................................................... 105 SECTION S: ........................................................................................................................................................ 125 S01 ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................................. 127 S02 ENGINEERING INSTRUMENTATION....................................................................................................139 S03 SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTATION......................................................................................................... 159 S04 CLOCKS AND TIMERS............................................................................................................................183 S05 ELECTRICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENT....................................................................................................187 S06 PRINTING AND PHOTOGRAPHY......................................................................................................... 201 SECTION T: ....................................................................................................................................................... 225 T01: DIGITAL COMPUTERS........................................................................................................................... 227 T02: ANALOGUE AND HYBRID COMPUTERS ...........................................................................................265 T03: DATA RECORDING............................................................................................................................... 267 T04: COMPUTER PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT .............................................................................................313 T05: COUNTING, CHECKING, VENDING, ATM AND POS SYSTEMS........................................................ 327 T06: PROCESS AND MACHINE CONTROL................................................................................................. 335 T07: TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS............................................................................................................. 343 SECTION U.........................................................................................................................................................353 U11: SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS AND PROCESSES...........................................................................355 U12: DISCRETE DEVICES ...............................................................................................................................391 U13: INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ...................................................................................................................... 403 U14: MEMORIES, FILM AND HYBRID CIRCUITS........................................................................................ 409 U21: LOGIC CIRCUITS, ELECTRONIC SWITCHING AND CODING ............................................................425 U22: PULSE GENERATION AND MANIPULATION ....................................................................................439 U23: OSCILLATION AND MODULATION ................................................................................................... 449 U24: AMPLIFIER AND LOW POWER SUPPLIES......................................................................................... 457 U25: IMPEDANCE NETWORKS AND TUNING.............................................................................................471
SECTION V..........................................................................................................................................................477 V01: RESISTORS AND CAPACITORS...........................................................................................................479 V02: INDUCTORS AND TRANSFORMERS................................................................................................. 493 V03: SWITCHES, RELAYS............................................................................................................................. 503 V04: PRINTED CIRCUITS AND CONNECTORS........................................................................................... 513 V05: VALVES, DISCHARGE TUBES AND CRTS ..........................................................................................533 V06: ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS AND SMALL MACHINES................................................ 571 V07: FIBER-OPTICS AND LIGHT CONTROL................................................................................................ 591 V08: LASERS AND MASERS........................................................................................................................ 599 SECTION W .......................................................................................................................................................603 W01: TELEPHONE AND DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS ...................................................................... 605 W02: BROADCASTING, RADIO AND LINE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS .................................................. 659 W03: TV AND BROADCAST RADIO RECEIVERS........................................................................................ 719 W04: AUDIO/VISUAL RECORDING AND SYSTEMS.................................................................................. 757 W05: ALARMS, SIGNALLING, TELEMETRY AND TELECONTROL............................................................ 815 W06: AVIATION, MARINE AND RADAR SYSTEMS ................................................................................... 843 W07: ELECTRICAL MILITARY EQUIPMENT AND WEAPONS.................................................................... 861 SECTION X ........................................................................................................................................................ 867 X11: POWER GENERATION AND HIGH POWER MACHINES.................................................................... 869 X12: POWER DISTRIBUTION/COMPONENTS/CONVERTERS.................................................................. 877 X13: SWITCHGEAR, PROTECTION, ELECTRIC DRIVES............................................................................. 895 X14: NUCLEAR POWER GENERATOR......................................................................................................... 915 X15: NON-FOSSIL FUEL POWER GENERATING SYSTEMS....................................................................... 919 X16: ELECTROCHEMICAL STORAGE.......................................................................................................... 925 X21: ELECTRIC VEHICLES .............................................................................................................................933 X22: AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICS .................................................................................................................. 939 X23: ELECTRIC RAILWAYS AND SIGNALLING .......................................................................................... 965 X24: ELECTRIC WELDING.............................................................................................................................973 X25: INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................. 977 X26: LIGHTING.............................................................................................................................................. 993 X27: DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES.............................................................................................1003 SUBJECT INDEX ............................................................................................................................. PART 3 : 1027 APPENDICES ..............................................................................................................................................PART 3 APPENDIX 1: EPI SUBJECT MATTER COVERAGE..................................................................................... 1295 APPENDIX 2: EPI MANUAL CODING CRITERIA........................................................................................ 1297 APPENDIX 3: IPC TO EPI MANUAL CODE APPROXIMATE CONCORDANCE ....................................... 1299 APPENDIX 4: CONCISE GUIDE TO EPI AND MECHANICAL TRANSPORTATION CLASSIFICATION .. 1347 APPENDIX 5 : NANOTECHNOLOGY.......................................................................................................... 1363 APPENDIX 6: GREEN TECHNOLOGY ........................................................................................................ 1367
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
EPI MANUAL CODES Introduction This User Manual is intended to assist users of the Electrical Patents Index (EPI) Service in making the best use of the classification and indexing (Manual Coding) scheme which Thomson Reuters applies to electrical and electronic patents.
Background Electrical Patents Index (EPI) was introduced in 1980 to provide an improved patent information alerting service for users whose interests lie in the electrical field, and (from 2006) the mechanical transportation field, and (from 2012) the mechanical packaging field. Coverage is arranged in seven sections (Q, S-X), each dealing with a fairly broad range of subject matter. Within these sections are the EPI classes, fifty in total, which provide a more precise breakdown of material (see Appendix 4 for details). Associated with each class is a set of Manual Codes applied by Thomson Reuters technical staff to allow detailed retrieval. These codes, which have been assigned since the start of the EPI Service (Update 198018), form a hierarchical indexing system, mainly intended as an online retrieval tool. Originally based, in part, on the International Patent Classification (IPC), the EPI Manual Codes numbered approximately 1,900 when introduced and have been revised 15 times with the latest revision (2014) now including over 12,000 EPI Manual Codes to give a finer subject matter breakdown to improve retrieval. The revisions to the Manual Code, carried out in consultation with engineering customers, have the purpose of reflecting changes in technology, and continuing to develop an alternative technical viewpoint to that of the International Patent Classification.
Format of Manual Codes Manual Codes are structured so that an increase in the number of characters represents a finer subject matter breakdown. For the 1992 revision, the permissible maximum length of manual codes was increased to ten characters (including the hyphen), the possible formats being shown below: ANN
EPI Class
ANN-A
Generic Manual Code
ANN-ANN
Sub-group
ANN-ANNA
Sub-group division
ANN-ANNAN
Full Manual Code
ANN-ANNANA
(9 or 10 digits)
The class to which a Manual Code belongs is indicated by the characters preceding the hyphen, thus the codes are always sub-divisions of their related EPI Class. It should be noted that leading zeros are used to preserve the correct hierarchy. The shortest possible Manual Code is thus of five characters length (e.g. S01-A).
1
2
Introduction
Criteria for Assigning Manual Codes Manual Codes are intended to highlight the novel aspects of an invention and are therefore normally assigned according to the claimed novelty. In addition, depending on either the electrical content of the invention itself, or its intended use, codes are applied to indicate the application o f an invention. (For a fuller explanation of these criteria see Appendix 2). It should be noted that Manual Codes are frequently used in combination to represent a particular topic, so that some subjects may be routinely assigned two or three Manual Codes.
Documents Assigned Manual Codes Manual Codes are currently assigned to all Basic patents in EPI. Prior to Update 199510, EPI classes were assigned to title-only entries, except those for Chinese and Japanese patents, which were fully coded.
Transportation Codes Mechanical transportation Q11-Q25 codes have been applied to all patent documents from 200601 and are applied to highlight mechanical application or patents with mechanical novelty. The Q codes are designed to be used in conjunction with one another in the same way as the electrical manual codes are assigned, and they may also be applied in conjunction with the electrical manual codes when appropriate. Q11-Q25 codes will be applied to cover the core transportation areas such as vehicles in general, trains, ships and aircraft. Mechanical Q codes will also be applied in two other areas: namely, Q5 (Engines; pumps; compressors, fluid pressure actuators) and Q6 (Engineering elements), either when (i)
The patent is in a transportation technology (indicated by the presence of the Q11-Q25 class) and the Q5 and Q6 code provides a more detailed breakdown of the patent novelty than any of the Q11-Q25 codes applied; or
(ii)
The patent has an unspecified application, though one that could be of use in the transportation field, e.g. a novel piston for an internal combustion engine of unspecified application.
Packaging Codes Mechanical packaging Q3* codes have been applied to all patent documents from 201201 and are applied to highlight mechanical application or patents with mechanical novelty. The Q3* codes are designed to be used in conjunction with one another in the same way as the electrical manual codes are assigned, and they may also be applied in conjunction with the electrical manual codes when appropriate.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Layout of the Manual The manual is arranged in three sections. Parts 1 & 2 Codes in the seven sections Q, S-X are listed in alphanumeric order with details including the code definition, scope notes and associated search terms. For codes introduced post-1980 the year of introduction is indicated. An annotated example of a typical entry in the manual is shown below:
Part 3 This comprises an overall keyword index to Parts 1 & 2 of the manual, with 6 appendices as follows: 1
Brief Summary of EPI Subject Matter Coverage
2
Subject Index highlighting EPI Manual Coding Criteria
3
IPC - EPI Manual Code Approximate Concordance
4
Concise Guide to EPI and Mechanical Transportation Classification
5
Nanotechnology: Quick reference guide listing all Chemistry, Life Sciences and Engineering manual codes relating to Nanotechnology industries
6
Green Technology: Quick reference guide listing all Chemistry, Life Sciences and Engineering manual codes relating to Green technology
Code Heading and Definition In this new edition, many of the code descriptors have been re-worded and expanded to include details on how the code is applied and to provide references to other Manual Codes which might be of interest to the searcher for retrieval purposes.
3
4
Introduction
Additional Search Terms Additional terms immediately follow most code definitions. These comprise individual terms or groups of terms which might assist users in devising search strategies. The terms have been derived intellectually by Thomson Reuters coders aided by online searches to determine the most frequently occurring terms in titles of records to which the code has been assigned. In order to enhance retrieval, the searcher may also wish to use terms of interest in the code title definition itself and in the accompanying scope notes. In addition, terms appearing against higher level codes in the hierarchy may be employed, e.g.
In this example, users interested in stators for small electrical machines (V06-M07A) should consider terms of interest (e.g. cores, laminations) under the broader code V06-M07, where terms equally applicable to both sub-divisions are listed. It should be stressed that the lists of search terms are not comprehensive and users may find it necessary to use additional terms.
Year of Introduction The year of implementation of codes added after the initial introduction of EPI in 1980 is indicated in parentheses immediately alongside the code, e.g. [1987], indicates the code was introduced from the start of 1987. If such a code is not a subdivision of an existing code, then the code to be searched in order to retrieve earlier records is given in parentheses following the code heading. If no year is shown alongside a code, this indicates the code was applied from the start of EPI, i.e. Update 198018. In a few cases, revision of the Manual Codes has resulted in a particular code or code group being discontinued. These codes, which are indicated in the manual by an asterisk (*) following the code, remain valid for records prior to the year of revision.
Keyword Index Part 3 of the EPI Manual comprises an alphabetical index of the key terms appearing in the definition and associated with each Manual Code, together with the corresponding code. This index is used to guide the user to the correct code(s) in Parts 1 & 2 of the manual, where in order to ensure correct retrieval the user should always consult the full definition for the code including any scope notes. To avoid ambiguity, the terms appearing in the index are mainly derived from the code definition and only a few of the additional search terms are indexed.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
IPC
Manual Code Relationship
An IPC-to-Manual Code concordance at generic Manual Code level is provided at the end of this manual. It should be noted that the concordance cannot be guaranteed and since the codes are intellectually applied, other codes may be assigned as appropriate according to the technical content of the patent. Please note: The concordance has not been revised fully to date to take care of IPC changes brought about by the introduction of IPC version 8 and above.
Online Searching of Manual Codes All Manual Codes are searchable in the Derwent World Patents Index ® online files. Retrieval may be enhanced, depending on the scope of a Manual Code and the desired search, by combining it with other search terms, such as title/abstract words, title terms, IPCs, patentee names etc. These terms may be used to restrict the Manual Code to items of particular interest or to ensure full retrieval by defining the subject matter by use of other terms in addition to the Manual Codes. For additional information on online searching, please consult the relevant Thomson Reuters Online User Guides for each of the hosts.
5
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Section Q: Q1 VEHICLES IN GENERAL........................................................................................................................................... 9 Q11: WHEELS, T YRES, CONNECTIONS ..................................................................................................................................9 Q12: S USPENSION ..................................................................................................................................................... 13 Q13: POWERTAIN/TRA NSMISSIO N, SYSTEMS A ND THEIR CONTROL ............................................................................................. 15 Q14: V EHICLE ACCESSORI ES ......................................................................................................................................... 19 Q15: TRA NSPORTING S PECIAL LOADS .............................................................................................................................. 23 Q16: V EHICLE SER VICING , MAINT ENA NCE, CLEA NING EQUIPMENT, V EHICL E DESIGN A ND MA NUFACT URE ................................................ 25 Q17: V EHICLE CONSTR UCTION, FITTI NGS , PROPULSION ARRANG EMENT S ..................................................................................... 27 Q18: BRAKE SYST EMS, S TEERI NG SYST EMS, CONTROL ........................................................................................................... 31 Q19: V EHICLE APPLICATIONS ......................................................................................................................................... 35 Q2 SPECIAL VEHICLES ...............................................................................................................................................39 Q21: RAILWAYS ......................................................................................................................................................... 39 Q22: H AND/FOOT/ANIMAL D RAWN V EHICL ES ................................................................................................................... 47 Q24: S HIP ;, WAT ERBORNE V ESSELS ; RELAT ED E QUIPMENT .................................................................................................... 49 Q25: AIRCRAFT ; AVIATION ; COSMONAUTIC S ...................................................................................................................... 57 Q3 CONVEYING, PACKAGING, STORING ......................................................................................................................65 Q31: PACKAGING PROCESSES AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................... 65 Q32: CONTAINER/CLOSURE TYP ES, S PECIAL PACKAGING FEATUR ES A ND TRA NSIT PACKAGING .......................................................... 69 Q33: PACKAGING CONTAINER AND CLOSUR E MATERIAL S ........................................................................................................ 75 Q34: TYPES OF GOODS PACKAGES, BOTTLED, BOUND, LABELL ED, UNPACKED ................................................................................ 77 Q35: REFUSE COLLECTION; CONVEYORS .......................................................................................................................... 81 Q36: H ANDLING THI N MATERIALS .................................................................................................................................. 83 Q37: CONTAINER TRAFFIC (PRE-1984 ONLY) ..................................................................................................................... 83 Q38: H OISTING; LIFTING ; H AULING ................................................................................................................................. 85 Q5 ENGINES, PUMPS, COMPRESSORS, FLUID PRESSURE ACTUATORS ........................................................................87 Q51: I NTER NAL COMBUSTION E NGINES ; RECIPROCATING E NGI NES ; ROTARY E NGI NES .................................................................... 87 Q52: R EACTION E NGINES; E XTER NAL COMBUSTION ; GA S TURBINES ; ROCKETS ............................................................................ 93 Q53: POSITIVE D ISPLACEMENT FLUI D E NGINES (I. E. DRI VEN BY FLUI D) ....................................................................................... 95 Q54: NON- POSITIVE D ISPLACEMENT FLUI D E NGINES (I.E . DRI VEN BY FLUI D); MISCELLA NEOUS MOTORS AND MACHINES FOR PRODUCING MECHANICAL POWER/THR UST .................................................................................................................................. 97 Q55: POSITIVE D ISPLACEMENT FL UID MACHINES/P UMPS/COMPRESSOR S (I.E . FOR DRIVI NG FLUI D) .................................................... 99 Q56: NON- POSITIVE D ISPLACEMENT FLUI D MACHINES/PUMP S/COMPRESSION (I. E. FOR DRI VING FL UID) ............................................ 101 Q57: FLUID PRESSURE ACT UATORS; H YDRAULIC /PNEUMATICS IN GENERAL .............................................................................. 103 Q6 ENGINEERING ELEMENTS................................................................................................................................... 105 Q61: FASTENING E LEMENTS ; CONNECTIO NS .................................................................................................................... 105 Q62: S HAFTS AND BEA RING S ...................................................................................................................................... 107 Q63: COUPLINGS; CLUTCHES ; BRAKES ; S PRINGS; D AMPER S ................................................................................................. 109 Q64: BELTS, CHAI NS, GEARI NG ................................................................................................................................... 113 Q65: PISTONS, CYLI NDERS, PACKING ............................................................................................................................ 115 Q66: V ALVES; TAPS; COCKS; V ENT S .............................................................................................................................. 117 Q67: PIPES; J OINTS; FIT TING S ..................................................................................................................................... 119 Q68: OTHER E NGINEERING E LEMENTS ........................................................................................................................... 121 Q69: S TORING/D ISTRIBUTI NG GA S/LIQUID ..................................................................................................................... 123
7
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q1 Vehicles in General Q11: Wheels, Tyres, Connections From 2006, manual codes have been assigned for all mechanical details of vehicle wheels, tyres and connections.
Q11-A Wheels; Wheel assemblies Includes novel aspects of vehicle wheels, including emergency space saver and spare wheels. This code can also be applied when the wheel assembly as a whole is being claimed and when no specific components of the wheel assembly are novel.
Wheelend assembly
Q11-A01 Spoked wheels Includes wheels with separable/replaceable spokes, nipples etc., such as bicycle wheels.
Q11-A02 Disc wheels Includes wheels with single disc body, e.g. cast alloy wheels (with or without cut-outs to simulate spokes), and pressed steel disc wheels.
Q11-A03 Rims Q11-A04 Hubs Includes hub bearing assemblies - see also Q62-G for more detail.
Q11-A05 Axles Includes all axle details including quick release bicycle wheel axles.
Q11-A06 Wheel bearings Also see Q62-G for specific bearing types.
Tapered roller bearings
Q11-A07 Wheel covers Includes covers for decorative or aerodynamic purposes.
Hub cap
Q11-A08 Castors Q11-A15 Traction increasing equipment Includes mechanical devices for increasing friction between wheel and the ground.
Q11-A15A Lugs, spikes, snow chains etc. Includes tyres with built-in or attachable spikes or chains removably fastenable to tyres.
Q11-A15B Applying traction increasing material, e.g. sand Dispensing of particulate material such as sand in front of tyre path.
Q11-A17 Rail engaging arrangements Includes wheels with flanged edges for engaging rails. See Q19-R02 for vehicles usable on road/rail, and possibly Q21 for railway vehicles per se.
Q11-A19 Wheel-axle combinations, e.g. wheel sets Includes overall novel wheel/axle combination, e.g. the whole rear axle/wheel assembly used on a commercial lorry (also see Q19-C02).
Q11-A20 Wheel nuts/fastening elements Includes wheel nuts and bolts and anti-theft locking wheel nuts (see also Q61-A codes). Also includes quick release wheel fastening elements.
Spinner, skewer
9
10
Q: Mechanical
Q11-A28 Wheel manufacture/ assembly/disassembly apparatus Includes equipment for manufacturing and assembling/dismantling wheels, such as metal presses and casting equipment or jigs for enabling manual building of spoked wheels. For apparatus for (de)mounting wheel onto vehicle also see Q16-A02.
Q11-A30 Other wheel details Q11-B Tyres Q11-B01 Tyre type Q11-B01A Inflatable tyres Can be used to highlight the fact that the tyre construction is applicable to a pneumatic tyre.
Q11-B01A1 Inner tubes Q11-B01A3 Emergency or restricted use tyres Includes tyres that can be temporarily used in a damaged or deflated condition, e.g. using additional inflatable or non-inflatable supporting elements.
Q11-B01A3A Run-flat tyres Includes run-flat arrangements, e.g. by enabling folding of tyre side wall (see also Q11-B05).
Q11-B01A5 Folding tyres See Q19-A01 for folding bicycle tyres, and e.g. Q11-B03 for Kevlar (RTM) beads per se.
Q11-B01H Heavy duty tyres Includes tyres used in general heavy duty applications. Can be used in conjunction with Q19 codes to further specify the type of heavy duty vehicle involved.
Q11-B01S Solid tyres Includes solid rubber tyres and tyres with a solid, e.g. foam material, insert.
Q11-B01X Other tyre types Q11-B02 Valves See also Q66 codes for valves per se.
Q11-B03 Beads Includes beads and other similar ply overlap arrangements for enabling tyre to seat on and be retained in wheel rim.
Q11-B04 Reinforcements or ply arrangements Includes cross ply, reinforcing cords, layers, inlays etc.
Q11-B05 Tyre sidewalls Includes grooves and rib markings or coloured inlays, e.g. white walls.
Q11-B06 Tread bands, patterns and anti-skid inserts Includes tread patterns, anti-skid inserts vulcanised into tyre and wear indicators.
Q11-B15 Emergency/puncture repair arrangements Includes emergency use accessories such as tyre sealant sprays to temporarily repair tyre until it can be properly fixed/changed.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q11-B20 Tyre manufacture, mounting and inspection Includes all mechanical aspects of tyre manufacture such as vulcanising, or equipment for mounting of tyres on wheels (also see Q16-A02) or inspecting tyres. Also includes equipment for balancing wheels and associated balance weights (see also S02-J05 for static or dynamic balance testing per se).
Q11-B30 Other tyre details Includes wheel tape used to cover spoke nipples to protect inner tube (see also Q19-A for bicycles). Also includes novel tyre materials and rubber compositions (see also relevant polymer section A indexing).
Q11-C Connections Includes assemblies between e.g. towing and towed vehicles.
Q11-C01 Traction couplings or hitches Includes ball and socket hitches or bolt/shackle type hitches mounted on towing vehicle. For power take offs (PTOs) per se, e.g. used on agricultural tractors, see also Q19-G and Q13-C instead. Also includes fifth wheel traction couplings used on articulated lorries (see also Q19-C02). For electrical aspects such as 7pin electrics, see X22-X01A and V04D codes instead.
Tractor-trailer
Q11-C02 Draw gear or towing devices Includes e.g. V or Y shaped tubular frameworks and hitch arrangements forming part of towed vehicle. Also includes towing chains or ropes, and safety arrangements such as stabiliser bars fixed to towed vehicle for limiting sway of e.g. towed trailer/caravan.
Q11-C05 Fittings to facilitate pushing
Q11-C07 Gangways for coupled vehicles Includes removable walkways between vehicles, e.g. between lorry cab and trailer.
Q11-C09 Other connection details Includes damping arrangements for limiting vibration etc. between towing vehicle and towed assembly/trailer.
11
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q12: Suspension From 2006 Q12 covers all mechanical details of vehicle suspension systems. Prior to the introduction of Q12 manual codes in 2006, the Q12 class covered vehicle suspensions, heating, doors and screens.
Q12-A Rigid suspensions; Rigid connection between axle and frame Q12-B Resilient suspensions Includes independent resilient suspension for single wheels and resilient suspension for wheel sets or axles with inter-related movement, e.g. live axles.
Q12-B01 Spring arrangements Q12-B01A Leaf Q12-B01B Coil Q12-B01C Torsion bar springs Q12-B01D Rubber springs Includes elastomers.
Q12-B01E Fluid springs Includes hydraulic and air springs.
Q12-B01F Combination of different spring types Includes suspensions e.g. employing both coil springs and air springs.
Q12-B02 Vibration dampers; Shock absorbers Damper
Q12-B02A Mechanical damper Includes coil springs used to provide a damping function.
Q12-B02B Fluid damper Includes hydraulic, pneumatic and quasi-fluid, i.e. having powdered medium, dampers.
Q12-B02C Torsion damper
[2008]
Includes torsional damping arrangements.
Q12-B02D Rubber damper
[2008]
Includes elastic material, e.g. rubber or elastomer dampers.
Q12-B03 Spring/damper combinations Includes coil-over dampers. This code can be used in conjunction with other Q12-B codes to highlight the type of springs and dampers being used.
Racing car, sports car
Q12-B04 Spring/damper characteristic adjustment; Vehicle ride height control Includes control of air pressure within air springs. Also includes arrangements for adjusting caster/camber and toe-in/toe-out of vehicle wheels (see also Q12-B07 for suspension adjustment linkages per se).
Height control
Q12-B06 Mountings; Brackets Includes suspension mounting arrangements such as bushes and brackets.
Nylon, poly, bush
13
14
Q: Mechanical
Q12-B07 Suspension connections/linkages Includes Panhard rods, Watt linkages, trailing arms, wishbones etc. Also includes upper and lower ball joints.
Double wishbones, outboard, inboard
Q12-B09 Roll/stability control arrangements Includes mechanical anti-roll bars per se.
Stabiliser
Q12-B15 Lubrication arrangements Oil, grease, nipple Q12-X Other suspension details
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q13: Powertain/transmission, systems and their control From 2006 Q13 covers all mechanical details of vehicle powertrains, transmission systems and their control. Prior to the introduction of Q13 manual codes in 2006, the Q13 class covered vehicle transmissions and controls, including propulsion unit mounting arrangements and fuel tanks.
Q13-A Powertrain/Transmission systems and their control For electrical aspects of transmission systems used in electric vehicles or motor vehicles, respectively see X21-A02A and X22-G codes only.
Q13-A01 Transmission type Q13-A01A Automatic transmission Includes transmissions where gears are changed under load, so that power continues to be transmitted to drive wheels while shifting. Includes sun and planet gears, planet carriers etc.
Q13-A01A1 Double clutch transmission Includes transmissions using two multiplate clutches arranged on drive side with next gear being preselected in transmission unit not currently transmitting power.
Q13-A01C Continuously variable transmission (CVT) Includes e.g. mechanical belt wrap transmissions.
Toroidal transmission
Q13-A01E Semi-automatic Includes manual transmissions where clutch is electronically disengaged during gear shifting,
Paddleshift, clutchless
Q13-A01M Manual transmission Includes gearing and synchronisers, e.g. used to allow collar and gear to make frictional contact before dog teeth make contact to avoid the need for double declutching.
Synchromesh
Q13-A01X Other transmission types Includes derailleur type transmission assemblies used on bicycles (see also Q19-A). Also includes general hydrostatic transmission system (see Q13-A02 instead for hydraulic torque converters).
Q13-A02 Torque converter Includes fluid coupling type torque converters used in multi-speed and automatic transmissions and lockup clutches used to lock the two halves of the converter together to eliminate slippage when the converter is up to speed. Also see Q13-A01A for automatic transmissions per se.
Hydrodynamic torque converter
Q13-A03 Clutch Includes both wet and dry plate friction clutches. Also includes mechanical lock-up clutches used in e.g. torque converters (see also Q13-A02). Also includes clutch release bearings (see also Q62-G codes) and clutch pressure plates. Also includes flywheels (see also Q63-E02B) including dual mass flywheels prior to 2012. From 2012 flywheels are transferred to Q13-A04. Also see Q17-N for vibration reduction per se.
15
16
Q: Mechanical
Q13-A04 Flywheels
[2012]
Includes mechanical details of all flywheels including dual mass flywheels (see also Q63E02B). For vibration reduction per se see Q17N.
Q13-A05 Retarder Includes hydrodynamic retarders, including primary retarders fitted on drive input side, e.g. for low speed braking of buses, and secondary retarders fitted on drive output side, e.g. for higher speed or downhill braking of trucks.
Q13-A07 Drive shafts Includes prop shafts and half shafts. Also includes constant velocity joints and other connections (see also Q63-A codes).
CV joint, universal joint
Q13-A09 Differentials Includes open and limited slip differentials (See Q13-A11 for 4WD diff locks). See also Q13A11 for mechanical Torsen (RTM) differentials or viscous couplings used in all wheel drive off-road vehicles.
LSD, open, diff, plate, Torsen (RTM), viscous coupling, final drive unit, bevel gears
Q13-A11 All wheel drive Includes both permanent and disengageable all wheel drive and four wheel drive systems. Includes viscous couplings, transfer cases and lockable differentials (see also Q13-A09). For electrical aspects of four or all wheel drive systems see X22-G05 instead, and for systems using intelligent brake application see X22C02 codes.
AWD, 4WD, four-wheel drive, all-terrain, transfer case, Torsen (RTM) lock, viscous coupling, high-low range
Q13-A15 Cranks Pedal arm Q13-A16 Pedals SPD, clipless Q13-A17 [2008] Chainrings and sprockets Includes toothed chainrings and sprockets e.g. for bicycle (see also Q19-A).
Q13-A18 Chains/belts Includes endless chains and belts.
Q13-A20 Lubrication arrangements Includes oil seals and drain plugs e.g. for gearboxes or differentials.
Q13-A22 Cooling arrangements Includes transmission oil coolers.
Q13-A24 Gearing
[2007]
Includes mechanical aspects of transmission gearing and gearboxes. See Q64-C for further details of gearing in general.
Q13-A26 Mountings
[2008]
Includes gearbox, differential, drive train mounting arrangements and transmission noise control arrangements (see also Q17-N for noise reduction in general).
Bracket, rubber, bush
Q13-A30 Other transmission hardware
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q13-B Powertrain/Transmission control arrangements Includes gear levers per se and gear knobs. Also includes clutch control levers e.g. used on motorcycle (see also Q19-B) and mechanical/hydraulic clutch activation arrangements and clutch pedals.
Control
Q13-C Auxiliary drives, e.g. from PTO, driven wheel Includes power take-offs used on e.g. agricultural tractors (see also Q19-G). For mechanical aspects of hitches per se, see Q11C01.
Q13-X Other transmission details Includes transaxles, i.e. where gearbox and differential etc. are combined into one unit.
17
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q14: Vehicle Accessories From 2006 Q14 covers all mechanical vehicle accessories. See X22-J instead for electrical vehicle accessories. Prior to the introduction of Q14 manual codes in 2006, the Q14 class covered electric propulsion and seating.
Q14-A Seats; Saddles Q14-A01 Child seats
[2007]
Includes removable child seats, and child seats and booster cushions that are integral with vehicle seats.
ISOFIX
Q14-B Beds Q14-C Safety devices For electrical aspects, see X22-J11 for general passenger safety devices.
Q14-C01 Safety belts; Body harnesses See X22-J03B codes only for electrical aspects of seat belts.
Seatbelt
Q14-C02 Inflatable occupant restraints Includes inflatable airbags, knee bolsters and side/curtain airbags. See X22-J07 only for electrical aspects of airbags.
SRS
Q14-C02A [2008] For protecting specific occupant The codes below are used to highlight whether a specific occupant is being protected. For e.g. curtain airbags designed to protect all vehicle occupants then no Q14-C02A codes need be applied.
Q14-C02A1 For protecting driver
[2008]
Q14-C02A2 [2008] For protecting front seat passenger Q14-C02A3 [2008] For protecting rear seat passengers Q14-C02C [2008] Specific inflatable restraint types These codes can be applied to highlight specific types of inflatable occupant restraint.
Q14-C02C1 [2008] Inflatable knee bolster Q14-C02C2 Side/curtain airbag
[2008]
Q14-C02C3 [2008] Dashboard/steering wheel mounted airbag Q14-C02C4 Roof mounted airbag
[2008]
Q14-C03 Visual signalling, e.g. reflectors Includes optical signalling devices such as reflectors and e.g. posts mounted on bumper to highlight corner of vehicle for assisting parking or collision prevention. For reflectors built into vehicle light see X22-B and X26D01A codes only.
Q14-C04 Audible signalling, e.g. horns Includes mechanical devices only. See X22B03H and W05 codes for electrical aspects of vehicle horns.
Q14-C05 Portable emergency signal devices For portable illuminated signalling devices see X22-B03E and T07-X and possibly X26 or W05 codes only.
Warning triangle
19
20
Q: Mechanical
Q14-C06 Crash bars, crash pads See also Q19-A or Q19-B for bicycles and motorcycles respectively. Also includes side impact protection bars (also see Q17-A06 for doors). Includes flip-up rollover bars used in cabriolet vehicles (also see Q19-S).
Q14-C07 Stabilisers Includes stabilisers used when learning to ride a bicycle (see also Q19-A). Also includes stabilisers and grounding members for construction vehicles (see also Q19-E). For suspension system stabiliser/anti-roll bars see Q12-B09 instead.
Q14-C15 Pedestrian safety systems includes passive systems such as pedestrian friendly bonnets or deformable bumpers (see also Q17-A12).
Q14-C16 [2008] Vehicle specific clothing Can be used for all mechanical aspects of vehicle specific clothing, including bicycle and motorcycle helmets, safety shoes and jackets with protective inserts.
Q14-C20 Other safety devices Includes collision responsive collapsible steering columns (see also Q18-B01D5).
Q14-D Anti-glare equipment; Sun shades; Visors; Curtains; Screens For electrical aspects such as electrochromic window glass, see X22-X05.
Q14-E Mirrors See X22-J04 only for electrical aspects of vehicle mirrors.
Rear-view
Q14-F Luggage/item storage arrangements Q14-F01 Interior compartments/fittings Q14-F02 Exterior fittings/racks e.g. for luggage/sports equipment Includes panniers and cycle carriers. Also includes removable racks for carrying other equipment such as canoes. See Q15 codes for vehicles specifically designed to carry specific loads.
Q14-G Sidecars; Forecars Also see Q19-B for motorcycles per se.
Motorcycle
Q14-H Anti-theft arrangements Includes steering column lock, steering wheel lock, locking wheel nuts (see also Q11-A15) and other mechanical anti-theft assemblies.
Q14-H01 Locks Includes vehicle door lock assemblies. For electrical aspects of vehicle door locks see X22-D01 codes.
Q14-I Steps, e.g. running boards Includes lift arrangements, e.g. for disabled person. For disabled person aids used on disabled person-specific vehicles such as invalid carriages, see Q15-B13 also.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q14-J Stands
Q14-R Vehicle license plate
Includes on and off-board supports and holders and parking cycles (see also Q19-A). See X22-J20 for electrical details of cycle stands and supports for parking purposes, as well as T05 codes for parking fee charging details.
Q14-K Mudguards; Chain guards; Weather guards Includes bicycle mudguards (see also Q19-A) and waterproof car covers used when vehicle is parked to protect the whole vehicle or e.g. windscreen from frost.
Q14-L Sanitation devices Includes toilets and washing facilities. Also includes sewage and waste storage.
Q14-M Heating/ventilating/air-conditioning systems Includes mechanical aspects such as ducting and air directing nozzles. For electrical aspects see X22-J02 codes.
Q14-N Windscreen wipers/washers Includes all aspects of windscreen/window cleaning such as windscreen wiper blades, screen washers, windscreen scraper/sponge etc. For electrical aspects of vehicle windscreen wipers/washers see X22-J01.
Q14-P Footrests
[2012]
Includes foot rest for supporting
[2013]
Includes mechanical details of vehicle number plates. See Q14-C03 also for novel reflectors and X22-B05 for illuminated number plates.
Q14-X Other vehicle accessor ies Includes removable aftermarket car mats. See Q17-A10 instead for permanent fixings and fixed interior trim/carpets. Also includes kitchen equipment used in caravan or camper van (see also Q19-F01 and Q19-F02 respectively).
Kitchen; kitchen sinks/worktops/equipment storage; cooker
21
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q15: Transporting Special Loads From 2006 manual codes have been applied to cover all mechanical arrangements for transporting special loads. Prior to 2006, the Q15 class covered these aspects.
Q15-A Vehicles for transporting special loads and modified to facilitate loading/unloading/consolidating Q15-A01 Using tipping movement of load supporting surface Includes dump trucks and tipper lorries (see also Q19-E for construction vehicles per se).
Q15-A02 Using endless chains and belts Includes use of cargo (un)loading conveyor belts.
Q15-A03 Using screw conveyors Includes used of screw conveyors e.g. to unload particulate material.
Q15-A04 Using loading ramp Includes use of cargo bed that can be raised to an inclined position to assist unloading.
Q15-A05 Using loading platform Q15-A06 Using cranes
Q15-A15 Other loading/unloading arrangements Q15-B Vehicle adapted to transport special loads Also see Q19-C codes for further vehicle applications, e.g. Q19-C for commercial vehicles per se.
Q15-B01 For transporting prefabricated buildings Includes vehicles or trailers specifically for transporting mobile homes.
Q15-B02 For transporting money or other valuables Includes armoured cars.
Q15-B03 For transporting reels Includes vehicle for transporting large cable or wire drums.
Q15-B04 For transporting animals/meat Includes lorries or trailers for transporting live animals such as pigs, sheep or cows, or processed meat.
Q15-B05 For transporting refrigerated goods Includes refrigerated lorries (see also Q19C02). See also X27 for refrigeration systems per se.
Q15-A07 Using rollers
Q15-B06 For transporting bottles
Q15-A08 Using vibrators or fluid in direct contact with load
Q15-B07 Vehicle/crane transporter
See also V06-D for vibration generators, and X22 for electrical aspects of cargo handling arrangements.
Includes car transporter lorries.
23
24
Q: Mechanical
Q15-B08 Tanker vehicles Includes tanker lorries carrying fluids such as petrol, milk or chemicals.
Q15-B09 Spraying vehicles Q15-B10 Vehicles with living accommodation For caravans and mobile homes or camper vans per se, see Q19-F01 and Q19-F02 codes respectively.
Q15-B11 For transporting mixed concrete Also see Q19-E for construction vehicles per se.
Concrete mixer
Q15-B12 For carrying long loads Q15-B13 For transporting persons Includes wheelchair lifting arrangements and other vehicle fittings specifically designed to adapt vehicle for solely transporting disabled persons, e.g. invalid carriages. For disabled person aids/accessories such as wheelchair lifts used on conventional vehicles see Q14-I instead. See Q19-H03 for ambulances per se. Electrical aspects of e.g. disabled person aids can be coded in X22-X and S05-K codes.
Q15-B30 Other vehicle adaptations/modifications Includes vehicles specifically designed to carry other loads such as gas tanks/cylinders.
Q15-C On-board weighing arrangements Also see S02-D codes for weighing per se, and X22-X06K for electrical on-board vehicle weighing arrangements.
Q15-D Securing of loads Includes novel straps and tie-down assemblies for specific loads. Includes tarpaulins for covering lorry trailers (see also Q19-C02 and Q19-J) to prevent load from spilling.
Q15-X Other vehicles predominantly for carrying specific loads
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q16: Vehicle servicing, maintenance, cleaning equipment, Vehicle design and manufacture From 2006 Q16 covers all mechanical details of vehicle servicing, maintenance and cleaning equipment as well as vehicle design and manufacture. Prior to the introduction of Q16 manual codes in 2006, the Q16 class covered vehicle lighting and signalling. See X22-B codes for electrical details of lighting and signalling, and Q14-C03 and Q14-C04 codes for mechanical details of vehicle signalling. When a more specific code exists elsewhere, then Q16 codes are not required. For example, a wheel manufacturing apparatus can be adequately covered in Q11-A28 and does not require the application of a Q16-D code.
Q16-A Vehicle servicing/maintenance/cleaning equipment Q16-A01 Vehicle cleaning apparatus See X25-H09C for electrical aspects of car washers.
Q16-A02 Servicing/repairing equipment Includes all equipment/methods for servicing, maintaining and repairing vehicles. For electrical aspects of vehicle servicing equipment, see X22-X16. For off-board wheel balancer see S02-J codes and Q11-B20. Includes mechanical aspects of oil change/reconditioning apparatus and onboard systems that burn dirty oil in combustion chamber and replenish engine with clean oil. For electrical aspects see X22-A16.
Q16-A03 Vehicle supporting/lifting/manoeuvring apparatus See X25-F05 codes for electrical aspects of e.g. vehicle engine hoists or drive-on ramps.
Axle stands, jack
Q16-D Vehicle design/manufacture/assembly This code is used to highlight a vehicle manufacturing aspect that cannot be covered elsewhere. For vehicle tyre manufacture see Q11-B20 instead. See T01 codes for electrical CAD/CAM systems.
Q16-D01 [2007] Vehicle manufacture/assembly See X25-X14 only for electrical aspects of industrial manufacturing/assembly equipment, and X25-F01 codes for e.g. conveyors per se.
Q16-D01A [2007] Production line assembly equipment Q16-D09 Vehicle design
[2007]
See T01 codes for electrical CAD/CAM systems.
Q16-R Vehicle salvaging; recycling See X25-W04 for electrical aspects of vehicle/material recycling.
Q16-X Other vehicle servicing/manufacturing equipment not provided for
25
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q17: Vehicle construction, Fittings, Propulsion arrangements From 2006 Q17 covers all mechanical details of vehicle construction, fittings and propulsion arangements. Prior to the introduction of Q17 manual codes in 2006, the Q17 class covered vehicle parts and fittings as well as servicing. See Q16-A02 instead of mechanical aspects of vehicle servicing or X22-X16 and X22-A16 for electrical aspects of vehicle/engine servicing. For mechanical details of vehicle engines also see Q51 codes.
Q17-A Vehicle construction Q17-A01 Under structures; Chassis; Subframe; Connections Includes tubular spaceframe constructions. Also includes passenger protection arrangements such as crumple zones built into the chassis.
Q17-A02 Superstructures; Superstructure sub units and connections Includes side panels, door pillars, fixed roofs, floors etc.
Q17-A03 Combined superstructure and frame; Monocoque Includes monocoques used in racing cars (see also Q19-F03).
Q17-A04 Cycle frames Includes frames and forks used in cycles and motorcycles. Also See Q19-A for cycles, Q19-B for motorcycles and Q12 codes for novel details of suspension forks or rear suspension units.
Q17-A05 Streamlining arrangements Includes spoilers and other valances or wind deflectors. For electrical aspects of exterior fittings such as speed responsive spoilers, see X22-X05 only.
Q17-A06 Doors; bonnets; tailgates Includes mechanical aspects of openings such as doors, boots and bonnets. Gas struts are also coded in Q63-E01D for fluid springs. For electrical aspects such as electric sliding doors or electric door locks, instead see X22-X05 and X22-D01 codes respectively. Also includes side impact beams (see also Q14-C06 for crash bars per se).
Q17-A07 Windows Includes window glass per se and mechanical winders for raising and lowering windows. See X22-H codes only for electrical aspects of power windows.
Q17-A08 Sunroof; Removable roof panels; Convertible soft top roof For electrical aspects see X22-J08 only.
Targa top, roadster
Q17-A09 Sealing arrangements Includes rubber seals and other waterproofing arrangements.
Drainage channel, sealing strip.
Q17-A10 Body finishing arrangements Includes decorative trim elements such as external rubbing strips, all interior trim, and liners and covers for load compartments such as pick-up truck load beds. For car weatherproof covers used when vehicle is parked see Q14-K instead.
27
28
Q: Mechanical
Q17-A11 Dashboard; Instrumentation Includes plastic dashboard mouldings, mountings and clips. See X22-E only for electrical aspects of vehicle dashboards/instrumentation, and S02 codes for dials/displays.
Q17-A12 Exterior fittings; Bumpers Includes bullbars and A-frames mounted on front of off-road vehicle.
Q17-A13 Spare wheel stowing, holding or mounting arrangements Q17-A14 Endless track arrangements Includes e.g. tank and bulldozer Caterpillar (RTM) tracks (see also Q19-D and Q19-E codes for military and construction vehicles per se). Also see Q19-X for unspecified type tracked vehicles.
Q17-A15 Air cushion vehicle equipment See also Q19-R01 for air cushion vehicles per se. Includes inflatable skirts. Also see Q24 codes for hovercraft per se.
Hovercraft
Q17-A20 Other vehicle constructions/fittings Q17-E Propulsion arrangements This code can be applied to highlight motor vehicle engine application, especially novel internal details of internal combustion engines such as pistons (Q51-A03B), crankshafts (Q51A03E) etc., though Q51 codes are the primary codes used to highlight novel internal combustion engines details per se. For novel engine parts that bolt onto the engine such as exhaust systems and intake manifolds see Q17-E09 or Q17-E15 instead. For electrical aspects of vehicle engines see X22-A codes only.
Q17-E01 Engine mounting arrangements Includes mechanical engine mountings( see also Q51-X). Mechanical vibration reduction mountings can also be coded in Q17-N. For electrically controlled vibration reducing engine mountings see X22-A12 only.
Bush
Q17-E02 Engine cooling arrangements Includes radiators per se. For electrical aspects of engine cooling, such as electric water pumps, see X22-A10 only.
Water, cooling, antifreeze
Q17-E03 Engine lubricating arrangements Includes e.g. sumps and oil pick up pipes. See X22-A18 for electrical oil pumps etc.
Oil
Q17-E04 Fuel supply arrangements; Fuel tanks Includes tanks for storing petrol, diesel, hydrogen etc. For electrical fuel supply arrangements see X22-A02 codes and X22A03A codes for corresponding control details.
Fuel, tank, carburettor
Q17-E05 Propulsion unit control arrangements Includes e.g. throttle cables, accelerator pedals, hand controls etc. For electrical aspects such as electronic throttle controls and electric pedal details see X22-A03B and X22-X12 codes instead.
Control
Q17-E09 Exhaust systems
[2009]
Includes novel primaries, collectors and silencers of motor vehicle exhaust systems. See also Q51-J codes for IC engine exhausts per se. See X22-A07 for electrical aspects of vehicle exhaust systems.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q17-E15 Other propulsion details Includes engine heating/warming arrangements (see also Q51-L), e.g. using diverted exhaust gas. From 2009 novel mechanical aspects of vehicle exhaust systems have been transferred to Q51-E09.
Q17-N Noise/Vibration/Harshness reduction arrangements Includes all mechanical aspects associated with reducing noise, vibration and harshness within vehicle, such as use of sound deadening materials. This can be used in conjunction with other Q codes as appropriate, e.g. with Q12 for suspension based NVH reduction. For electrical NVH aspects see the relevant X22 codes such as X22-G03N for transmission based NVH reduction, X22-X08 for general passenger compartment noise reduction and X22-A12 for engine noise/vibration reduction. See Q51-J01 instead for vehicle exhaust silencers.
NVH
Q17-X Other vehicle construction; fittings, Propulsion arrangements not provided for
29
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q18: Brake systems, Steering systems, Control From 2006 Q18 covers all mechanical details of vehicle brake and steering systems and their control. Prior to the introduction of Q18 manual codes in 2006, the Q18 class only covered brake control systems. See X22C02/X22-C05 codes for electrical details of vehicle braking and steering systems.
Q18-A Braking systems; Control For electrical aspects of braking systems, see X22-C02 codes only.
Q18-A01 Braking system components These codes are applied to highlight specific novel components of the braking system, such as novel brake discs per se (Q18-A01A). If the braking system as a whole is novel, rather than a specific individual part of it, then apply Q18A03 codes instead, e.g. Q18-A03A for novel disc brake assemblies.
Q18-A01A Discs Includes novel brake discs per se.
Q18-A01B Drums Includes novel brake drums per se.
Q18-A01C Pads and shoes Includes novel brake pads and shoes and their materials.
Q18-A01D Callipers Includes novel hydraulic brake callipers and mechanical cable operated callipers.
4-pot, V, side-pull, cantilever
Q18-A01E Cylinders/reservoirs, e.g. master cylinder Q18-A01F Valves Q18-A01G Brake force control Includes brake bias valves (also see Q18A01E). Includes all systems and methods for adjusting braking force. See X22-C02C for electrical brake pressure control systems.
Q18-A01H [2013] General brake hydraulics Includes general hydraulic aspects of vehicle brakes such as brake pipes, hoses, hydraulic lines, clips etc.
Q18-A01J Air brakes
[2007]
Includes e.g. air compressor arrangements for compressing air used in brakes of heavy vehicle such as truck (see also Q19-C02). For novel reciprocating air compressors see also Q55-A.
Q18-A01P Parking brakes
[2007]
Includes mechanical details of hand brakes or foot actuated parking brakes. See also Q18A07 codes for novel details of the parking brake actuating arrangement per se.
Q18-A01X Other brake system components Q18-A03 Brake assemblies These codes are only applied when the brake system as a whole is novel. For individual novel brake system components such as discs or callipers see the relevant Q18-A01 codes only.
31
32
Q: Mechanical
Q18-A03A Disc brake assemblies Q18-A03B Drum brake assemblies Q18-A03C Brake assemblies with braking member acting on periphery of drum or wheel rim etc. Includes bicycle cantilever brakes (see also Q19-A).
Q18-A03P Brake systems controlled by backpedalling Includes hub brakes and brakes built into bicycle (see also Q19-A) transmission utilising e.g. disks, drums, contacting coaxial cones, or expanding brake bushings, that are actuated upon back-pedalling, See Q63-B05 for freewheels and free-wheel clutches.
Q18-A03X Other brake assemblies Q18-A05 Brake cooling arrangements Q18-A07 Brake action initiat ing devices Includes mechanical driver actuated devices. For electrical aspects of brake actuation devices see X22-X12 and X22-C02 codes.
Q18-A07A Foot control Includes brake pedal per se and after-market alloy drilled pedal pads or rubber covers. See X22-X12 only for electrical aspects of brake pedals.
Foot pedal
Q18-A07B Hand control (e.g. brake lever) Includes brake levers (also see Q19-A for bicycles and Q19-B for motorcycles).
Q18-A07C Automatic brake initiation For electrical aspects of automatic brake initiation see X22-C02D codes only.
Q18-A10 Portable wheel chocks Includes portable chocks e.g. for preventing vehicle from moving during servicing or wheel changing.
Q18-A15 Brake safety devices; Monitor ing Includes mechanical aspects of e.g. brake safety such as brake pad wear indicators (see also Q18-A01C).
Q18-A30 Other brake systems Includes deployable braking parachutes. Also includes exhaust braking, e.g. used on dieselengined trucks (see also Q19-C02 and Q51D03) for sustained slowing down long hills, to prevent overheating of mechanical friction brakes (also see Q51-J07 for exhaust systems per se).
Q18-B Steering systems; Control For electrical aspects of steering systems, see X22-C05 codes only.
Q18-B01 Steering controls For electrical aspects of steering wheels, see X22-C05C codes only.
Q18-B01A Hand wheels; Steering wheel Includes steering wheels per se and covering elements. See Also Q14-C02 for steering wheel mounted airbags.
Q18-B01B Hand levers
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q18-B01C Handlebars; Grips; Stems Includes handlebars, grips, stems, bar-ends etc. (also see Q19-A for bicycles and Q19-B for motorcycles per se).
Q18-B01D Steering column Includes column per se.
Q18-B01D1 Rake/reach adjustment mechanisms Includes telescopic and tiltable steering columns to enable adjustment of driving position.
Q18-B01D3 Clamps Includes steering column mounting clamps.
Q18-B01D5 [2008] Collapsible steering column Includes steering columns designed to collapse during vehicle collision for safety purposes (see also Q14-C20 for driver safety).
Q18-B01X Other steering controls Q18-B02 Steering gears/racks Includes steering racks and associated pinion gears.
Q18-B02A Mechanical type Includes steering arrangements utilising a mechanical rack/gear arrangement. If hydraulic power assistance is also used see Q18-B06C as well.
Q18-B02B Hydraulic type Includes systems using hydraulic piston/cylinder assemblies instead of a mechanical rack arrangement to displace steering arms. Also see Q18-B06C for hydraulic power steering.
Q18-B03 Steering linkages; Stub axles or their mounting Includes universal joints, e.g. for interconnecting upper and lower steering columns, and tie rod ends.
Q18-B06 Power assisted steering systems For electrical power assisted steering systems see X22-C05A codes only.
Q18-B06A Mechanical, e.g. using power take-off Q18-B06C Fluid Includes hydraulic power assistance.
Q18-B07 Automatic steering control arrangements For electrical automatic steering systems see X22-C05B only.
Q18-B09 Other deflectable wheel steering apparatus Includes passive four wheel steering (4WS) systems (see X22-C05A1 only for electrical 4WS systems).
Q18-B12 Steering non-deflectable wheels, i.e. endless tracks Includes steering of tracked vehicles. (also see Q19-D for military tanks and Q19-E for bulldozers).
Q18-B15 Other steering arrangements not provided for Includes other steering devices such as steerable skis for snow mobiles (see Also Q19F04).
33
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q19: Vehicle applications From 2006 Q19 covers vehicle applications. Prior to the introduction of Q19 manual codes in 2006, the Q19 class only covered aircushion vehicles. From 2006, see Q19-R01 and Q24-P10 for air-cushion vehicles such as hovercraft.
Q19-A Cycles Includes bicycles, unicycles, tricycles, tandems, recumbent cycles. For electrical aspects or accessories for bicycles, see X22-P01 only.
Q19-B Motorcycles; Scooters; Mopeds See X22-P02 only for electrical aspects of motorcycles.
Q19-C Commercial vehicles See X22-P05 codes only for electrical aspects of commercial vehicles.
Q19-C01 Bus/Coach See X22-P05A for electrical aspects of buses and coaches.
Q19-C02 Lorry/Truck Includes tractor-trailer over-the-highway vehicles. See X22-P05B for electrical aspects of lorries.
Articulated lorry, HGV
Q19-C03 Taxi See X22-P05C for electrical aspects of taxis.
Q19-C04 Refuse collecting vehicle See X22-P05X for electrical aspects of dust carts.
Q19-C05 Snow removing vehicle; Snow plough; Road cleaning vehicles See X25-U05 for electrical aspects of road cleaning and X22-P05X e.g. for snow ploughs.
Road sweeper
Q19-C06 Forklift truck See X25-F05A and X21-A01B or X22-P05F for electrical aspects of forklift trucks.
Q19-C07 Hearse Q19-C09 Other commercial vehicles Includes milk floats, pick-up trucks and commercial vans.
Q19-D Military vehicles Includes tanks, armoured personnel carriers etc. See W07 and possibly X22-P06 for electrical aspects of military vehicles.
Q19-E Construction vehicles Includes bulldozers, excavators and cranes. See X25-U (construction), X25-D01 (earth mover) and X22-P07 for electrical aspects. For unspecified use tracked vehicles see Q19-X instead.
Q19-F Recreational vehicles Includes MPVs (multipurpose vehicles), SUVs (sports utility vehicles), people carriers and quad bikes. See X22-P08 for electrical aspects of recreational vehicles.
RV
Q19-F01 Caravan; Trailer tent
35
36
Q: Mechanical
Q19-F02 Camper van; Motorhome For equipment adapting vehicle to provide living or sleeping accommodation see Q15B10.
Q19-F03 Racing/sports cars; Go-carts See Q22go-karts.
Q19-P Electric vehicle Only mechanical aspects of electric vehicles are coded here. See the electrical X21 codes only, when the novelty is electrical in nature.
Q19-Q -along
Q19-F04 Snow mobile For sledges see Q22-C01 instead.
Q19-G Agricultural vehicles Includes tractors, combine harvesters and agricultural implements. See X22-P09/X22X11 and X25-N codes for electrical aspects of agricultural vehicles per se.
Q19-H Emergency vehicles See X22-P10 only for electrical aspects of emergency vehicles.
Q19-H01 Police car
Hybrid vehicle Only includes mechanical aspects of hybrid vehicles.
Q19-Q01 Hybrid-electric Includes series/parallel/mixed hybrid-electric and hybrid-fuel cell vehicles. See X22-P04 and X21-A01D codes only for hybrid electric vehicles where the novelty is electrical in nature.
Q19-Q05 Hybrid-mechanical Includes hybrid-flywheel and hybridpneumatic vehicles.
Q19-R Convertible vehicles (usable on/in different terrain) Q19-R01
Q19-H02 Fire engine
Amphibious vehicles; Air cushion vehicles, e.g. for transporting heavy loads over small distances
Q19-H03 Ambulance
Includes hovercraft type vehicles. Also see Q24-P10 and Q24-P30 for mechanical aspects for marine hovercraft and amphibious vessels respectively, or W06-C codes for electrical aspects.
Q19-J Trailers See also Q19-C02 for articulated lorry trailers. For electrical aspects of trailers see X22-P11 only.
Q19-R02 Vehicles usable on road/rail Includes motor vehicles with outriggers to allow travel on railway track. Also see Q21 for mechanical railway details, or X22-X and X23A codes for electrical aspects.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q19-R03 Vehicles convertible into aircraft Also see Q25 for mechanical aspects of aircraft, or W06-B codes for electrical aspects.
Q19-R09 Other convertible vehicles usable in or on different media Q19-S [2007] Soft top/cabriolet vehicles Includes vehicles that have a softtop roof or a foldable hard roof, e.g. on coupe/convertible cars. See also Q17-A08 for novel convertible roofs per se. See Q14-C06 for flip-up rollover bars used cabriolet vehicles.
Q19-X Other vehicle types Includes unspecified use tracked vehicles (see Q17-A14 for endless track arrangements per se).
37
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q2 Special Vehicles Q21: Railways From 2006 manual codes have been assigned for all mechanical railway details. For electrical aspects of railways see X23 codes instead.
Q21-A Railway track arrangements/construction Q21-A01 Track construction per se Includes mechanical aspects such as track rails and sleepers per se. Also includes track maintenance assemblies and maintenance vehicles. For track inspection, see Q21-C03I instead. Further includes mechanical details of track changing arrangements, track switches and crossings.
Q21-A02 Railway stops fixed to permanent way; Track brakes; Sand tracks; Buffers Q21-A03 Stations; Station equipment Includes platform doors, turnstiles etc. See X23-A09A for electrical offboard/station aspects.
Q21-A04 Track/station based equipment for transferring passengers, articles or freight to or from train Includes gangplank and ramp assemblies. For train mounted aspects, see Q21-J06 and Q21J07 codes instead.
Q21-A05 Track based rail or wheel flange lubrication devices Q21-A06 Turntables; Traversers
Q21-A07 Shunting or short distance haulage devices Q21-A08 Track mounted derailers; Apparatus for placing vehicles on track Includes portable or fixed track mounted jacks and hoists for lifting rail cars. For train mounted lifting apparatus see Q21-M03 instead.
Q21-A12 Bridges and tunnels
[2010]
(Q21-A15)
Includes constructional details of railway bridges and tunnels.
Viaduct
Q21-A15 Other railway track arrangements Q21-B Railway type Q21-B01 Elevated railway See also Q21-B02 for monorail systems.
Q21-B01A With suspended vehicles Q21-B01B Without suspended vehicles Q21-B02 Monorail See also Q21-B01 for elevated monorail systems.
Q21-B03 Rope/cable railways Includes aerial runways. See also Q21-C01D1 for novel traction arrangements utilising cables, ropes or chains.
39
40
Q: Mechanical
Q21-B03A Tramway or funicular system Includes tramways or funiculars using rigid tracks and cable or chain traction. For trams per se see Q21-C03G instead. For novel cable/chain traction assemblies see Q21C01D1 also.
Q21-B03B Power-and-free systems Includes overhead systems with suspended vehicles that can be engaged with drive train when powered or disengaged when in free unpowered or stopped mode. For power and free conveyors see Q35 class or X25-F codes if electrical.
Q21-B03C Ski lift, sleigh lift or trackless systems with guided towing cables only Q21-B04 Rack railway Q21-B05 Sliding or levitation systems Q21-B05A Magnetic suspension arrangements See X23-A01A4 and X12-C codes for electrical aspects of magnetic levitation systems and electro- and super-conducting magnets per se.
Q21-B06 Underground railways Also see Q21-A codes for constructional details of underground railway tunnels, platforms, stations etc.
Subway, metro
Q21-B09 Other railway types Includes tunnel systems. Also see Q35 class for e.g. pneumatic tube conveying arrangements or X25-F codes for electrical conveying systems.
Q21-C Locomotive/motor railcar type These codes are applied to classify the locomotive type when the novelty being coded is mechanical. If the novelty is electrical in nature then see X23 and other EPI codes instead.
Q21-C01 Type of propulsion for locomot ive or railcar Q21-C01A Steam locomotives or railcars Q21-C01B Electric locomotives or railcars Q21-C01C IC engined or gas turbine engined locomotives or motor railcars See also Q21-C01B for diesel-electric locomotives.
Q21-C01D Other propulsion systems for locomotives or motor railcars (e.g. with propulsion devices between or alongside rails, e.g. pneumatic systems. Q21-C01D1 Tractive effort applied to cables or chains See also Q21-B03 codes for e.g. funiculars.
Q21-C01D2 Tractive effort applied to racks Q21-C01D3 Tractive effort applied or supplied by aerodynamic force or fluid reaction Q21-C03 Type of carriage or wagon These codes are intended to highlight specific types carriage or wagon construction.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q21-C03A Passenger carriages This code is mainly applied when the novelty relates to the carriage superstructure itself or fittings such as windows, doors or bulkheads etc. permanently mounted to/inside the carriage. Novel accessories such as seats used in a passenger carriage are not normally included here (see Q21-J03).
Q21-C03B Wagons or vans Includes freight wagons.
Q21-C03C Tank wagons or carrying fluent materials Includes tankers for carrying liquids.
Q21-C03D Hopper cars Includes e.g. wagons for carrying particulate material with dispensing openings at bottom of wagon.
Q21-C03E Tipping wagons Q21-C03F Mine cars See X25-D02 for electrical aspects of mining vehicles.
Q21-C03G Tramway vehicles The code is applied for novel trams per se. For cable/rope driven tram or funicular railways in general see Q21-B03A instead.
Q21-C03H Buffer cars Q21-C03I Railway inspection trolleys Includes all types of railway inspection vehicles. For novel track maintenance vehicles, also see Q21-A01.
Q21-C03X Other railway vehicles Includes rail vehicles convertible for use on road (see also Q19-R02).
Q21-D Rail vehicle construction; fittings; Underframes; Suspension; Transmissions Q21-D01 Superstructures Includes wall panels, floors, bulkheads and roofs etc. For movable roof assemblies see Q21-D17 instead.
Q21-D02 Underframes; Chassis Q21-D03 Bogies Includes wheel/axle assemblies fastened to chassis.
Q21-D04 Connections between underframes and bogies, e.g. to allow relat ive movement Includes suspension arrangements. See X23A01C for electrical aspects of railway suspension systems.
Q21-D05 Adjustment of wheel axles or bogies when rounding curves Includes e.g. passive carriage tilt control. See X23-A01C for railway train active suspension/carriage tilt control. Also includes arrangements for adjusting orientation/steering of wheels e.g. when rounding bend to reduce wheel flange and rail head wear.
Q21-D06 Axle boxes and their mounting Includes wheel bearing arrangements inside axle box.
41
42
Q: Mechanical
Q21-D07 Lubrication assembly for axle box Includes lubrication arrangements and oil sumps for axle box wheel bearings.
Q21-D08 Arrangements to allow use on tracks of different width Includes systems for adjusting wheel spacing to allow train to run on different gauge tracks.
Q21-D13 Transmission systems Includes power transmission arrangements.
Drive shaft, gearing
Q21-D14 Aerodynamic modificat ions to reduce air resistance Includes spoilers and other wind deflectors, especially for high speed trains.
Q21-D09 Derailment preventing equipment
Q21-D15 Doors
Q21-D10 Rail engaging elements, e.g. wheels or balls
Q21-D16 Windows
Includes wheels and other assemblies for engaging tracks, overhead rails etc.
Q21-D10A [2007] Traction increasing equipment Includes dispensing of particulate material such as sand under train wheels on railway track to increase grip. See Q21-F09 also, if sand is dispensed specifically to improve braking.
Q21-D11 Wheel guards; Bumpers; Obstruction removers Q21-D12 Couplings; Draught or buffering appliances Q21-D12A Couplings Includes couplings between carriages.
Q21-D12B Draw gear Q21-D12C Buffers
Q21-D17 Movable roofs; Covers; Tarpaulins For fixed roofs see Q21-D01 for novel train superstructures.
Q21-D25 Other rail vehicle constructions, fittings Includes constructions/fittings designed for safety purposes, such as fire resistant bulkheads (see also Q21-D01). Accessories such as fire extinguishers are included in Q21J09 only.
Q21-F Brake systems See X23-A01B for electrical braking systems. Q18-A codes may also need to be applied when they provide a more detailed breakdown of the brake system.
Q21-F01 Braking arrangements acting on wheels Q21-F02 Brakes with braking members cooperating with track
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q21-F03 Hydrostatic, hydrodynamic or aerodynamic brakes Includes air brakes.
Q21-F04 Brake wear compensating mechanisms Includes mechanical adjusters to compensate for brake pad wear.
Q21-F05 Brake actuation mechanisms Includes brake actuating levers.
Q21-F09 Other braking arrangements Includes other braking systems and brake system components
Brake pipes, clamps, clips, hoses
Q21-J Rail vehicle accessories See X23-A13 for electrical train accessories. Other Q14 codes may also need to be applied when a more detailed breakdown exists.
Q21-J01 Sleeping accommodation; Beds See X27-A03 for electrical aspects of furniture per se.
Q21-J02 Heating; cooling; ventilating; airconditioning Includes mechanical ducting and vents.
Q21-J03 Seats Q21-J04 Sanitation arrangements Includes toilets and washing facilities.
Q21-J05 Steps Includes all train mounted arrangements for assisting boarding of passengers such as fixed or movable steps, or wheelchair lifting or ramp assemblies etc.
Q21-J06 Cargo/luggage loading and unloading arrangements Includes cargo loading ramps and hoists. For platform based cargo/passenger handling, see Q21-A04 instead.
Q21-J07 Cargo/luggage storing/securing arrangements Includes cargo storage compartments and restraining devices such as luggage nets or straps.
Q21-J08 [2007] Railway safety systems Includes systems for evacuating passengers from train during emergency and e.g. glass hammers mounted inside train. Also includes fire fighting equipment such as fire extinguishers. See Q21-D05 for train constructional features designed specifically for safety purposes such as fire-resistant bulkheads.
Fire-extinguisher, emergency, safety, escape slide, escape hatch
Q21-J09 Other rail vehicle accessories Includes any other rail vehicle accessories that can not be coded elsewhere.
Q21-M Locomotive servicing/maintenance; Cleaning; Train/track design and manufacture For track maintenance equipment see Q21A01 instead. Track inspection vehicles are coded in Q21-C03I only.
43
44
Q: Mechanical
Q21-M01 Train cleaning apparatus Includes equipment for washing the exterior of the train or train specific equipment for cleaning the inside of the train.
Q21-M02 Locomotive servicing equipment, e.g. filling locomotive with water or sand Includes water columns and coal bunkers (see also Q21-C01A for steam locomotives). Also includes tools used during servicing and maintenance operations.
Q21-M03 Rail vehicle mounted locomotive supporting/lifting/manoeuvring apparatus (e.g. breakdown recovery train) Includes train mounted cranes for manoeuvring train after derailment or accident. For track mounted equipment such as cranes and jack assemblies, see Q21-A08 instead.
Q21-M05 Train design/manufacture/ assembly/refurbishment See e.g. T01 codes for computer/CAD/CAM systems for train design and manufacture.
Q21-M09 Other locomotive servicing/manufacturing equipment not provided for Q21-N [2007] Noise/Vibration/Harshness reduction arrangements Includes all aspects of reducing noise, vibration or harshness on-board railway train, and also offboard aspects such as track mounted arrangements for reducing noise from passing train (see also Q21-A15).
Q21-S Safety and signalling equipment For electrical aspects of railway safety or signalling see X23-B codes.
Q21-S01 Points and signalling See X23-B03 for electrical aspects of points and signals and their operation.
Q21-S01A Points and scotch blocks and their operating devices Includes locking mechanisms for points.
Q21-S01C Signals and their operating devices For warning signals used at level crossing to warn motorists, see Q21-S07C.
Q21-S01C1 Visible signals Includes flags, semaphores and reflectors. See X23-B03 for electrical/illuminated signals.
Q21-S01C2 Audible signals Includes pneumatic horns.
Q21-S01C3 Signalling indicators on train Q21-S01E Arrangement for interlocking between points and signals See X23-B04A codes for electrical interlocking between points and signals.
Q21-S05 Train traffic control; Track/station blocking Includes arrangements for dividing track into block sections so that multiple trains are not present in a signal block, to reduce the risk of collisions. See X23-B04C for electrical aspects of track/station blocking.
Anticollision
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q21-S05A For controlling traffic in one direction only One-way Q21-S05C For controlling traffic in two directions over same pair of rails Includes e.g. using token system, tablets, staffs etc.
One-way
Q21-S07 Safety systems for rail/r oad crossing traffic See X23-B05A and maybe T07-B05A for electrical aspects of railway crossing systems.
Q21-S07A Guards; Gates Includes mechanical gates and barriers per se.
Q21-S07B Operation of gates Includes actuating arrangements for opening and closing gates/barriers.
Q21-S07C Warning devices for road traffic See T07-A05A for electrical aspects of railway crossing road traffic warning systems.
Q21-X Other locomotive aspects Includes locomotive aspects that are not covered elsewhere.
45
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q22: Hand/Foot/Animal Drawn Vehicles From 2006 Q22 covers all mechanical details of hand/foot and animal drawn vehicles such as carts, wheelchairs, sledges and horsedrawn carriages. Prior to the introduction of Q22 manual codes in 2006, the Q22 class covered hand and motor vehicles which included carts, sledges, steering systems/controls, vehicle under/super structures, trailers and vehicle design, manufacture and (dis)assembly.
Q22-A Hand carts Q22-A01 With single axis carrying transport wheels Includes wheelbarrows.
Q22-A02 With more than one axis carrying transport wheels Includes four-wheeled barrows and mechanical aspects of shopping trolleys (see X25-F05A for electrical aspects of shopping trolleys).
Q22-A03 Accessories for hand carts Includes handle grips and brakes.
Q22-B Carriages for children; Perambulators Pram, pushchair Q22-B01 With single wheel axis Q22-B02 With more than one wheel axis Includes three and four wheeled, twin axle pushchairs.
Q22-B03 carriages/perambulators Includes luggage racks, bottle holders etc.
Q22-C Other hand propelled vehicles -karts.
Q22-C01 Sledges/ice boats Toboggan Q22-C02 Wheelchairs See S05-G02A for electrical aspects of wheelchairs, and X21-A01A and S05-K01 for electrical aspects of mobility vehicles.
Q22-C03
[2007]
Accessories for other hand propelled vehicles Includes seats, handles, foot rests, etc.
Q22-D Land vehicles drawn by animals Includes e.g. horse-drawn carts.
Sulky
Q22-M
[2007]
Foot propelled vehicles Includes stand on scooters and skateboard type devices propelled by user's feet. See W04-X codes for electrical aspects of toy skateboards. See Q19-A instead for bicycles and P36 for novel roller skates or ice skates.
Q22-X [2007] Other carts/carriages/vehicles Includes stand on scooters and skateboard type devices
47
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q24: Ship;, Waterborne Vessels; Related Equipment From 2006 manual codes have been assigned for all mechanical ship, waterborne vessel and port details. For electrical aspects of ships see W06-C codes instead.
Q24-A Ship construction; Fittings Q24-A01 Hulls Q24-A01A Hydrodynamic or hydrostatic features Includes e.g. hydrofoils and hydroplanes. Also includes shock-wave/drag reducing bow assembly.
Q24-A01B Hull shell Q24-A01C Frames Q24-A01D Keels Includes permanently fixed, non-movable keels.
Q24-A01D1 Movable/drop keels/centre boards See Q24-E05A instead for movable rudders.
Q24-A01E Stern posts Q24-A01G Stems Q24-A01H Decks Includes flooring.
Q24-A01I Bulkheads Also see Q24-B09H for watertight arrangements for bulkheads.
Q24-A01J Gratings Q24-A01K Panellings; Linings Q24-A01L Reinforcements for carrying localised loads Q24-A01M Collapsible; foldable; inflatable hulls Includes inflatable dinghy hull assemblies.
Q24-A01N Ballasting; Self-bailing equipment; Scuppers Includes bilge pumps.
Q24-A01P Multiple hull arrangements Includes catamaran twin hull and trimaran triple hull arrangements.
Q24-A01X Other hull details
[2007]
Q24-A03 Windows; Doors; Ports Q24-A03A Windows; Port holes Q24-A03B Doors Q24-A03C Ports; Hatches
49
50
Q: Mechanical
Q24-A05 Superstructures; Masts Includes conning towers. See W06-A codes for radar installations and W02 codes for radio masts etc.
Q24-A15 Other ship construction; fittings Q24-B Ship accessories Includes mechanical aspects of shipboard lighting and signalling (see also X26 for lighting per se).
Q24-B01 Passenger/crew accommodating arrangements; Cabins; Galleys Q24-B01A Furniture
Q24-B02C Ship-board load handling arrangements Includes e.g. derricks, cranes, winches, chutes, cableways, conveyors for loading/unloading.
Q24-B02E [2007] Ship-board passenger handling arrangements Includes ship-mounted extendable gang planks or platforms lowerable into the water or onto dry land to aid boarding or alighting of vessel. For shore mounted passenger handling arrangements see Q24-R03 instead.
Q24-B03 Heating; Ventilating; Air-conditioning Includes mechanical aspects only. See W06C01C5 for electrical aspects of HVAC systems.
Duct, vent
vessel specific
Includes furniture specifically designed for marine/ship application, such as seats and beds etc.
Q24-B01C Sanitation arrangements
Q24-B05 Instrumentation Includes e.g. mechanical gauges, periscopes. See S02 codes for further details of instrumentation per se, and W06-B01B codes for electrical instrumentation details.
Q24-B01C1 Toilets
Q24-B07 Desalination plants production
Q24-B01C2 Washing facilities; Showers
Q24-B09 Emergency/safety equipment
See X27-A02A4 for electrical aspects of showers and wash basins, and X27-E03A for electrical aspects of water heating.
fresh water
Includes shipboard safety devices. For personal equipment such as life jackets and life rings, see Q24-X01A.
Q24-B02 Load accommodating arrangements
Q24-B09A Fire fighting equipment
Q24-B02A Load accommodating compartments
Q24-B09C Life boat equipment
Includes e.g. movable/detachable decks, and storage tanks.
Q24-B09C1 Fastening or storage on deck
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q24-B09C2 Deployment devices
Q24-C01 Mooring equipment
Includes e.g. hoists, davits, winches.
Q24-B09E Apparatus to control vessel attitude Includes equipment to decrease roll, pitch or like unwanted vessel movement. Includes arrangements to reduce the risk of capsizing or sinking.
Q24-B09E1 By improving stability Includes use of e.g. ballast tanks
Q24-B09E3 By improving buoyancy Includes use of e.g. buoyancy chambers.
Q24-B09G Anti-collision arrangements, e.g. feelers Q24-B09H Watertight arrangements Includes e.g. watertight doors/bulkheads (see also Q24-A03B and Q24-A01I respectively).
Q24-B09X [2007] Other safety/emergency equipment/systems Includes emergency escape equipment such as escape shaft in vessel, e.g. between sunken vessel and rescue vessel.
Q24-B10 Waste water/Sewage treatment plants See Q24-B01C for sanitation and toilet systems per se.
Q24-B99
[2010]
Other ship accessories
Q24-C Tying-up; anchoring, towing/pushing equipment
For mooring against jetty, pier or other vessel.
Q24-C02 Anchoring arrangements E.g. when using ground-engaging anchor
Q24-C02A Anchors Q24-C03 Boat hooks Q24-C04 Towing/pushing equipment Q24-C05 Ancillaries, e.g. chains; ropes; clamps; bollards; fairleads; hawsers Includes ancillaries used for e.g. mooring, anchoring or tying up. Includes fenders used to protect side of ship's hull.
Q24-E Marine propulsion and steering Q24-E01 Propulsive elements These codes describe the type of propulsion used on the ship and are only applied when the type of propulsion system has some bearing on the novelty.
Q24-E01A Directly acting on water Includes water jet propulsion (see Q24-P21 for jet-skis).
Q24-E01A1 Of rotary type Q24-E01A1A Propellers Includes propellers per se and propeller driven vessels when the propulsion aspect is important.
51
52
Q: Mechanical
Q24-E01A1C Paddle wheels Paddle steamer Q24-E01A3 Of non-rotary type, e.g. flaps Includes oars (see also Q24-E01G for muscle power).
Q24-E01C Directly acting on air (e.g. for hovercraft) Also see Q24-P10 for hovercraft per se, and Q24-P30 for swamp boats having large propeller acting on air.
Q24-E01E Directly acted on by wind (e.g. sails, Magnus effect) Includes sails per se. See Q24-A05 for masts per se.
Q24-E01G Using muscle power Includes use of e.g. oars, movable thwarts, foot rests, sculls.
Q24-E01X Using other means Includes e.g. using water currents, e.g. tidal flow, or direct engagement with water bed.
Q24-E02 Propulsion power plant This code describes the type of propulsion used on the ship and are generally only applied when the type of propulsion has some bearing on the novelty.
Q24-E02A Using internal combustion engines Q24-E02A1 Outboard motors Q24-E02A3 Inboard motors
Q24-E02B Using external combustion engine, e.g. gas turbine For gas turbine engines per se, see also Q52 codes.
Q24-E02C Using steam Q24-E02C1 Using steam turbine Q24-E02C3 Using positive displacement steam engine Q24-E02D Using hydraulic fluid motor Q24-E02E Using nuclear energy Q24-E02F Using land vehicle supported on vessel Q24-E02G Using land based animal/vehicle, e.g. horse Q24-E02M [2008] Fuel supply arrangements Includes fuel tanks and associated pipework. For IC engine and gas turbine engine fuel supply aspects see Q51-H01 and Q52-C codes respectively.
Q24-E02X [2007] Other propulsion power plant Q24-E03 Transmission systems Includes novel drive trains.
Q24-E03A Gearing
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q24-E03C Clutch
Q24-M01B Mine and depth charge launchers
Q24-E03E Drive shafts; propeller shafts; shaft tubes; seals etc.
Q24-M01E Ammunition stores and handlers
Q24-E05 Steering arrangements Q24-E05A Steering by rudders Includes rudder and tiller assemblies per se.
Q24-E05C Steering by propulsive elements Includes systems changing direction of propeller shaft.
Q24-E05E Steering/slowing by extensible flaps Q24-E05G Steering by deflecting propeller slipstream Includes rudder type elements in propeller slipstream.
Q24-E05X Other steering arrangements Q24-M Military equipment See W07 codes for electrical aspects of military equipment and W06-C codes for electrical aspects of ships. See Q24-P30 for military vessel application.
Q24-M01 Offensive equipment Q24-M01A Guns and missile launchers See W07-E05 for electrical aspects of weapons launching systems. Also includes torpedo launchers.
Q24-M03 Defensive equipment Includes e.g. camouflage. For electrical aspects of active camouflage see W07-F03 instead.
Q24-M03A Mine sweeping/clearing E.g. using towed mechanical cables. For electrical aspects of mine detection/sweeping/clearing see e.g. W07F05 and W06-C codes instead.
Q24-N
[2007]
Noise/Vibration /Harshness reduction arrangements Includes all ship-board arrangements for reducing noise, vibration or harshness, e.g. use of sound-deadening material.
Q24-P Vessels or floating structures adapted for special purposes Q24-P01 Pipe laying vessels Q24-P02 Cable laying vessels Q24-P03 Ice breakers Q24-P04 Fishing vessels Includes small fishing boats and large commercial trawlers.
Q24-P05 Barges or lighters
53
54
Q: Mechanical
Q24-P06 Environmental vessels, e.g. for collecting pollution from open water Includes vessels adapted to clear up or contain environmental disasters such as oil spillages.
Q24-P07 For transporting marine vessels Q24-P08 Floating buildings, drilling platforms, workshops Includes floating vessels normally designed to be static at a fixed location.
Q24-P09 Canal boat Q24-P10 Waterborne air cushion vehicle Includes hovercraft.
Q24-P11 Submarines; submersible craft Semi-submersible Q24-P12 Flying vessels Includes airfoil boats and ground effect craft. See Q25-P04 for flying boats and sea planes.
Q24-P13 Military vessels Includes e.g. aircraft carriers, destroyers, frigates. For electrical aspects of military ships see W06-C and W07 codes respectively.
Q24-P14 Ferries Q24-P15 Tugs Q24-P16 Light ships
Q24-P17 Pontoons See Q24-R15 instead for ground-engaging piers/jetties.
Inflatable
Q24-P18 Buoys See W06-C07 or W06-C09 for electrical aspects of port-side buoys or buoys out at see.
Q24-P19 Rafts Q24-P20 Canoes; Kayaks Q24-P21 Sports/pleasure equipment, e.g. surfboards, sailboards, water skis Includes all recreational vessels such as small recreational boats (see also Q24-P22 for sailing boats), personal watercraft, jet-skis, surfboards etc.
Boogie board, kite surfing, sail board
Q24-P22 Sailing boats
[2010]
Includes all sail powered vessels such as sailing boats and yachts. See Q24-E01E for sail arrangements per se.
Q24-P24 Tanker vessels
[2008]
(Q24-P30)
Includes marine vessels that transport fluids such as crude oil, water, fuels etc.
Q24-P25 Commercial vessels
[2007]
(Q24-P30)
Includes general non-specific commercial ships. Use other Q25-P codes instead when a more specific commercial vessel is specified.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q24-P28 [2007] Emergency services vessels (Q24-P30)
Includes coastguard vessels, police boats, fire tenders etc. For lifeboats and lifeboat equipment on-board e.g. ferry, see Q24-B09C (and Q24-P14 for ferry) also.
Q24-P30 Other special purpose vessels Includes swamp boats and amphibious vessels (see also Q19-R01).
Q24-R Port, harbour, marina equipment Q24-R01 Dry-docks Q24-R02 Vessel launching/hauling-out Includes slipways and boat hoists
Q24-R03 Passenger handling equipment Includes steps and other dockside passenger handling equipment.
Q24-R05 Load/vehicle handling equipment Includes vehicle loading ramps.
Q24-R09 Marine craft servicing and maintenance equipment See W06-C07 for electrical aspects of ship maintenance.
Q24-R10 Cleaning equipment Includes hull scrapers.
Q24-R15 Other ground/port based equipment Includes piers and jetties (see also Q21-P17 for inflatable jetties/pontoons).
Q24-X Other waterborne vessel details and related equipment Q24-X01 Life saving in the water Q24-X01A Life jackets; Vests; Buoyancy aids; Rings Q24-X01B Shark screens; Nets Q24-X04 Diving equipment Q24-X05 Ship/boat manufacture See W06-C08 for electrical aspects of ship manufacture. See Q51-M or Q52-M respectively for manufacture of IC and gas turbine engines used in ships.
Q24-X06 Salvaging equipment Q24-X07 Ship design and testing Includes e.g. using towing tanks or model basins for designing. See T01 codes for computerised (CAD) ship design.
Q24-X11 Boat trailers; other over-land boat transportation devices See also Q19-J for trailers per se. For vehicles specifically designed to carry specific loads such as vehicles or boats, see Q15-B07.
55
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q25: Aircraft; Aviation; Cosmonautics From 2006 manual codes have been assigned for all mechanical aircraft, aviation and cosmonautic details. See Q25-S for cosmonautics per se and Q25-X for nonspecific aircraft/spacecraft systems such as aircraft/spacecraft manufacture (Q25-X05). For electrical aspects of aircraft and space vehicles see W06-B codes instead.
Q25-A Aircraft construction; Fittings Q25-A01 Fuselages Includes aircraft body construction and interior trim. Includes nose cones.
Q25-A01A Air frames Includes fuselage subframes/chassis.
Q25-A01C Decks Includes flooring.
Q25-A01E Bulkheads Q25-A01G Skins; panels; linings; insulation Q25-A02 Wings Q25-A02A Ribs; spars; stringers Q25-A02C Skins; panels Q25-A03 Windows; doors; hatches Q25-A03A Windows
Q25-A03A1 Blinds Q25-A03C Doors Q25-A03E Hatches Q25-A04 Stabilising/aerodynamic surfaces Includes tail planes; nose planes; fins; nacelles. For control surfaces per se, such as moveable flaps and rudders, see Q25-C05 codes instead. For nose cones per se, see Q25A01 instead.
Q25-A05 Undercarriages; alighting gear Q25-A05A Wheels assemblies Includes aircraft wheels and tyres. For novel tyres etc. see also Q11 codes for a more detailed breakdown.
Q25-A05B Skis; runners Q25-A05C Float assemblies Includes buoyant floats for landing on water. See also Q25-P04 for sea planes per se.
Q25-A05F Air cushion alighting gear Q25-A05G* [2006-2007] Arrestor hooks, e.g. for use on aircraft carrier *This code is now discontinued and transferred to Q25-A07G. Q25-A05G remains searchable for patents from 200601-200682. Includes all arrangements for slowing or stopping aircraft, including air brake parachutes.
57
58
Q: Mechanical
Q25-A07 Brake systems
[2007]
Includes mechanical brake system components such as novel brake pad friction materials.
Q25-A07A Air brakes
[2007]
Includes deployable air-brake parachutes.
Q25-A07G [2007] Arrestor gear/hooks, e.g. for use on aircraft carrier Includes hydraulic arrestor gear cooperating with arrestor hook for stopping military aircraft (see also Q25-P13) on board aircraft carrier. See Q25-A05G prior to 200701.
Q25-A07X [2007] Other braking systems Q25-B Aircraft accessories Includes aircraft lighting/signalling.
Q25-B01 Passenger/crew accommodating arrangements; Cabins; Galleys Includes mechanical aspects of kitchen equipment, e.g. food carts. Also includes retractable steps to assist boarding of crew/passengers.
Q25-B01A Furniture
aircraft specific
Includes e.g. aircraft specific tables, trays and seats, including ejector seats (see also Q25-M for military aircraft).
Q25-B01C Sanitation arrangements Includes waste water and sewage processing systems.
Q25-B01C1 Toilets
Q25-B01C2 Washing facilities; Showers Q25-B02 Load accommodating arrangements Q25-B02A Load accommodating compartments/decks Includes luggage and cargo holds and passenger compartment overhead storage compartments.
Q25-B02C Aircraft-board load handling arrangements Includes e.g. derricks, cranes, winches, chutes, cableways and conveyors for loading/unloading. See Q25-R05 for airport based load handling equipment.
Q25-B03 Heating; Ventilating; Air-conditioning Includes ducting etc. For electrical aspects of HVAC systems used in aircraft, see W06B01C5 instead.
Q25-B04 De-icing arrangements Includes e.g. using ducted hot gas. For electrical de-icing arrangements see W06B01C4 and X25-B codes for electrical heating per se.
Q25-B05 Instrumentation (mechanical aspects) For electrical aspects of aircraft instrumentation see W06-B01B and S02 codes.
Q25-B09 On-board safety/emergency equipment See W06-B01C8 for on-board electrical security systems e.g. to prevent hi-jacking.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q25-B09A Fire fighting equipment Includes fire blankets and extinguishers used on-board aircraft.
Q25-B09C Emergency oxygen supplies See W06-B01C9 for electrical aspects of emergency oxygen supply systems.
Q25-B09E Escape slides (and other emergency exit arrangements) Includes inflatable emergency slides. See also Q25-B01A for ejector seats.
Q25-B09G Parachutes Q25-B15 Other aircraft accessories E.g. includes dropping, releasing articles and liquids, e.g. to fight forest fire or for crop spraying (see X25-X05 and X25-N01B respectively for electrical aspects of firefighting and crop spraying).
Q25-C Aircraft propulsion and steering; attitude/altitude control Q25-C01 Propulsive elements These codes describe the type of propulsive elements being used and are generally only applied when the type of propulsive elements has some bearing on novelty.
Q25-C01A Directly acting on air
Q25-C01A1 Rotary propellers See also Q25-C02B for turboprop external combustion engine propulsion. Also includes helicopter rotors (also see Q25-C05C if rotor control surface positioning/feathering is detailed).
Turboprop
Q25-C01A3 Of non-rotary type, e.g. flappable wings Also see Q25-P03 for ornithopters per se.
Q25-C01E Directly acted on by wind Includes e.g. hang glider canopy.
Q25-C01G Using muscle power Includes use of pedal power.
Q25-C01X Using other means Q25-C02 Propulsion power plant These codes describe the type of propulsion used on the aircraft and are generally only applied when the type of aircraft propulsion has some bearing on the novelty.
Q25-C02A Using internal combustion engines Q25-C02B Using external combustion engine For gas turbine engines per se, see also Q52 codes.
Gas turbine, RAMJET, SCRAMJET, turbojet, turboprop
Q25-C02G Using land based animal/vehicle Includes e.g. using vehicle to tow glider during take-off.
59
60
Q: Mechanical
Q25-C02M [2007] Fuel supply arrangements Includes fuel tanks and associated pipework. For gas turbine engine fuel supply aspects see Q52-C codes. Also includes mechanical aspects associated with in-flight refuelling.
Q25-C02X [2007] Other propulsion power plant Q25-C03 Transmission systems Q25-C03A Gearing Q25-C03C Clutch Includes novel drive trains.
Q25-C03E Drive shafts; propeller shafts etc. Q25-C05 Steering/attitude/altitude control arrangements; stabilisation Q25-C05A By rudders Q25-C05C By flaps/control surfaces Includes aerodynamic control surfaces and their control, e.g. flaps in aircraft wings.
Q25-C05E By propulsion plant Includes use of e.g. tiltable turbine engines to achieve steering/attitude control.
Q25-C05G Aircraft stabilisation Includes e.g. transferring fuel to adjust trim, or ballast supply/discharge.
Q25-C05H Influencing air flow over aircraft surfaces Includes boundary-layer flow control, and e.g. use of slots, ducts, porous or rough surfaces, magnus effect of shock wave generators to adjust air flow over aircraft surfaces. For use of flaps and other movable control surfaces to adjust air flow, see Q25-C05C instead, and for fixed aerodynamic assemblies such as tail or nose planes, see Q25-A04 instead.
Q25-M Military equipment Respectively see W07 and W06-B codes for electrical aspects of military equipment and aircraft per se. Includes both offensive and defensive equipment. See Q25-P30 instead for military aircraft applications per se.
Q25-N [2007] Noise/Vibration /Harshness reduction arrangements Includes all aircraft-board arrangements for reducing noise, vibration or harshness, including use of sound deadening material.
Q25-P Aircraft adapted for special purposes Q25-P01 Lighter-than-air aircraft Q25-P01A Airship Q25-P01B Balloon Q25-P02 Rotorcraft; Helicopter Q25-P03 Ornithopter Includes aircraft utilising a wing flapping motion.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q25-P04 Sea plane Includes amphibious aircraft and flying boats. Flying ground effect aircraft are coded in Q24P12 only.
Q25-P05 Glider
Q25-R02 Airfield/runway construction Includes airfield construction methods and e.g. mechanical aspects of runway lighting (also see W06-B02E and X26).
Q25-P07 Hang-glider Q25-P08 VTOL (Vertical-take-off and landing) aircraft
Q25-R03 Passenger handling equipment Includes steps and aircraft stands.
Q25-R05 Load handling equipment
Q25-P09 Kites
See Q25-B02 codes for aircraft mounted load handling equipment.
Q25-P10 Convertible aircraft Includes e.g. motor vehicle convertible into aircraft (see also Q19-R03). [2007]
For mechanical military equipment used onboard aircraft, see Q25-M. See W07 and W06-B codes for electrical aspects of military aircraft.
Q25-P15 [2007] Unmanned aerial vehicles Includes mechanical aspects of UAVs and micro UAVs used for geophysical surveying or military reconnaissance, imaging etc.
Q25-P25 Commercial aircraft
Q25-R01 Aircraft storage; Hangars Includes moorings for airships.
Q25-P06 Microlight
Q25-P13 Military aircraft
Q25-R Airport, ground or aircraft carrier equipment
[2007]
(Q25-P30)
Includes general non-specific commercial aircraft.
Q25-P30 Other special purpose aircraft
Q25-R07 Aircraft launching/towing gear; Arresting gear Q25-R09 Aircraft servicing and maintenance equipment Q25-R10 Cleaning equipment Q25-R15 Other ground/aircraft carrier based equipment Q25-S Space/cosmonautic vehicles/equipment See W06-B03 instead for electrical aspects of space/cosmonautic vehicles. These codes are used in isolation and are not intended to be used in conjunction with other Q25 codes, except Q25-X codes for non-specific aircraft/spacecraft systems and equipment.
61
62
Q: Mechanical
Q25-S01 Cosmonautic vehicle type Q25-S01A Artificial satellites; Space stations For satellite communication systems per se, see W02-C03B1 codes only.
Q25-S01B Space shuttles
Q25-S06B Protection against meteorites/foreign bodies Q25-S06C Thermal protection Includes mechanical heat shields and tiles. Also includes thermal insulation on spacecraft to protect astronauts from extreme temperatures.
Q25-S01C Space rockets
Q25-S07 Crew/passenger accommodation
Q25-S01D Extraterrestrial vehicles Moon buggy
Q25-S07A Sanitation arrangements
Q25-S02 Navigation and posit ion control Includes e.g. using jets, gyros, magnetic field, gravity gradient.
Q25-S03 Instrumentation Includes mechanical aspects. See S02 for instrumentation in general and W06-B01B for electrical aspects of aircraft instrumentation.
Q25-S04 Propulsion systems Includes solid rocket boosters (see also Q52B03 for rocket engines per se).
Q25-S05 Life support equipment Includes mechanical aspects of heating and air-conditioning equipment.
Q25-S06 Protection/safety/emergency devices Includes systems for protecting the space craft per se. For astronaut protecting space suits see Q25-X01 only.
Q25-S06A Protection against radiation
Q25-S08 Systems for reatmosphere; retarding/landing devices Includes parachutes, space capsules.
Q25-S09 Coupling/separating equipment Includes docking equipment. Also includes couplings between vehicles or parts of them, e.g. between separable rocket stages or between solid rocket booster and space shuttle.
Q25-S10 Ground equipment Includes rocket launching tower.
Q25-S11
[2007]
Load accommodating arrangements Includes cargo bays and storage compartments, as well as load handling arrangements such as arms used to launch satellites. See W06-B03 and X25-F or X25A03E codes for electrical aspects of load handling/manipulating equipment.
Q25-S15 Other space/cosmonautic equipment
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q25-X Other aircraft/cosmonautic details and related equipment Q25-X01 Flying suits; Space suits Q25-X03 Parachute training equipment Q25-X04 Astronaut training equipment; Simulators Q25-X05 Aircraft/spacecraft manufacture Includes both aircraft and spacecraft manufacturing systems, and (dis)assembly equipment and methods. See W06-B08 for electrical aspects of aircraft or spacecraft manufacture. See Q51-M or Q52-M respectively for manufacture of IC and gas turbine engines used in aircraft.
Q25-X07 Aircraft design and testing E.g. using wind tunnels.
63
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q3 Conveying, Packaging, Storing Q3 manual codes have been applied from 2012 to primarily allow mechanical details of packages and packaging equipment to be highlighted.
Q31: Packaging processes and equipment From 2012 Q31 has been redefined to cover codes that are intended to highlight the equipment/methods etc. used for packaging/labelling material/goods during primary and secondary packaging. The type of container/bottle being filled/labelled/closed etc., as well as the container material can be specified by assigning Q32 and Q33 codes, respectively. The type of product being packaged/bottled can also be highlighted by the assignment of Q34 codes. For novel details of the actual container/bottle or its closure see Q32 codes instead. Details of transit packaging are coded under Q32-T. Prior to 2012 Q31 remains searchable for packaging and labelling in general.
Q31-A Packaging, Liquid Handling Packaging/packing/bottling details with electrical content are coded under X25-F03A codes.
Q31-A01 Packaging equipment, methods and control
Q31-A01A Filling, bottling Includes filling by gravity flow, rotary feeders (screw and centrifugal type feeders), vibratory feeders, pressure, pneumatic means, e.g. suction, etc. Also includes equipment for assisting filling, such as funnels or nozzles for introducing the articles or materials into containers. Also includes details for feeding blanks to the filling machine, for opening container, e.g. box or bag, and maintaining it in position during filling. Electrical details of Filling/bottling plant and processes are coded in X25-F03A1
Canning, tinning
Q31-A01A1 Filling, bottling equipment and apparatus Q31-A01A3 Filling, bottling methods, processes and control Q31-A01B Closing and sealing packages or bottles Details of Modified-Atmosphere Packaging (MAP) equipment and processes, such as gas flushing and compensated vacuum that rebalance gases inside the package to e.g. reduce levels of oxygen and to replace gases with Nitrogen or CO2, are coded under Q31A01B1A and Q31-A01B3A, respectively.
MAP, vacuum packaging
Q31-A01B1 Closing and sealing equipment and apparatus Q31-A01B1A MAP and Vacuum equipment and apparatus Q31-A01B3 Closing and sealing methods, processes and control
65
66
Q: Mechanical
Q31-A01B3A MAP and Vacuum methods, processes and control Q31-A01C Opening packages/bottles Q31-A01C1 Opening equipment and apparatus Includes manual and powered opening devices, such as can openers and slotted keys. Bottle and can openers with electrical content are also coded under X27-B04.
Corkscrew, bottle opener, can/tin opener, churchkey
Q31-A01C3 Opening methods, processes and control Q31-A01E Wrapping/bundling Includes details for orientating the articles, e.g. cigarettes, filled bottles, biscuits, before being placed in crates, boxes, etc.
Q31-A01E1 Wrapping Q31-A01E1A Wrapping equipment and apparatus Q31-A01E1B Wrapping methods, processes and control Q31-A01E2 Bundling Includes details for placing bottles in crates.
Banding, strapping, bale
Q31-A01E2A Bundling equipment and apparatus Q31-A01E2B Bundling methods, processes and control
Q31-A02 Unpacking/emptying equipment, methods and control For dispensing measured amounts of liquid, see Q31-A03 instead.
Q31-A02A Unpacking/emptying equipment and apparatus Q31-A02B Unpacking/emptying methods, processes and control Q31-A03 Dispensing equipment, methods and control Includes details for dispensing a liquid into a recipient, such as a spirit measure attached to a bottle of spirit, device for dispensing beverages on draught or for dispensing beverages in bottles. Details of containers with removable pouring/dispensing arrangements, such as spout, spray pump, are coded under Q32-D06C only, and details of packaging with integral dispensing arrangements are coded under Q32-D06B only. Dispensing equipment, method and control details with electrical content is coded under X25-F03B. Dispensers for domestic alcoholic beverages with electrical content are coded under X27-X02. Bottling in general is coded in Q31-A0A codes only.
Spirit measure, bar optic
Q31-A03A Liquid/semiliquid transfer equipment, methods and control Includes transfer of liquids from storage containers or reservoirs into vehicles or portable containers.
Q31-A03B Solid/particulates/powder transfer equipment, methods and control Includes transfer of particulates from storage containers or reservoirs into vehicles or portable containers.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q31-A05 Cleaning/sterilising equipment, methods and control Includes devices and methods for cleaning or sterilising cans/tins, bottles, etc., including concurrent cleaning and filling of cans/tins, bottles, etc.
Autoclave, pasteurisation
Q31-A99 Other packaging equipment, methods and control Q31-B Labelling; Tagging Labelling/tagging equipment and methods with electrical content, including labels and tags per se, are coded under X25-F03A3C.
Q31-B01 Labelling equipment and methods Q31-B01A Labelling equipment and apparatus Q31-B01B Labelling methods, processes and control Q31-B02 Labels Includes labels directly glued on a container, such as adhesive labels, wraparound labels, etc. Also includes labels attached to a container using e.g. a string, ribbon or elastic, such as swing tag labels. Also includes cardboard sleeves. Details of labels for tracking/tracing the packaging are also coded under Q32-D03A.
Q31-B02A Food labelling regulations and standards
Q31-C Manufacturing details Includes manufacturing details of packaging plant as well as manufacture of packaging containers/bottles themselves. Q31-C should be used in conjunction with other Q32 codes to highlight the type of container or closure being manufactured, e.g. bottle, jar, lid, etc. Also see section A for novel polymer details such as A12-P for packaging applications and A11-B/C for details of forming, molding and heat sealing of polymers. Also see section L01 for manufacture of glass items such as L01L06 for packaging applications as well as e.g. L01-E for manufacturing hollow containers. Includes manufacturing details of external and internal packaging elements.
Q31-R Recycling details Includes recycling details of containers, lids/caps and transit packaging. Electrical details of recycling are coded under X25-W04.
67
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q32: Container/Closure Types, Special packaging features and Transit packaging From 2012 Q32 has been redefined to cover container and closure types and special features of containers/packaging. Q32 codes should be used in conjunction with Q31, Q33 and Q34 codes as appropriate. Manufacturing and recycling details are covered by Q31-C and Q31-R, respectively. Prior to 2012 Q32 remains searchable for containers in general.
Q32-A Container Type These codes are used to highlight the type of container that is either novel per se or used in the packaging/bottling system/method.
Q32-A01 Bottles
Q32-A09 Trays Q32-A10 Baskets Q32-A15 Sacks; Bags; Pouches; Envelopes Includes plastic compost bags and paper bags.
Q32-A15A Reclosable/resealable Includes resealable freezer bags and other airtight bags.
Re-sealable, air-tight, zip (RTM)
Q32-A16 Collapsible tubes Includes tubes for toothpaste or ointment.
Q32-A02 Ampoules
Q32-A17
Q32-A03 Cartons
Q32-A18 Wrapping films; Film laminates; Shrink packaging
Q32-A04 Jars Q32-A05 Tins/Cans
Blister packaging; Skin packaging
Q32-A18A Shrink packaging; Shrink wraps/films For shrink wrapping of multiple packages, e.g. for transportation see Q32-T01C instead.
Q32-A05A Aerosol containers
Q32-A20 Cups
Q32-A05B Drums; Tanks
Q32-A99 Other container types
Q32-A05C Casks; Barrels
Q32-B Container or bottle construction
Q32-A08 Boxes; Crates
[2014]
Details of transit packaging elements, such as corner protectors, air pillows or polystyrene peanuts, are coded under Q32-T codes only.
69
70
Q: Mechanical
Q32-B01 Walls Includes lines of weakness to facilitate the opening of the container.
Q32-B02 Partitions/dividers Q32-B03 Reinforcements; strengthening arrangements Q32-B04 Foldable; erectable containers Includes containers formed from blanks such as cardboard boxes (see also Q32-A08 and Q33-C).
Q32-B05 Collapsible containers Includes containers that can be collapsed when not storing product.
Q32-B06 Handles; carrying aids Q32-B99 Other constructional details Includes lining, drip catcher, internal/external coating and inspection window.
Q32-C Lids/Caps These codes are intended to highlight the type/construction of the actual closure/lid etc. for the package itself.
Q32-C01 Removable lids/caps
Q32-C01D Deformable/breakable Includes deformable ring pulls as well as lids with integrated pull tabs for food cans/tins that do not require a can opener. Also includes crown caps used on beer bottles and closures with lines of weakness designed to be broken. Stay tabs for beverage cans are coded under Q32-C02 only.
Crown cap, crown seal, pull-off bottle cap, ring-pull, tape tab, tear strip, tearable wire
Q32-C01G Bungs and corks Includes rubber or plastic stoppers and corks for wine bottles. Wine bottle foils or capsules are coded under Q32-D11 instead. Includes closures arranged within necks or pouring openings or in discharge apertures.
Q32-C01H Films and seals Includes lidding films used to form a sealed layer on yogurts, margarine tubs, packs of delicatessen, etc. Also includes disc-like seals for bottle opening. For novel seals used in resealable bags also see Q32-A15A.
Aluminium foil liner/gasket
Q32-C01X Other removable closures Q32-C02 Non-removable closures/lids/caps Includes lids that are hinged or slidable and remain attached to container whether open or closed, such as stay tabs for beverage cans.
Stay-on-tab
Q32-C99 Other closure details
Q32-C01A Threaded Screw cap, pushdown & turn cap
Includes details to prevent idle rotation of the cap (to prevent gravity from rotating the cap downwards when contents are discharged from the container).
Q32-C01B Snap-action
Anti-fogging lid
Includes push-on caps.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q32-D Special packaging features Q32-D01 Packaging providing special environment Includes packaging keeping goods at specific temperature, pressure, moisture level, or oxygen level, or using fungicides, antimicrobials and nanocomposites for longer shelf life, etc. Includes moisture absorbers, e.g. desiccants, oxygen scavengers/absorbers, and the use of thermochromic inks to indicate a change in temperature.
Insulation, sterile
Q32-D01A Modified atmosphere packaging (MAP) Includes 'breathable' films used in equilibrium modified atmosphere packaging that passively control the atmoshpere inside the package to prolong the life of the packaged goods.
Vacuum packaging, EMAP
Q32-D01C Barriers Includes gas barriers, e.g. oxygen barriers, moisture barriers and bacterial barriers.
Q32-D01X Other packaging providing special environment Includes corrosion inhibitors.
Q32-D02 Self-heating/self-cooling packaging Includes active packaging to heat food without external heat source or power, typically using an exothermic chemical reaction, esp. for military ready-to-eat meals. Also colling contents using endothermic reaction.
Q32-D03 Safety features
Q32-D03A Trackable/traceable packaging RFID details per se, including constructional details, are coded by T04-K codes only, and electrical details of goods tracking are coded by X25-F11. This code is used to cover attachment details of e.g. RFID chip to the packaging. Also includes codes used in the products so consumers can learn the location of the farm where e.g. chickens, cows, etc were raised, and in the medical industry to avoid drug counterfeiting. If the codes are printed on/attached to the label, also include Q31B02. Also includes special labels dedicated to barcodes. Details of barcodes per se, barcode writing and reading are coded under T04-C02, T04-A02B and T04-A03B1, respectively.
Trace code
Q32-D03B Tamper resistant; preventing unauthorised removal/refilling; Anticounterfeit features Includes child resistant caps, and valves used for preventing refilling of containers.
Tamperproof
Q32-D03C Tamper evident Includes pop-up caps on jam jars and breakable seals across cap/lid.
Wax seal
Q32-D03X Other safety features Q32-D05 Containers storing two or more different products Includes containers with internal partitions or multi-compartment containers for storing 2 or more samples of the same product or two or more different products. Also see Q32-B02 for novel partitions/dividers used in containers.
71
72
Q: Mechanical
Q32-D06 Dispensing features This code is used in conjunction with Q34-A and Q34-B to highlight the type of product dispensed, e.g. liquid/semiliquid or solid/particulates. Equipment/method/control details for dispensing contents into a container, e.g. for dispensing beverages in bottles, are coded under Q31-A03 only.
Q32-D06A Controlled/metered dose Includes details for dispensing a controlled quantity, such as for nasal sprays or inhalers. This code can be used in conjunction with Q32-D06B or Q32-D06C to specify whether the dispenser is removable or integrated within the container.
Spirit measure, bar optic
Q32-D06B Containers with integral dispensing arrangements Includes containers with built-in dispensing arrangements. Spouts etc. that can be removably attached to the container, e.g. screwed on spouts, are coded under Q32D06C only. Ring-pulls, stay tabs and ring pull type removable tin tops are coded In Q32-C instead.
Q32-D06C Containers with removable pouring/dispensing arrangement Includes lids with spouts, e.g. screw on spouts. If spout is integrated within the container, see Q32-D06B instead. Includes screw-on (see also Q32-C01A) sport caps for drinks bottles with lift/flip up top to allow drinking.
Spray pump
Q32-D06D Preventing loss of cap/lid Includes pull-off caps that are fixed to closure by tether.
Q32-D07 Closures/lids/caps with means for preventing re-filling Includes containers with single-use closures such as one-way valves or closures that are destroyed upon opening.
Q32-D08 Closures/lids/caps with means for pressure application Includes wire arrangement for applying pressure to cork used on champagne bottles.
Q32-D11 Decorative features Includes wine bottle foils or capsules, as well as wax seals.
Q32-D12 Protective features; Secondary covers Includes secondary covers used to protect main closure from e.g. dirt, such as plastic caps covering drinking spout (see also Q32D06) or sports cap for bottle (see also Q32A01).
Dust, dirt, contamination, protection
Q32-T Transit Packaging These codes are intended to highlight package accessories, e.g. straps, wrappers, cardboard edges to be fitted to outside of package to protect it during shipment etc.
Q32-T01 External packaging elements Q32-T01A Plugs, Sleeves, Caps for protecting/bundling of articles Includes protectors for screw threads, corner protectors, and end caps.
Q32-T01B Flexible elongated elements Includes straps.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q32-T01C Wrappers or flexible covers and wrapping machines Q32-T01D Pallets and palletizing equipment Q32-T02 Internal packaging elements Includes partitions and inner packaging pieces used to separate, cushion, suspend and fill irregular spaces within a container. Includes chips or peanuts made of polystyrene or recycled products, air pillows, foam packaging such as expanded polystyrene foam, polyethylene foam or polyurethane foam, and corrugated board. Partitions or dividers placed inside a container for separating 2 or more products stored in the same container are coded under Q32-B02 and Q32-D05 only.
Air pouches, bubble wrap (RTM), encapsulated air plastic sheeting, EPS, foam-in-place, kraft paper, loose fill, PE, PU
73
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q33: Packaging container and closure materials From 2012 Q33 has been redefined to highlight the material the container or closure is made of. Q33 codes should be used with Q31, Q32 and Q34 as appropriate. Prior to 2012 Q33 remains searchable for closures in general.
Q33-A Glass Q33-B Plastic; polymer; polystyrene; thermocol Q33-C Paper; card; cardboard Q33-C01 Treated paper, card and cardboard Includes foil-lined containers for e.g. fruit juices.
Q33-D Metal Includes aluminium foil.
Q33-E Wood
Q33-H Cloth; Fabric Includes details of packaging made from terry cloth, linen, cotton, fleece, microfibers, etc.
Q33-J Green/sustainable packaging Q33-J01 Biodegradable packaging Includes compostable packaging.
Q33-J02 Made from renewable sources Includes packaging made from renewable sources such as corn starch, sugarcanes, and tapioca products including roots, chips or starch. Also includes packaging made from recycled materials.
PLA, Polylactide, Poly(lactic) acid, pea starch, bioplastic, PHB
Q33-J03 Recyclable packaging; Reuseable packaging This code includes packaging made from recyclable materials that can be used again after processing (e.g. made of glass, metal, card and paper). Also includes packaging that can be cleaned and reused, e.g. milk bottles. Packaging made from recycled materials is coded under Q33-J02 only. Details of edible packaging are coded under Q33-J04 only.
Q33-F Ceramic; Earthenware
Q33-J04 Edible packaging
Q33-G Microwaveable packaging
Q33-J05 Reduced/minimal packaging
Includes food packaging specially made for use in a microwave. Includes metalized film (metalized polyethylene, polypropylene, PET) or metalized cardboard (so called crisping sleeve) used as a subset for cooking in a microwave oven, to help make food crisp and brown. See also X27-C01 for microwave cookware.
This codes includes packaging made using minimal materials, leading to reduced layers of packaging, lower mass (product to packaging ratio), lower volume, etc.
Q33-J06 Energy efficient packaging Includes packaging with low carbon footprint and/or using renewable energy.
75
76
Q: Mechanical
Q33-J99 Other environmental aspects of packaging Q33-X Other packaging container/closure material
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q34: Types of goods packaged, bottled, bound, labelled, unpacked From 2012 Q34 has been redefined to highlight the type of product being packaged/bottled etc. and should be used in conjunction with other Q31-Q33 codes as appropriate. Prior to 2012 Q34 remains searchable for packaging elements/types in general (now covered in general by Q32).
Q34-A Fluent solids; Powders; Dry particulates This code is used in conjunction with other Q34 codes as appropriate.
Q34-B Liquids/semiliquids This code is used in conjunction with other Q34 codes as appropriate.
Paste
Q34-C Food for human consumption These codes can be used in conjunction with Q34-A and Q34-B to indicate whether the food product is a liquid or a solid.
Q34-C01 Meats; Poultry; Fish Q34-C01A Raw meats/poultry/fish Includes packaging of meat mince, sausages, and marinated raw meats/poultry/fish.
Bacon
Q34-C01B Processed meats/poultry/fish Includes packaging of all smoked, cured and cooked meat products, including salamis, pates and hams. Ready meals made using meat, poultry and/or fish are also coded under Q34-C08A. Packaging of mince, sausages and marinated uncooked meats are coded under Q34-C01A only.
Delicatessen, fish pastes, sardines
Q34-C02 Vegetables; Fruits; Produce Includes packaging of fresh and processed vegetables/fruits/etc, including pre-cut salads, diced carrots, peeled potatoes, tinned tomatoes, fruit compotes, etc.
Q34-C02A Vegetables Beans, soya, legumes, peanuts, garlic Q34-C02B Fruits Includes packaging of dried fruits.
Raisins, fruit purees, fruit salads, olives
Q34-C02C Nuts and seeds Pecan, almond, cashew, sesame Q34-C02X Other vegetables/fruits/produce Q34-C03 Cereals Includes packaging of grains, rice, flour, breakfast cereals, etc.
Q34-C04 Dairy Includes packaging of fresh and processed dairy products, such as milkshakes, powdered eggs, etc.
Q34-C04A Milk; Yoghurt Includes packaging of cream, ice cream, butter, milkshakes, etc. Also includes packaging of lactose-free milk.
Powdered milk, UHT milk, buttermilk, baby milk
Q34-C04B Eggs Dried eggs
77
78
Q: Mechanical
Q34-C04C Cheese Q34-C04X Other dairy products Q34-C05 Bakery; Confectionery; Pasta Includes packaging of breads, cakes, biscuits, pasta, crisps and sweets.
Cookies, spaghetti, macaroni, rice, candies, chewing gum.
Q34-C06 Condiments; Sauces; Sugars; Oils Q34-C06A Herbs; Spices Includes packaging of fresh, frozen and dried herbs. Herb pastes, such as basil or coriander pastes, are coded under both Q34-C06A and Q34-C06B. Packaging of mustard is coded under Q34-C06B only.
Q34-C06B Sauces; Soups; Pastes Includes packaging of pasta sauces, curry pastes, sauce pouches, mayonnaise, tomato sauce, etc. Herb pastes, such as basil or coriander pastes, are coded under both Q34C06A and Q34-C06B.
Tomato puree, dry sauce mix, mustard, marinade
Q34-C06C Oils; Vinegars Includes packaging of cooking oils, such as olive oil, sunflower oil. Also includes packaging of salad dressing.
Vinaigrette
Q34-C06D Sugar and sweeteners Includes packaging of sugar cubes, loose sugar, syrups, but also sugar substitutes/artificial sweeteners.
Caramel
Q34-C07 Drinks and beverages This code does not include milk packaging, which is coded under Q34-C04A only.
Q34-C07A Water and soft drinks Includes packaging of still/sparkling water, fruit juices, squashes and concentrates.
Cordial
Q34-C07B Tea and coffee Includes packaging of ground and instant coffee, coffee beans, coffee machine pods, one-cup coffee filters, syrups (chicory), loose tea, tea bags and chocolate drinks. Also includes packaging of filter papers used in coffee makers.
Q34-C07C Alcoholic drinks Beer, wine, whisky Q34-C08 Specialty foods and meals Q34-C08A Whole or partially prepared meals Includes meal kits, and marinated uncooked meats.
Sushi, pizza, burger, ready-made sandwiches
Q34-C08B Baby foods Includes packaging of powdered milk, long-life milk, food pouches, etc. Packaging of milk products is also coded under Q34-C04A.
Q34-C08C Food supplements and vitamins Includes packaging of slimming milkshakes.
Q34-C08D Parenteral and enteral feeding
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q34-D Food for animal consumption and supplements Q34-D01 Animal food Includes packaging of pet food or livestock feed.
Fodder, pet treats
Q34-D02 Animal supplements/health products Includes packaging of vitamins, cod liver oil, animal grooming products, etc. Also includes packaging of animal health products, such flea products, ointments, etc. These are also coded under Q34-J01 for pharmaceuticals.
Q34-E Textiles; Clothing; Garments; Shoes Q34-F Paper; Sheets; Magazines; Newspapers Includes packaging details of toilet paper. Also coded under Q34-J03.
Q34-G Building/construction materials Includes packaging for tiles, bricks, windows, glass panels/sheets, etc. Also includes packaging for waste materials from building sites, such as rubbles. Packaging for asbestos is also coded under Q34-H99.
Q34-H Hazardous materials Corrosive materials
Q34-H03 Hospital waste/Bio-hazards Q34-H04 Nuclear materials/Radioactive waste Rods Q34-H99 Other hazardous materials Asbestos, explosive materials, ammunitions, refrigerant, paint, poison, dead organisms/creatures Q34-J Pharmaceuticals; Medical; Cosmetics; Cleaning products Q34-J01 Pharmaceuticals Includes packaging of pharmaceuticals for internal and external usage. Includes packaging of food supplements, such as vitamins. Packaging of meal replacements and diet products, such as slimming milkshakes or soups, are coded under Q34C08C only.
Medicine, tablets, ointment, inhaler, flea products
Q34-J02 Medical Includes packaging of medical instruments such as needles, dressings, etc. Special carriers for e.g. human organs with integrated cooling systems are also coded under Q32D01. Packaging of tablets and medicines are coded under Q34-J01 only.
LifePort®, sterile bandages
Q34-J03
Q34-H01 Chemicals
Cosmetics; Toiletries
Q34-H02 Fuels Petroleum
Soap, shampoo, toothpaste, make-up, razor blades
Packaging details of toilet paper is also coded under Q34-F.
79
80
Q: Mechanical
Q34-J04 Cleaning products Does not include packaging of toiletries; these are coded under Q34-J03 only.
Cleaning wipes, cleaning foam, washing up liquid, clothes conditioner
Q34-K Vehicle parts; Tyres; Machine parts; Tools Q34-K01 Vehicle parts; Tyres Includes packaging details of parts for cars, airplanes, boats, trains, bikes, etc.
Q34-K02 Machine parts; Tools Includes packaging of gardening equipment, and welding electrodes.
Q34-L Tobacco products Includes packaging of cigarettes, cigars, pipes etc. Includes packaging of filters and cigarette papers.
Cigarillos, blunt, corona, kretek, tobacco pouch, cigarette holder
Q34-M Electrical/electronic equipment/parts Q34-M01 White goods and kitchen appliances Washing machine, microwave, cooker, blender, coffee maker, toaster, fridge Q34-M02 Electronic goods Includes packaging of musical instruments, toys and sport equipment with electrical content, e.g. keyboards, battery-operated toys. Packaging of musical instruments, toys and sport equipment are also coded under Q34-T.
LCD, television, game consoles
Q34-M99 Other electrical/electronic equipment/parts Includes packaging of electrical beauty products (electric razors, massagers, etc), batteries, lightbulbs and tubes.
Q34-N Household/domestic Includes packaging of non-electrical items, such as crockery, furniture, cleaning accessories (e.g. cleaning mops, cloths, washing gloves, etc). Packaging of kitchen appliances, white goods (washing machines, microwaves, etc) and electrical beauty products is coded under Q34-M codes only.
Watch, jewellery
Q34-T Musical instruments; Toys; Sport Packaging of musical instruments, toys and sport equipment with electrical content, e.g. keyboards, battery-operated toys, game consoles, are also coded under Q34-M02.
Q34-X Other specific goods Includes packaging for stationery, plants, flower bulbs and seeds.
Pencils, pen erasers, staplers
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q35: Refuse Collection; Conveyors From 2012 manual codes have been assigned for all mechanical details of refuse collection and conveyors.
Q35-A Refuse Collection Q35-A01 Refuse receptacles Includes cleaning/sterilizing equipment integrated with the refuse receptacle. Details of cleaning/sterilizing equipment including electrical details are coded under X25-H09.
Bin bag, dustbin, wheelie bin, dumpster
Q35-A02 Vehicles to collect refuse Details of e.g. vehicle gears, motors, etc, are also coded under Q19. Includes details of front loaders, rear loaders and compactors. Includes cleaning/sterilizing equipment integrated with the vehicle. Details of cleaning/sterilizing equipment including electrical details are coded under X25-H09.
Garbage truck, trash/dump truck, grapple truck, bin wagon, dustcart, dustbin lorry, garbage scow
Q35-A99 Other refuse collection details Q35-B Conveyors Includes details of belts, gears, chutes, safety equipment, etc. Also includes lubricating and cleaning/sterilizing equipment. Details of cleaning/sterilizing equipment including electrical details are coded under X25-H09. Electrical details of conveyors, including control details, are coded under X25-F01 codes only. Details of elevators, escalators, lifts or moving walkways are coded under Q38-A only.
Roller conveyor
81
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q36: Handling Thin Materials From 2012 manual codes have been assigned for all mechanical details of thin material handling.
Q36-A Handling of piles Carpets, curduroy, velvet Q36-B Handling of webs Continuous sheets of metal, paper Q36-C Handling of thin materials Fabric Q36-D Handling of filamentary materials Cable, string, wool Q36-E General handling Includes details of delivering or advancing articles from a machine, collating articles, storing materials on e.g. reels, spindles, bobbins, etc, adjusting tension in material, driving gear, recirculation system, securing material to cores, etc. This code can be used in conjunction with other Q36 codes to specify the type of thin materials handled.
Q37: Container Traffic (Pre-1984 Only)
83
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q38: Hoisting; Lifting; Hauling From 2012 manual codes have been assigned for all mechanical details of hoisting, lifting and hauling.
Q38-A Elevators, escalators, lifts, moving walkways Details of conveyors are coded under Q35-B only. Electrical details of elevators, escalators, lifts and moving walkways, including control details, are coded under X25-F04 codes only.
Goods lift
Q38-B Cranes, capstans, winches or tackles and other lifting, hauling devices not covered by other sections Details of cranes, winches, etc, with electrical content are coded under X25-F05 codes.
Hoist
Q39: Liquid handling, saddlery, upholstery *This class is now discontinued. Liquid handling has been transferred to Q31, saddlery has been transferred to P36 and upholstery has been transferred to P27. Q39 remains searchable for records prior to 2012.
85
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q5 Engines, Pumps, Compressors, Fluid Pressure Actuators
Q51-A01D With movable cylinders
Q51: Internal Combustion Engines; Reciprocating Engines; Rotary Engines
Q51-A01G [2007] With variable compression ratio
From 2006 Q51 covers all mechanical details of positive displacement combustion engines. Prior to the introduction of Q51 manual codes in 2006, the Q51 class covered machines and engines in general including positive displacement engines, steam engines/turbines, engine valves, cooling, lubrication and silencing. Also see Q17-E for vehicle internal combustion engine propulsion arrangements. For electrical aspects of motor vehicle engines see X22-A codes only.
Q51-A Reciprocating positive displacement engines Q51-A01 Engine type These codes are normally applied when the engine type has a direct bearing on the novelty.
Q51-A01A With single cylinder Q51-A01B With multiple cylinders This code is only applied when it is especially important to highlight the fact that an engine has multiple cylinders, or when the whole multi-cylinder engine is being claimed and further Q51 codes might not be applied. It is normally assumed that an engine will have multiple cylinders unless otherwise specified. Includes, in-line 4, V5, straight/V6, V8, W10, V12 etc. engines.
Q51-A01C With multiple pistons in same cylinder
Q51-A01E With precombustion chambers
Includes engines with arrangements for varying the compression ratio in use.
Q51-A01J Two-stroke
[2007]
Includes IC engines operating in two-stroke cycle, e.g. for moped (see also Q19-B).
Q51-A01X Other engine types
[2014]
Includes variable cycle engines, e.g. capable of running in two-stroke mode at low speed and 4-stroke mode at higher speeds.IC engines operating in two-stroke cycle, e.g. for moped (see also Q19-B).
Variable-cycle
Q51-A03 Component parts Q51-A03A Cylinders; Cylinder heads See Q51-D for valves. Includes precombustion chambers per se (see also Q51-A01E).
Q51-A03B Pistons Includes pistons with charge flow guides, i.e. scoops in piston head for swirl control.
Swirl control
Q51-A03C Seals; Gaskets; Piston rings Includes oil control rings.
Q51-A03D Casings; Crankcases; Cam/rocker covers
87
88
Q: Mechanical
Q51-A03E Piston to output shaft connections; Connecting rods Includes con rods connecting pistons to drive shaft. For connections from drive shaft to other transmission shafts or wheels, see Q62 codes. Includes crankshafts per se.
Q51-A03X [2007] Other reciprocating engine components Q51-B Rotary or oscillat ing piston engines Q51-B01 Rotary combustion engines Includes four-stroke, Otto cycle Wankel engines.
Q51-B01A With single rotor Q51-B01B With multiple rotors
See Q53-A instead for positive displacement engines driven by liquid.
Q51-C01 Open cycle hot gas positive displacement engines; Steam engines Includes reciprocating steam engines. See Q52 instead for non-positive displacement steam turbines. Can be used in conjunction with other Q51 codes as appropriate, e.g. Q51A03B for steam engine pistons.
Q51-C02 Closed cycle hot gas positive displacement engines I.e. positive displacement engines that are operated by expansion and contraction of a mass of working gas that is heated and cooled. See X25-X08 for electrical aspects of Stirling engines.
Closed cycle, heat, cool, Stirling engine
Q51-C05 [2007] Air/gas driven positive displacement engines
Q51-B03 Component parts
Includes IC engines driven by compressed air supply and not involving combustion.
Q51-B03C Rotor seals Q51-B03E Connections between piston and casing Includes drive arrangements for cooperating members, e.g. for rotary piston and casing.
Q51-B05 Oscillating/swing piston engines See Q53-C for fluid driven oscillating piston engines.
Oscillating, swing, opposed piston
Q51-B05A Free piston engines
Q51-C Gas-driven positive displacement engines
[2014]
Includes free-piston or 'crankless' IC engines. See also Q51-A01J for two-cycle operation.
Dual piston, free piston, oscillating-piston
Q51-D Engine/fuel type See X22-A20 for electrical aspects of vehicle engine/fuel types.
Q51-D01 Petrol/gasoline This code is not routinely assigned, since engines are assumed to be petrol unless otherwise stated.
Q51-D03 Diesel
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q51-D05 Mixed fuels Includes engines running on dual fuels such as petrol/alcohol or diesel/LPG.
Q51-D07 Single unconventional fuel Includes engines running on e.g. alcohol or bio-fuels.
Q51-D07A Gaseous fuel Using LPG, natural gas, hydrogen.
Q51-D07C Bio-fuel; Alcohol Includes engines running on free fatty acid methyl ester (bio-diesel) or alcohol such as methanol or ethanol.
Q51-E Valve gear; Valve drive arrangements Includes 4-valve drives for IC engines. For electrical aspects of vehicle engine intake/exhaust valve gear see X22-A11 and X22-A03G codes instead.
Q51-E01 Lift valves; Poppet valves Includes valve guides.
Q51-E02 Gate or sliding valves See also Q51-A01J for reed valves used in twostroke internal combustion engines.
Q51-E03 Rotary or oscillat ing valve gear Q51-E04 Steam engine valve gear
Q51-E05 Valve drive arrangements; Valve adjustment/control; Cam control Includes hydraulic valve clearance adjusters for motor vehicle engines.
Hydraulic lash adjusters
Q51-E05A Camshafts; Cams; Eccentrics Q51-E05B Tappets; Pushrods; Rocking arms etc. Q51-E09 Other valve gear Q51-F Lubrication See X22-A10 for electrical aspects of vehicle engine lubrication, such as electric oil pumps. For oil pressure monitoring for motor vehicle engines, see X22-E01C.
Q51-F01 Pressure lubrication Q51-F01A Dry sump systems
[2014]
Includes dry sump lubrication systems and associated oil tanks and pipework.
Dry-sump
Q51-F02 Mixed with fuel and/or air Two-stroke Q51-F03 Breathing/ventilating Includes crankcase breathing and cam cover breathing. Includes feeding of crankcase or cam cover air and any entrained oil back into induction system or to oil catch tank/filter.
Q51-F05 Oil filters
[2007]
89
90
Q: Mechanical
Q51-G Cooling See Q51-H05A for turbocharger intercooling.
Q51-G01 Air cooling Includes forced air feeding, i.e. fans.
Q51-G02 Liquid cooling Q51-H Charge feed i.e. fuel or air supply For electrical fuel/air supply aspects of motor vehicle engines see X22-A02 and X22-A03 codes instead.
Q51-H01 Fuel feed For electrical vehicle fuel pumps and fuel control see X22-A02D and X22-A03A codes respectively. See Q17-E04 for vehicle engine fuel supply.
Q51-H01A Carburettion (carburettors) See X22-A02C for electrical aspects of IC engine carburettors.
Q51-H01B Fuel injection Includes fuel systems using compressed air or mechanical control. Can also be applied to highlight novel mechanical aspects of EM fuel injection valves (also see X22-A02A codes for electrical fuel injection apparatus). See X22A03A1 codes only for electric fuel injection control.
Q51-H01B1 Common rail arrangement For electrical aspects of common rail injection systems see X22-A02A3.
Q51-H01C Fuel pump E.g. using compressed air or mechanically controlled fuel injection pump. See X22-A02D for electric fuel pumps and X22-A03A3 for electric fuel pump control. Includes gear pumps and rotary vane type pumps.
Q51-H01D Fuel pressure regulator Includes pressure relief valves.
Q51-H01F Fuel filter See X22-A02B for electrical aspects of fuel filters.
Q51-H01G Fuel treatment Includes e.g. fuel additive arrangements or water injection.
Q51-H01X Other fuel systems Includes fuel lines, hoses and pipework. Includes fuel heating arrangements. See X22A02B for electrical fuel heaters. Also includes fuel cooling (see also Q51-G).
Q51-H02 Fuel vapour recovery
[2010]
(Q51-H01X)
Includes mechanical details of fuel vapour recovery systems. See X22-A02E instead for electrical details of fuel vapour recovery systems.
Q51-H05 Air intake systems See X22-A03B for electrical aspects of air intake systems/throttles.
Q51-H05A Supercharging; Turbocharging Respectively see X22-A14 and X22-A03C for electrical aspects of motor vehicle super/turbo chargers and their control. Includes intercoolers.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q51-H05C Throttle valve
Q51-J02A Exhaust gas filters
Intake air control valves.
Q51-H05E Intake flow swirl/turbulisation control Includes mechanical arrangements for promoting mixing of air and fuel, e.g. using scoops in piston head (see also Q51-A03B).
Q51-H05F Air filters
[2007]
Includes disposable paper air intake filters and reusable foam filters.
Q51-I Ignition systems Includes ignition systems using e.g. application of direct heat, incandescence, friction, pyrophoric or catalytic ignition. See X22-A01 codes for electrical ignition systems.
Q51-J Exhaust systems; Pollution control See X22-A07and X22-A03J for electrical aspects of vehicle exhaust/emissions control systems. Also includes exhaust braking, e.g. for diesel engined truck (see also Q18-A30).
Q51-J01 Silencing systems Includes use of resonance, sound absorbing materials or baffles. For electrical aspects of engine noise reduction see X22-A12 (including active noise suppression - possibly see W04V07 also).
Q51-J02 Exhaust gas cleaning systems See X22-A07 or X22-A03J for electrical aspects of motor vehicle engine exhaust gas cleaning and pollution control. See X22-A05 and S03-E codes for vehicle exhaust gas sensors per se.
Includes e.g. diesel particulate filters (see also Q51-D03).
Q51-J02B Catalytic cleaning; Catalytic converters Includes catalyst materials and catalytic converters, construction. For electrical aspects see X22-A07 only.
Q51-J02C Inertial or centrifugal separators Q51-J02D Secondary air/fluid supply For electrical aspects of secondary air control used in motor vehicle exhausts, see X22-A03L.
Q51-J02E [2008] Exhaust gas recirculation Includes mechanical aspects of exhaust gas recirculation arrangements. See X22-A07 for electrical aspects of EGR or X22-A03A2C for EGR control.
Q51-J02F [2010] Exhaust heat recovery Includes recovery of heat of vehicle exhaust e.g. for passenger compartment heating. For electrical details of exhaust recovery systems see X22-A17.
Q51-J07 Exhaust braking
[2007]
Includes exhaust brakes and exhaust brake control, e.g. used for slowing diesel-engined truck (see also Q19-C02 for trucks and Q51D03 for diesel engines) when travelling down long hill, to avoid overheating mechanical friction brakes. Also see Q18-A30 for exhaust braking prior to 2007. See X22-A03B5 and/or X22-A09 instead for electrical aspects of vehicle exhaust/engine braking.
91
92
Q: Mechanical
Q51-K Starting systems For motor vehicle IC engine electrical starting see X22-A08, or X22-A04 for electric starter motors per se. Also see relevant X11 and X13 codes for motor hardware and control respectively.
Q51-K01 Using muscle power E.g. using hand cranks, pull cords and motorcycle kickstarts (see also Q19-B).
Q51-K02 Using mechanical power storage E.g. using springs or inertia.
Q51-K03 Using auxiliary engines Q51-K09 Other starting arrangements Includes e.g. using explosive cartridges.
Q51-L [2007] Engine heating/warming apparatus/method Includes use of exhaust gas heat to warm engine/coolant. See X22-A15 for electrical details of engine warming. (Q51-X)
Q51-M [2007] Engine manufacture/assembly/disassembly Includes manufacturing and assembly aspects of engine and engine components, not specifically for transportation applications such as motor vehicle, boat, aircraft - see relevant Q17 (with Q16-D), Q24 and Q25 codes respectively.
Q51-N [2010] Noise, vibration and harshness reduction See also Q17-N and Q17-E codes for mechanical details of motor vehicle engine noise reduction. See X22-A12 for electrical details of vehicle engine noise and vibration reduction.
Q51-X Other engine details Includes IC engine details not already covered, such as engine mountings (also see Q17-E01 for vehicle engine mountings).
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q52: Reaction Engines; External Combustion; Gas Turbines; Rockets From 2006 Q52 covers all mechanical details of non-positive displacement combustion engines such as turbine and rocket engines. Prior to the introduction of Q52 manual codes in 2006, the Q52 class covered both positive displacement and non-positive displacement engines/turbines and their control. For power generation gas turbines see X11-C01, for aircraft gas turbines engines see W06-B01 codes and for electrical aspects of gas turbines used in land vehicle propulsion see X22-P03.
Q52-A Gas/steam turbine engines See Q25-C02B for aircraft gas turbine engines per se.
Q52-A01 Turbine engine type [2007]
Q52-A01C Turbofan engines
[2006]
Q52-A01E Turboprop engines
[2007]
Q52-A01S Steam turbines
[2007]
Includes non-positive displacement steam turbines. See X11 codes for power generation steam turbines, and see Q51-C01 instead for reciprocating piston steam engines.
Q52-A01X [2007] Other turbine engines Includes engines that are capable of running on variable cycles.
Q52-A02 Component parts
Includes manufacturing methods. Includes rotor and stator blades.
Q52-A02B Combustion chamber Includes charge flow guidance and cooling.
Q52-A02C Nozzles, Nacelles Also see Q25-A04 for aircraft engine nacelles per se.
Q52-A02D Afterburner Q52-A03 Intake/exhaust configuration; Intake heating/cooling Includes air intake ducts and lips etc.
Q52-A01A Turbojet engines
Variable-cycle
Q52-A02A Rotor and stator
Q52-B Non-turbine reaction engines Q52-B01 Pulse jet Includes pulse jet engine where gaseous fuel/air mixture is combusted in pulses to generate propulsive effort which is a reaction to the rearward flow of hot gases.
Pulsejet, deflagration
Q52-B01A [2007] Pulse detonation engines Includes pulse wave detonation engines that detonate fuel rather than deflagrate it.
PDE, PWDE, deflagration-to-detonation transition, DDT, high speed, high altitude, supersonic, hypersonic
Q52-B02 Ram jet
93
94
Q: Mechanical
Q52-B03 Rocket engines Includes solid fuel engine constructions. Also see Q25-S04 for spacecraft propulsion systems per se.
Q52-B04 Composite pulse, ram, rocket engine combinations Includes composite pulse, ram, rocket engines. Also includes hybrid pulse detonation engines capable of operating in air-breathing and rocket modes.
Q52-C Fuel supply systems Also see P25-C02B for aircraft jet engines and their fuel supply per se.
Q52-C01 Fuel heating Q52-C02 Fuel supply control See W06-B01A5 for aircraft engine electrical fuel supply.
Q52-C03 Fuel injection Q52-C09 [2007] Other fuel supply aspects Q52-D Starting systems Includes fluid or mechanical drives e.g. using cartridges or starter turbines.
Q52-E Ignition systems See W06-B01C9 for electrical ignition systems for aircraft turbine engines.
Q52-F Lubrication
Q52-G Engine cooling
[2007]
Includes overall cooling of gas turbine/external combustion engines. For gas turbine intake charge air cooling see Q52-A03 instead.
Q52-M
[2007]
Engine manufacture/assembly/disassembly Includes manufacturing/assembly/disassembly aspects of gas turbine engines. For manufacture of aircraft or ship gas turbine engines also see Q25-C02B and Q24-E02B respectively (and possibly Q25-X05 or Q24X05 for aircraft and marine vessel manufacture per se).
Q52-X Other engine details
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q53: Positive Displacement Fluid Engines (i.e. driven by fluid) From 2006 Q53 covers all mechanical details of positive displacement fluid engines (i.e. driven by fluid). Prior to the introduction of Q53 manual codes in 2006, the Q53 class covered jet engines and fuel supply systems.
Q53-A Reciprocating piston fluid engines See Q51-A codes for positive displacement reciprocating engines driven by gas.
Q53-B Rotary piston fluid engines See Q51-B codes for positive displacement engines driven by gas.
Q53-C Oscillating piston engines See Q51-B05 for oscillating piston engines driven by gas.
Q53-G Component parts Includes valve gear, pistons, cylinders seals.
Q53-X Other positive displacement fluid engines/machines
95
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q54: Non-positive Displacement Fluid Engines (i.e. driven by fluid); Miscellaneous Motors and Machines for Producing Mechanical Power/Thrust From 2006 Q54 covers all mechanical details of non-positive displacement fluid engines (i.e. driven by fluid). Prior to the introduction of Q54 manual codes in 2006, the Q54 class covered starting and ignition systems. See Q51-K, Q51-I and Q52-D, Q52-E for starting and ignition systems for positive and nonpositive displacement engines respectively.
Water turbines Prior to 2007, this code was used for impulse engines having transportation interest. From 2007 this code has been expanded to cover all water turbines. [2007]
Q54-C Friction type engines Using non-bladed rotors, e.g. serrated.
Q54-E Spring motors Q54-F Gravity and inertia motors Includes flywheel energy storage.
(Q54-A)
Includes turbines that use nozzles to change water's potential energy into kinetic energy, with resulting high velocity water jet made to impinge upon curved turbine blades which reverse the flow, with the resulting change of momentum or 'impulse' causing a drive force on the blades. Mainly used in very high head applications.
Q54-A05 Reaction turbines
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to Q54-A05 from 200701. Includes e.g. Francis turbines, propeller turbines and Kaplan turbines. See Q51-C02 for closed cycle turbine engines driven by gaseous medium.
Q54-D Endless chain type engines/machines
Q54-A
Q54-A01 Impulse turbines
Q54-B* [2006-2007] Reaction type engines
[2007]
(Q54-B)
Includes turbines that are encased or fully submerged and are acted upon by water which changes pressure as it moves through the turbine and gives up its energy. Mainly used in low and medium head applications.
Q54-G Producing mechanical energy from wind, i.e. wind motors For wind turbines used to generate electrical power, see X15-B instead.
Q54-H Producing mechanical energy from geothermal or solar energy Q54-I Producing mechanical energy from muscle power Includes treadmills or horse mills.
97
98
Q: Mechanical
Q54-X Other non-positive displacement fluid engines/machines; other mechanical energy systems Includes perpetua mobilia using hydrostatic thrust, or using liquid flow, e.g. swinging flap type. Also includes ocean thermal energy conversion, using pressure or thermal differences, etc. Also see X15 codes for nonfossil fuel electricity generation.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q55: Positive Displacement Fluid Machines/Pumps/Compressors (i.e. for driving fluid) From 2006 Q55 covers all mechanical details of positive displacement fluid machines/pumps/compressors (i.e. for driving fluid). Prior to the introduction of Q55 manual codes in 2006, the Q55 class covered machines and engines for liquids.
Q55-A Reciprocating piston fluid machines Includes reciprocating piston positive displacement pumps and compressors.
Q55-B Rotary piston fluid machines Includes rotary piston positive displacement pumps and compressors.
Q55-C Oscillating piston fluid machines Includes oscillating piston positive displacement pumps and compressors.
Q55-D Diaphragm operated fluid machines Includes diaphragm operated positive displacement pumps and compressors.
Q55-E
[2007]
Scroll fluid machines (Q55-X)
Includes positive displacement scroll compressors or scroll pumps using fixed and orbiting archimedean spiral scrolls.
Q55-G Component parts Includes valves, seals, rotors, casings.
Q55-X Other positive displacement fluid machines
99
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q56: Non-positive Displacement Fluid Machines/Pumps/Compression (i.e. for driving fluid) From 2006 Q56 covers all mechanical details of non-positive displacement fluid machines/pumps/compressors (i.e. for driving fluid). Prior to the introduction of Q56 manual codes in 2006, the Q56 class covered pumps.
Q56-A Radial flow fluid machines Includes centrifugal pumps and heliccentrifugal pumps or compressors.
Q56-B Axial flow machines Includes e.g. non-positive displacement screw type pumps. For scroll pumps/compressors see Q54-E instead.
Q56-C Fluid machines pumping fluid by direct contact of another fluid or using inertia of fluids to be pumped Q56-C01 Jet pumps Includes pumps in which fluid flow is induced by pressure drop caused by velocity of another fluid flow.
Q56-C02 Diffusion pumps Q56-D Siphons Q56-G Component parts Includes shafts, bearings, rotors, casings, cooling strainers, cavitation reducers used in pumps or compressors.
Q56-X Other non-positive displacement machines/pumps/compressors Includes e.g. hydraulic rams.
101
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q57: Fluid Pressure Actuators; Hydraulic/Pneumatics in General From 2006 manual codes have been assigned for all mechanical details of fluid pressure actuators and hydraulics/pneumatics in general.
Q57-A Telemotors; with movement proportional to pump output Q57-B Servomotors; with position of output conforming to input Q57-C Combined servo and telemotors Q57-D Pyrotechnic actuators For motor vehicle safety systems such as vehicle airbags, see Q14-C02 only.
Q57-E Component parts Includes valve gear, guide vanes etc. used in fluid pressure actuators or hydraulics in general.
Q57-X Other fluid pressure actuators and fluid dynamic control aspects Includes general devices for influencing the flow of fluids.
103
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q6 Engineering Elements Q61: Fastening Elements; Connections E.g. for securing machine parts together. Includes both male (bolt) and female (nut) fastenings. These codes are normally only applied when the fastening itself is novel.
Q61-A Threaded fasteners Q61-A01 Nuts For lock nuts see also Q61-A07A.
Female
Q61-A03 Bolts For torque limiting break bolts see also Q61A07C,
Male
Q61-A05 Screws Q61-A07 Special purpose fastener action Q61-A07A Locking fasteners Includes nylon insert locknuts (see also Q61A01).
Q61-A07C Torque limiting Includes e.g. break bolts (see also Q61-A03).
Q61-A07E Self tapping Includes self tapping screws (see also Q61A05).
Q61-B Friction grip fasteners Includes clamps, clips and shrinkage connections.
Q61-C Key type connections Includes bayonet connections.
Q61-D Rivet connections Includes peel type rivets and rivnuts (also see Q61-A01).
Q61-E Nails, staples. Dowels Includes dowel and plug type connections that are inserted or screwed into hole, with e.g. expanding bodies or tabs engaging hole or gripping reverse side of wall.
Wall plug, Rawlplug (RTM)
Q61-F Anti-tamper connections Includes snap off fastener head that snaps off when predetermined tightening torque is reached to leave behind shaped anti-tamper head.
Q61-G Deformable connections Includes e.g. split pins.
Q61-H Washers; Lock washers, Spring washers Q61-R [2007] Fastener installation tools (Q61-X)
Includes tools used to install or remove fastening elements used in transportation applications such as mechanical compressed air driven rivet guns used in aircraft manufacture (see also Q25-X05). This code can be used in conjunction with other Q61 codes to specify the type of fastening being installed/removed.
105
106
Q: Mechanical
Q61-X Other fastening elements Includes hooks and eyes, suction cups etc.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q62: Shafts and Bearings Q62-A Flexible shafts Q62-A01 For conveying rotary movement Q62-A02 For conveying sliding movement Q62-B Rigid shafts Q62-B01 Crankshafts See Q19-A and Q13-A15 for cycle cranks.
Q62-B02 Eccentric shafts (including camshafts) See Q51-E05A for motor vehicle internal combustion engine camshafts.
Q62-B03 Adjustable cranks Q62-C Rigid connections, fixed joints Q62-D Pivots, pivotal connections Includes ball joints, trunnions, crank pins.
Q62-G Bearings Includes bearing elements and their races. Also includes hydrodynamic bearings.
Q62-G01 Sliding contact bearings Includes plain bearings e.g. used as crankshaft and connecting rod bearings in motor vehicle piston engines. See also Q51A03E for crankshafts and con rods per se. Includes nylon self-lubricating bearings and fluid film bearings using a film of lubricant between sliding surfaces.
Bushing, babbit, journal bearing
Q62-G02 Rolling contact bearings Anti-friction bearings Q62-G02A Ball bearings Includes bearings e.g. used to support a shaft or pulley. They can handle both axial and radial loads, though are usually used when the loading is fairly small.
Q62-G02A1 Ball thrust bearings Includes ball bearings subjected to axial thrust loading, such as those used in bar stools or Lazy Susan (RTM) turntables. These cannot handle much radial load.
Q62-G02C Roller bearings Includes roller bearings used in conveyors where heavy radially loads need to be supported. Also includes needle roller bearings having small diameter cylinders designed to fit into tight spaces.
Q62-G02C1 Tapered roller bearings Includes motor vehicle wheel bearings subject to axial (cornering force) and radial (vehicle weight) loads. They are usually mounted in pairs facing opposite directions so that they can handle thrust in both directions.
107
108
Q: Mechanical
Q62-G02C3 Roller thrust bearings Includes bearings used in gearsets such as those found in car transmissions between gears, and between the housing and the rotating shafts. These are suitable for handling large axial/thrust loads.
Q62-G02E Giant bearings Includes giant (1.5m diameter) ball bearings used under buildings to provide earthquake protection, or giant roller bearings used to move very heavy objects (also see Q62-G02A and Q62-G02C respectively)
Q62-G03 Magnetic bearings Includes magnetic bearings used in high speed applications such as flywheel energy storage systems, where the flywheel rotating in excess of 50000 rpm can float on a magnetic field created by the bearing.
Q62-G04 Elastic bearings Q62-G05 Combination bearings Q62-G07 Bearing play adjustment Q62-G09 Cooling and lubricating arrangements Q62-M Manufacturing arrangements for shafts or bearings For electrical metal grinding operations see X25-A03C2.
Q62-X Other shaft or bearing aspects not provided for Includes mountings, housings, caps, covers.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q63: Couplings; Clutches; Brakes; Springs; Dampers Q63-A Couplings for transmitting rotary motion Q63-A01 For connecting shafts
Q63-B03 Fluid actuated clutches; Fluid transmission clutches Includes hydraulically actuated clutches. See Q13-A03 for motor vehicle clutches.
Q63-B04 Mechanically operated clutches Includes cable actuation arrangements.
Includes universal joints and CV (constant velocity) joints.
Q63-B05 Freewheel clutches, freewheels
Q63-A02 Controlled movement coupling e.g. elastic couplings
Q63-B06 Multiple/combination clutches
Q63-A03 Slip; Yielding; Impulse couplings Includes couplings that permit relative rotational movement between the connected parts during drive; couplings that slip on overload and couplings that alternately accelerate/decelerate driven member.
Q63-A04 Fluid couplings Q63-A05 Hose couplings including quick acting/release couplings Q63-B Clutches For motor vehicle clutches see Q13-A03, and for electrical aspects of vehicle powertrain hardware see X22-G01.
Q63-B01 Interengaging clutches I.e. clutches with interengaging parts.
Q63-B02 Friction clutches Includes wedge action clutches and wet and dry plate friction clutches.
Q63-B09 Other clutch details Q63-D Brakes For vehicle brakes see Q18-A codes only. For electrical aspects of brakes or brake wear indicators see X22-C02 and X22-E02A respectively.
Q63-D01 Drum brakes See Q18-A01B for motor vehicle brake drums.
Q63-D01A Fluid actuated drum brakes Q63-D01B Mechanically actuated drum brakes Q63-D01E Drum brake components Includes drums, brake shoes.
Q63-D02 Disc brakes See Q18-A01A for motor vehicle brake discs.
Q63-D02A Fluid actuated disc brakes
109
110
Q: Mechanical
Q63-D02B Mechanically actuated disc brakes For electrically actuated motor vehicle parking brake see X22-C02A.
Q63-D02E Disc brake components Includes discs, brake pads, callipers.
Q63-E01D Fluid springs Q63-E01E Magnetic springs Q63-E01F Torsion springs
Q63-D03 Band brakes
Q63-E01G Elastic members e.g. elastomers
Q63-D03A Fluid actuated band brakes
Q63-E01X Other springs
Q63-D03B Mechanically actuated band brakes
Q63-E02 Shock absorbers; Dampers; Vibration suppression
Q63-D03E Band brake components Includes wear surfaces and adjusters.
Q63-D09 Other brake details
[2007]
Q63-E Springs; Shock absorbers; Dampers See Q12-B codes for motor vehicle suspension spring/damper arrangements. See X22-M instead for electrical aspects of motor vehicle suspensions.
Q63-E01 Springs See Q12-B01 for motor vehicle suspension spring arrangements.
Q63-E01A Coil springs Q63-E01B Leaf springs Q63-E01C Cup springs
See Q12-B02 for motor vehicle suspension dampers arrangements. For electrical aspects of vehicle dampers, including ride height control see X22-M codes.
Q63-E02A Using damping fluid Q63-E02B Using damping mass/inertia Includes flywheels, counterweights.
Q63-E02C Using friction Q63-E02D Elastic dampers
[2008]
Includes rubber and elastic material dampers.
Q63-E02E Magnetic dampers
[2008]
Includes magnetic fluid dampers.
Q63-E02G Shock absorber/damper components Includes seals, oil ports, split rings etc.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q63-E02X Other shock absorbers/dampers Includes torsion dampers.
Q63-E05 Spring/damper combinations Includes coil over dampers. Also see Q19-F03 for racing car independent coil over dampers.
111
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q64: Belts, Chains, Gearing Q64-A Driving belts Includes IC engine timing belt (see also Q51E05), and belt tensioning arrangements.
Cambelt, timing belt
Q64-C Gearing Q64-C01 Mechanical gearing Includes toothed gearing, helical gearing, ball or roller gearing.
Q64-A01 V-belts
Q64-C01A Cams, cam followers
Q64-A02 Ropes or cables
Q64-C01B Toothed members; Worms
Q64-A03 Belt fastening and tensioning arrangements
Q64-C01C Friction members
Includes turnbuckles, clamps and belt tensioning arrangements (see Q51-E for IC engine timing belt tensioning arrangements).
Includes friction discs and pulleys.
Q64-C01L Lubrication/cooling arrangements
Q64-A04 Pulleys
Q64-C03 Fluid gearing
Q64-B
Q64-C05 Gearing control
Chains Q64-B01 Driving chains Includes IC engine timing chain (see also Q51E05).
Q64-B02 Hauling chain Q64-B03 Chain fastening arrangements Includes links, shackles, hooks.
Q64-B04 Sprockets
Includes gear levers per se. For electrical aspects of motor vehicle transmission control see X22-G03 codes.
Q64-C09 Other gearing details
[2007]
Q64-D Transmission linkages Includes cam transmissions, wobble plate transmissions.
113
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q65: Pistons, Cylinders, Packing These codes are not applied when other specific transportation related codes can be applied. For example, a novel cylinder used in an internal combustion engine can be coded in Q51-A03A, and does not require application of a Q65-B code.
Q65-A Pistons; Plungers See Q51-A03B only for pistons used in internal combustion engines.
Q65-B Cylinders Includes running faces and cylinder liners.
Q65-C* Pressure vessels
[2006-2007]
*This code is now discontinued. From 200701 pressure vessels used for transportation purposes have been coded in Q69-B01 instead.
Q65-D Seals Packing Includes piston rings.
Q65-X Other piston, cylinder and seal details
115
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q66: Valves; Taps; Cocks; Vents For electrical aspects of mechanical valves see X25-L01 codes. See Q51-E only for valve gear used in internal combustion engine.
Q66-A Lift valves Includes cut-off apparatus with closure members having component of their opening/closing motion perpendicular to closing faces.
Q66-B Gate or sliding valves Includes cut-off apparatus with closure members having a sliding movement along the seat for opening and closing.
Reed valve
Q66-C Diaphragm valves Includes cut off apparatus with closure member deformed but not moved bodily.
Q66-D Rotary valves Q66-E Multiway valves; Mixing valves and fittings incorporating them Q66-F Valve construction Q66-F01 Valve members; Valve seats; Seals Q66-F02 Valve housings; Casings
Q66-J Valve actuation arrangements Includes use of floats. See X25-L01A and V02E02A1 for electromagnetically actuated solenoid valves.
Q66-P Functional valve types Q66-P01 Check valves Q66-P02 Safety valves; Equalising valves Q66-P03 Vent valves Includes venting or aerating arrangements.
Q66-P04 Fluid delivery valves Needle valve Q66-X Other valve/vent/tap details
117
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q67: Pipes; Joints; Fittings For electrical aspects of large scale pipelines see X25-Y02.
Q67-A Pipes; Hoses see Q18-A01X for vehicle brakes pipes/hoses per se.
Q67-A01 Rigid pipes Includes copper pipes.
Q67-A02 Flexible pipes Includes rubber hoses.
Q67-A03 Pipelaying and repair Includes pipe cleaning (See X25-H09 and X25-Y02 for electrical aspects).
Q67-B Pipe connections; Joints and Seals Q67-B01 Pipe connectors/joints includes quick acting connectors, i.e. quick release/fastening, compression joints etc.
Q67-B02 Seals Includes rubber seals and gaskets.
Q67-C Pipe accessories Includes e.g. pipe supports and holders such as hose clips.
Q67-X Other pipeline details
119
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q68: Other Engineering Elements Q68-A Frames; Casings; Beds, Supports Q68-A01 Frames; Casings From 2007 the scope of this code has been expanded to include all frames or casings e.g. for reciprocating or rotary engines, e.g. to facilitate engine assembly (see also Q51-M). From 2007 portable frames are specifically coded in Q68-A01A.
Q68-A01A Portable frames
[2007]
Includes wheeled frames. For trolley jacks etc., also see Q16-A03.
Q68-A02 Beds Includes mounting of engines on foundations, e.g. for test purposes.
Q68-A03 Stands; Trestles; Supports Includes mounting of engines on foundations, e.g. for test purposes.
Q68-L [2007] General lubrication systems Includes generally applicable lubrication systems. For specific lubrication systems such as IC engine lubrication, vehicle transmission lubrication or vehicle suspension lubrication systems instead see Q51-F, Q13-A20 and Q12B15 codes respectively.
Q68-S [2007] General safety devices Includes generally applicable safety devices such as safety guards or screens or other systems e.g. requiring the use of both hands.
121
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Q69: Storing/Distributing Gas/Liquid Q69-A Variable capacity gas holders Q69-B Fixed capacity gas holders For motor vehicle hydrogen/natural gas etc. fuel tanks see Q17-E04 only.
Q69-B01 Pressure vessels Includes pressurised vehicle fuel tanks, e.g. containing LPG. See also Q69-B for fixed capacity fuel tanks.
Q69-B02 Vessels not under pressure Q69-C Vessel filling method or apparatus Q69-D Vessel discharging method or apparatus Q69-E Pipeline systems Q69-X [2014] Other gas/liquid handling systems
123
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Section S: S01 ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................................................... 127 S02 ENGINEERING INSTRUMENATION ......................................................................................................................139 S03 SCIE NTIFIC INSTRUMENTATION ........................................................................................................................ 159 S04 CLOCKS AND TIMERS .......................................................................................................................................183 S05 ELECTRICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................................187 S06 PRINTING AND PHOTOGRAPHY ........................................................................................................................ 201
125
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S01 Electrical Instruments This section is restricted to measurements of electrical properties and values. It does not include other methods such as optical inspection of electrical and electronic apparatus, for which codes for the device under test, together with the appropriate code, in e.g. S03, should be used.
S01-A Current and volt meters with pointer display Does not include those used to display other measured variables e.g. on vehicle dashboard. (For details of pointer displays in measurement see S02-K06A. For vehicle dashboard instrumentation see S02-K06X and X22-E codes.)
Ammeter, coil, moving coil
S01-C Instruments displaying waveforms or digital values Transient S01-C01 Cathode ray oscilloscopes See V05-D codes for details of CRTs per se.
Oscillograph, CRO, vertical, trigger, horizontal, storage, vector
S01-C09 Other instruments displaying waveforms or digital values Includes instruments with other display types.
S01-D Measuring electric variables
Integrating power or current meters
S01-D01 Currents or voltages
Includes meters with electromechanical and electronic integration, e.g. kilowatt-hour meter. See S01-D02 for instantaneous power measurement. See also X12-H04 codes.
S01-D01A Functions of currents or voltages Amplitude, average
S01-B
Hour, watt, energy, utility, disc, security
S01-B01 [1992] Remote meter reading Includes monitoring of meter per se. See also S02-K08A. See also X12-H04A.
S01-B03 [1997] Digital electricity meters (S01-B)
S01-B05 [1992] Protection against tampering See also T05-H06 for coin, token, or cardfreed systems. Includes local or remote indication of tampering.
Security, anti-fraud
S01-D01A1 Effective values
[1983]
Includes r.m.s values.
Root mean square
S01-D01A3 [1992] Peak detection Maximum, hold, Sample and hold S01-D01A9 [1992] Other functions of currents or voltages S01-D01B Indicating presence or sign Polarity, offset, comparator S01-D01B1 Indicating presence
127
128
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S01-D01B5 Thresholding
S01-D01D5 [1992] Using optical transformation
Includes indication of zero-crossing point of ac waveform.
Level reference, hysteresis
S01-D01C
rotation
Using ac/dc,current/pulse conversion, etc. A-D and D-A converters per se are covered by U21-A codes.
S01-D01C1 Dc to ac, digital
[1983]
S01-D01C1A Dc-ac
[1992]
Includes chopper circuit. See U24-G01A1 and U24-G02E for instrumentation chopper amplification circuits.
S01-D01C1B Digital
[1992]
S01-D01C5 [1983] Ac to dc Rectifier, bridge, detector, full-wave rectifier S01-D01D
[1992]
Includes non-contact measurement techniques and those involving transformation into non-electric quantity.
S01-D01D1
See also V07-K for light property such as polarisation varying in proportion to electric quantity.
[1992]
Using inductive or magnetic measurement Clamp ammeter S01-D01D1A [1992] Using current transformer See also V02-G01B and X12-C01, respectively for low and high power transformers per se.
Core, coil, primary, secondary, phase
S01-D01D3 [1992] Using electrostatic effects Includes capacitive measurement, CVTs, etc.
S01-D01D7 Using particle beam
[1992]
Includes measurement using e.g. electron beam probing circuit, and also measurement by deflection of beam. See also V05-F01 codes and V05-F08B.
S01-D01D9 [1992] Other indirect current/voltage measurements S01-D01X Other current/voltage measurements S01-D02 Power, power factor or energy Includes instantaneous power measurement. Integrating meters are covered by S01-B Includes measurement of RF power (with S01H05).
Thermocouple, heating effect, remote indication
S01-D03 Frequency; analysing frequency spectra S01-D03A By conversion to amplitude or phase shift Resonance, tuned circuit, integrato,. frequency to voltage converter S01-D03B By pulse counting Clock, gate, digital frequency meter, bit rate S01-D03C Analysing frequency spectra
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S01-D03C1 [1992] Frequency sweeping appts. receivers. Measurement receivers per se are covered by W02-G03 codes, monitoring of transmission systems in general by W02-C05 codes and band scanning by U25-J01 codes.
S01-D03C3 Fourier analysis
[1992]
See T01-J04B for implementation by data processing circuitry.
S01-D03C5 [1992] Distortion and harmonic content measurement THD, total, distortion factor meter, nonlinear S01-D03C9 [1992] Other frequency spectra analysis S01-D03X Other frequency aspects S01-D04 Phase angle between voltages and currents See U23-C for phase comparator per se.
Lissajous figure
S01-D05 LCR and impedance based measurements Codes in this section relate to the measurement of impedances per se (S01D05B), resistance (S01- D05B1), impedance related measurements such as reflection coefficient (S01-D05B5), four terminal network characteristics (S01- D05C), and measurement of inductance, capacitance, quality factor etc (S01-D05A codes). For bridge measurements see S01-F01 also. For high-frequency measurement use S01-H05 also. For measurements on passive components, use S01-G12 codes also.
S01-D05A Inductance, capacitance, Q factor, loss factor, dielectric constant AC bridge S01-D05A1 [1992] Inductance measurement Self, mutual S01-D05A3 [1992] Capacitance and dielectric constant measurement Permittivity S01-D05A5 [1992] Quality/loss factor measurement Tan delta, loss angle, Q-factor, dissipation factor S01-D05B Resistance and reflection based measurements Includes general measurement of impedance. Measurement of resistance, or predominantly resistive impedance, is covered by S02-D05B1.
S01-D05B1 [1992] Resistance measurement S01-D05B5 [1992] Reflection-based measurements For measurements on antenna feeder e.g. VSWR, gain etc, see W02-B08A1 also.
Reflectometer, time domain
S01-D05B5A Characterising circuit
[1992]
Includes e.g. scattering parameter measurements.
S-parameter
S01-D05B9
[1992]
Other 2-pole measurements
129
130
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S01-D05C 4-pole characteristics
S01-D08A [1992] Modulation index or depth
Includes measurement of 4-terminal network characteristics such as phase or amplitude as a function of frequency. Nyquist diagram, Bode plot, etc.
Gain, gain-bandwidth, stability, roll-off
S01-D06 Pulse characteristics (individual pulses)
See also S01-G08A1 and W02-G01 for transmitter testing. Modulators per se are coded in U23.
Cross-modulation, AM, FM, frequency, deviation, sideband
S01-D08B [1992] Noise power; noise figure
Measurement and monitoring of pulse trains are covered by U22-D03.
See also S01-G08A3 and W02-G03 codes for receiver testing.
Duration, rise-time, fall-time, overshoot
S-N, signal-to-noise, ratio
S01-D07 [1992] Electric and electromagnetic fields
S01-D08B1 [1997] For electronic amplifier
(S01-D09)
(S01-D08B)
Measurement of magnetic field strength is covered by S01-E01 codes.
See U24 codes
S01-D07A Electrostatic fields
[1992]
Includes measurement of point charges. See also S01-H02 for high voltage applications.
S01-D07A1 [1997] Using optical techniques S01-D07B [1992] Electromagnetic fields See also S01-H05 for RF field strength measurements.
S01-D07B1 [1992] Antenna radiation diagram See also S01-G08A5 and W02-B08A1.
S01-D07B3 [1997] Using optical techniques S01-D08 [1992] Modulation and noise (S01-D09)
S01-D08B3 For optical amplifier
[1997]
(S01-D08B)
See also S02-J04A1C and V07-K01C.
S01-D09 Other electrical variable measurements Includes measurement of turns ratio and number of turns. (See also V02/X12).
Piezoelectric
S01-E Measuring magnetic variables Resonance, free induction decay signal coil, NMR, field, nuclear, echo, spin echo, magnetometer, magnetise, Hall-effect, flow S01-E01 Direction/ magnitude of magnetic field/ flux Gradiometer, permanent S01-E01A [1992] Using superconductive quantum interferometer See also U14-F02B.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S01-E01A1 DC squid
[1997]
(S01-E01A)
S01-E01A3 RF squid
[1997]
[1992]
Includes use of Hall-effect devices.
S01-E01B1 [1992] Detector device per se See also U12-B01A for Hall-effect devices.
S01-E01C [1992] Using magneto-optical devices Includes use of Faraday effect devices. See also V07-K03.
S01-E01C1 [1992] Detector device per se S01-E01D [2005] Using magnetoresistive devices [2005]
S01-E02 Magnetic properties
(S01-E02A)
S01-E02A2A Image enhancement
[1997]
(S01-E02A)
Includes artefact suppression. See S05D02B2 for medical application. See S03-E09X for contrast agents.
S01-E02A3 [1997] Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance NQR S01-E02A4 ESR/EPR
[1997]
(S01-E02A)
spin, paramagnetic, resonance, electron
S01-E02A8 [1997] Quantised spin measuring device details Refers to all devices within the scope of S01E02A.
S01-E02A8A [1997] Coils and waveguides (S01-E02A)
S01-E02A [1992] Quantised spin properties See S03-C02F and S03-E07 codes. S01-J02 code is used for cooling arrangements.
(S01-E02A)
[1997]
(S01-E02A)
S01-E01X [1992] Other magnetic variable measurement (including magnetostrictive)
S01-E02A1 NMR
Includes spinning mechanism.
S01-E02A2 MRI
Using galvano-magnetic devices
S01-E01D1 Device per se
[1997]
(S01-E02A)
(S01-E01A)
S01-E01B
S01-E02A1A Sample handling
[1997]
Includes coils for RF excitation and detection. Does NOT include coils for generating magnetic fields, e.g. gradient coils. For coils generating magnetic fields, see S01-E02A8E. Also includes antennae. See also V02-F01G and X12-C codes.
S01-E02A8C [1997] Signal and image processing (S01-E02A)
See T01-J04B for use of Fast Fourier Transform.
Fourier Transform
131
132
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S01-E02A8E Magnets
[1997]
(S01-E02A)
Includes coils for generating magnetic fields, e.g. gradient coils, electromagnets. See also V02-E codes.
Electromagnetic, superconducting
S01-E02A8P Pulse sequences
[2005]
Covers methods and apparatus which control the timing, shape and duration of the RF pulses.
S01-E02A8Q Control & operation
[2005]
Covers all systems for operation and control of NMR equipment other than RF pulses.
S01-E02A8X [1997] Other quantised spin properties measuring device details (S01-E02A)
S01-E02A9 [1997] Other quantised spin properties (S01-E02A)
S01-E02X [1997] Other magnetic properties (S01-E02)
See S03-E11 for investigation of materials using magnetic variables.
Ferromagnetic, eddy, susceptibility, coercivity, excitation, permeability
S01-F Measurements involving comparison with a reference Ratio, standard S01-F01 Ac or dc bridges See S01-D05 also for appropriate measurement.
Resistance, capacitance, inductance, Wheatstone, transformer
S01-F01A [1992] With transducer forming part of bridge Includes Wheatstone bridge circuit with resistance strain gauge e.g. for force measurement (see also S02-F01C), or weighing (see also S02-D01B).
S01-F09 Other reference measurements Polarity S01-G Testing electric properties; locating electric faults See general scope note for S01 section.
S01-G01 Electronic cir cuits Covers measurements at nodes of circuits which may be discrete or integrated.
S01-G01A Digital circuits Includes logic tester/analyser.
VLSI, integrated, IC, ROM, EEPROM
S01-G01A1 [1992] Testing integrated circuits Measurements on IC regarded as functional block are covered by S01-G02B. Includes use of electron beam probe techniques (see also S01-D01D7), and boundary scan testing (see also S01-G01A5). For on-chip test circuits, see U11-F01D2, U13-C07 also.
S01-G01A3 [1992] Testing modules or cards S01-G01A5 Logic analyser
[1992]
S01-G01A9 [1992] Other digital circuit testing
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S01-G01B Printed circuit boards
S01-G02A Tubes
See V04-R06 codes.
Contact, mount, probe, pin, PCB
S01-G01B1 [1987] Bare PCB i.e. before component mounting Tracks, continuity, short circuit S01-G01B3
[1987]
Assembled PCB, including ATE See S01-H03 codes for probe details.
-of-
component
S01-G01C Analogue circuits
[1992]
S01-G01C1 [1992] Analogue integrated circuits See note for S01-G01A1.
S01-G01C3 [1992] Analogue circuit modules S01-G01C9 [1992] Other analogue circuit testing S01-G01D [2006] Using external optical/ thermal/ other stimulation Includes measurement where circuit is stimulated by external energy to induce voltage/current/ resistance change, which is then used for failure detection/ testing operation of circuit. For any subsequent noncontact measurement of voltages/currents, see also S01-D01D.
EBIC, OBIC, OBIRCH, voltage contrast
S01-G02 Tubes and semiconductor devices and display panels Characteristic, curve, acceptance test
[1992]
See also V05-L07E1 codes and X26-A03 for tube and discharge lamp testing respectively.
Valve, CRT
S01-G02B
[1992]
Semiconductor devices Codes in this section are used to denote testing of a semiconductor device as a
G01A1 and S01-G01C1 for testing involving measurement of voltages and currents within the circuit itself. Note, also includes unspecified electrical testing of semiconductor devices.
Bipolar, unipolar, FET, MOS, CMOS, integrated circuit, IC, transistor, thyristor, SCR, triac, diac, diode, rectifier, varactor
S01-G02B1 At wafer or die level
[1992]
See U11-F01D codes also.
Defect, fault, mark, identify
S01-G02B5 [1992] Completed (encapsulated) device See also U11-F01C codes.
IC, integrated circuit, transistor, SCR, triac, diac, diode, rectifier, varactor
S01-G02C Display panels
[2006]
Electrical measurements relating to display panels, e.g. LCD, PDP, FED, and associated circuitry. See also S02-J04A3A for LCD testing
S01-G03 Materials, for dielectric strength or breakdown voltage Includes arc detection in general.
HV, discharge, withstand, tracking, arcing, insulator
133
134
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S01-G04 Testing for short circuits, discontinuity and leakage Cable core identifier, plug/socket connection tester, continuity tester S01-G04A [1992] Short circuit and leakage S01-G04A1 Short circuit
[1992]
S01-G04A5 Leakage
[1992]
S01-G04A5A [1992] With preset threshold S01-G04C Checking continuity
[1992]
S01-G04C1 [1992] Without resistance measurement S01-G04C5 [1992] With resistance measurement S01-G04C5A [1992] With pre-set threshold S01-G05 Locating faults in cables or networks lines. See also X12-G01C for power cables W02-C01D for communication cables.
Telecommunication, break point, capacitance
S01-G06 Batteries
[1983]
See X16-H also which includes non-electric testing, e.g. of specific gravity, not coded in S01-G06.
Charge, terminal, accumulator, ampere-hour, capacity
S01-G06A [1992] Measurement of remaining battery capacity Reserve, residual, discharge S01-G07 Electrical machines
[1983]
See V06-M11 and X11-J codes also.
Winding, coil, phase, rotating, rotor, stator, motor, generator, dynamo, alternator, dynamoelectric
S01-G08 [1992] Radio equipment and related systems (S01-G09)
See also W02-C05 and W02-G, and also relevant S01-D codes for specific electrical measurement aspect, e.g. from S01-D07 and S01-D08.
S01-G08A [1992] Testing methods for equipment The codes in this section are used when the method of testing is intended for a specific type of equipment.
S01-G08A1
[1992]
Transmitters, repeaters S01-G08A3 Receivers
[1992]
S01-G08A5 Antennae
[1992]
S01-G08A9 [1992] Other equipment testing S01-G08B [1992] Equipment for testing The codes in this section are used when the novelty resides in the test equipment itself.
S01-G08B1 Signal sources
[1992]
Includes signal generators, noise generators, etc.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S01-G08B3 [1992] Equipment with measuring facility Includes e.g. RF power meter, noisemeasuring receiver etc.
S01-G08B5 [1992] Screening arrangements Includes e.g. RF Faraday cage. See also S01J02.
S01-G08B9 [1992] Other radio test equipment S01-G08C [1992] Electromagnetic compatability testing See S01-D08B for noise figure measurements and S01-G08B5 for Faraday cage measurements. Covers tolerance of circuits to EM interference and output interference of device to other devices (e.g. effect of electric motor on TV).
EMC
S01-G09 Other electrical property tests S01-G10 [1992] Switches and switchgear (S01-G09)
Includes circuit breaker and relay testing. See also V03 and X13 codes.
Contact, contactor, breaker, relay, reed
S01-G12 Passive components
[1992]
Use with S01-D05 codes as appropriate, e.g. for measurement of resistance of an inductor, search S01-D05B1 and S01-G12E5.
S01-G12A Resistors
[1992]
See V01-A04H1 (or X12-A if power type) also.
S01-G12C Capacitors
[1992]
See also V01-B01G7C (electrolytic), V01-B04C (non-electrolytic), or X12-B (power capacitors).
S01-G12E [1992] Inductive components See also V02-H codes for low power components and X12-C01D3.
S01-G12E1 Transformers
[1992]
S01-G12E5 Coils
[1992]
S01-G13 Insulators
[2011]
Testing of all electrical insulators.
S01-G14 Wires or cables
[2006]
See also relevant X12-G codes.
S01-H Electrical instrument details (general) Non-electric, or non-specifically electric, instrument details are covered by S01-J codes.
S01-H01 [1983] Testing, calibrating and compensation Reference, standard, setting-up, compare, monitor, self-check S01-H01A
[1992]
Compensation Includes compensation for e.g. noise effects, temperature variation etc. See also S02-K02 codes for compensation aspects of measurement systems in general.
S01-H01A1 Noise reduction (S01-H01A)
S01-H01B
[2005]
Testing S01-H01C Calibration
[2005]
135
136
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S01-H02 [1983] For high voltage/current networks HV, power line S01-H03 Probes, contacts PCB
[1983]
Codes in this section relate to non-electrical and electrical instruments. -of-
-G01B for measurements on PCBs.
Integrated circuit, IC, wafer, circuit board, card, automatic test equipment, ATE [1992]
Includes probe for e.g. multimeter, or oscilloscope.
Test prod, clip, alligator, crocodile
S01-H04 Multimeters
[1997]
(S01-H09)
S01-H05
From 2009 power supply for instrumentation are coded in S01-J04 instead.
S01-J Instrument details (classes S01 to S03)
S01-H03A [1992] Multiple probe arrangement
S01-H03B Single probe
S01-H09 [1992] Other electrical instrument details
[1987]
For high-frequency measurements Use with other codes where HF effects dictate measurement techniques. NMR and MRI are no longer coded in this section, see relevant S01-E02 codes.
Microwave, probe, RF, capacitance, inductance, skin effect, leakage
S01-H07 [1992] Processor-controlled instrument Includes computer control of operation. See also T01-J08A.
S01-H07A [1992] Interfacing and remote control Includes data transfer arrangement for multiple instrument systems. See T01-J08A and T01-C/T01-H codes also.
S01-J01 Housing Housings for electrical equipment in general are covered by V04-S codes.
Meter, lock, seal, case, wall, tamper, access, hinge, cover, enclosure
S01-J02 Indicating elements, cooling, screening See S03-A04 for cooling arrangement for optical measuring instruments.
Shielding, set-up, adjustment, standard, reference
S01-J02A [1992] Indicating elements Scale, meter, printer, display, read-out S01-J02C Cooling, screening
[2005]
S01-J03 [2006] Instrument manufacture Includes all manufacturing of instrumentation included in S01, S02 or S03 classes. Search with apparatus or method codes in addition to this code for specific instrumentation manufacturing details.
S01-J04 Power supply
[2009]
Includes power supply for all instrumentation devices in S01, S02 and S03.
Voltage source, current source
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S01-J09 Other instrument details (incl. vibration dampening) Includes supports, arrangements adjusting position or attitude, compensating for effects of tilting.
Mount, vibration, isolation
137
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02 Engineering Instrumentation S02-A Measuring, dimensions, angles, areas, contours, roughness Codes in this section are applied in the hierarchy according to the primary method of measurement, e.g. a Vernier calliper using an electrical transducer to produce reading on a display would be coded under mechanical measurement.
S02-A01 Mechanical measurement Slide, scale S02-A01A Rules, micrometers, wheels Tape, mark, edge S02-A01B Gauges (e.g. feeler-pin or thread gauges) Caliper, feeler, probe, dial, tool, vernier S02-A01C* Measuring arrangements, (for) *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10 together with S02-A01 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Position, configuration, curve, displacement, distance, dimension, height, shape
S02-A01C1* Diameter *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10A together with S02-A01 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Radius, circle
S02-A01C2* Length, width, thickness *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B together with S02-A01 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
S02-A01C3* Spacing, depth, contour *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B together with S02-A01 for spacing and depth, and S02-A10C together with S02-A01 for contour, from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
S02-A01C4* Angles, alignment, position, area *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10D together with S02-A01 for angles, orientation and alignment, S02-A10C together with S02-A01 for area and S02A10G2 together with S02-A01 for position from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014. Includes measuring orientation.
S02-A01C5* Roughness, deformation *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10E together with S02-A01 for roughness, S02-A10F together with S02-A01 for deformation from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Surface, flat, smooth
S02-A01X Other mechanical measurements S02-A02 Electrical or magnetic measuring arrangements Transducer S02-A02A* Diameter, spacing *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10A together with S02-A02 for diameter and S02-A10B together with S02A02 for spacing from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Distance, displacement, gap, radius
139
140
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-A02B* Thickness of sheet or coating *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B1 together with S02-A02 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Capacitance, magnetic, eddy current, film
S02-A02C* Length, width or thickness *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B together with S02-A02 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
S02-A02D* Deformation *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10F together with S02-A02 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Strain gauge, distortion
S02-A02E* Depth, contour *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B together with S02-A02 for depth and S02-A10C together with S02-A02 for contour from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Curve, profile
S02-A02F* Angles, alignment, position *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10D together with S02-A02 for angles and alignment and S02-A10G2 together with S02-A02 for position from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014. Includes measuring orientation.
S02-A02G* Roughness
[1997-2013]
(S02-A02X)
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10E together with S02-A02 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Smooth, surface
S02-A02X* Other electrical or magnetic measuring arrangements *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10 together with S02-A02 from 201401. From 201401, details of area measurements are coded under S02-A10C together with S02-A02. S02-A02X remains searchable for records prior to 2014. Includes area.
Surface, cross-section
S02-A03 Optical measurement Note - codes in this section cover disclosures where light is the primary means of measurement irrespective of subsequent treatment or processing, such as in CCTV system.
Beam, laser, reflect, grating
S02-A03A Interferometers Fabry-Perot S02-A03B* Measuring arrangements, (for) *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10 together with S02-A03 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-A03B1* Thickness of sheet, diameter, coating *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B1 together with S02-A03 for thickness of sheet or coating, and S02-A10A together with S02-A03 for diameter from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Radius, circle
S02-A03B2* Length, width, thickness, spacing *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B together with S02-A03 from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Distance, displacement
S02-A03B3* Deformation, depth or contour *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B together with S02-A03 for depth, S02-A10F together with S02-A03 for deformation, and S02-A10C together with S02-A03 for contour from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Profile, curve, strain, irregularity, undulation
S02-A03B4* Angles, alignment, position *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10D together with S02-A03 for angles and orientation, and S02-A10G2 together with S02-A03 for position from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014. Includes measurement of orientation, tapers or optical axes alignment.
3D position
S02-A03B5* Area, roughness *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10C together with S02-A03 for area and S02-A10E together with S02-A03 for roughness from 201401. It remains searchable for records prior to 2014.
Flat, smooth, surface, cross-section
S02-A04 Measuring arrangements using fluids Inclination, liquid, spirit-level, bubble, pneumatic, hydraulic, air, gas S02-A05 Measuring using radiation, sound S02-A05A Radiation
[1983]
Includes dimensional measurements using e.g. electron microscope.
S02-A05A1 Using microwaves
[1997]
(S02-A05A)
Includes use of terahertz radiation.
S02-A05A3 [1997] Using atomic or nuclear radiation (S02-A05A)
Includes electrons, X-rays, gamma radiation etc.
X-ray, gamma ray
S02-A05B Sound
[1983]
See W06-A05 for sonar systems, S03-E08 or S05-D03 for materials testing or medical systems respectively.
Ultrasonic, echo, propagation time, round-trip
S02-A05B1* Diameter
[1997-2001]
(S02-A05B)
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A05C1 together with S02-A05A/B between 2002 and 2013, and to S02-A10A together with S02-A05A/B from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1997 to 2001.
141
142
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-A05B2* [1997-2001] Length, width, thickness (S02-A05B)
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A05C2 between 2002 and 2013, and to S02-A10B together with S02-A05A/B from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1997 to 2001.
S02-A05B3* [1997-2001] Deformation, depth, contour (S02-A05B)
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A05C3 between 2002 and 2013. From 201401, deformation measurements are coded under S02-A10F together with S02-A05A/B, depth under S02-A10B together with S02A05A/B and contour under S02-A10C together with S02-A05A/B. S02-A05B3 remains searchable and valid for records from 1997 to 2001.
S02-A05B4* [1997-2001] Angles, alignment, position (S02-A05B)
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A05C4 between 2002 and 2013. From 201401, angle and alignment measurements are coded under S02-A10D together with S02A05A/B, and position under S02-A10G2 together with S02-A05A/B. S02-A05B4 remains searchable and valid for records from 1997 to 2001.
S02-A05B5* Area, roughness
[1997-2001]
(S02-A05B)
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A05C5 between 2002 and 2013. From 201401, area measurements are coded under S02-A10C together with S02-A05A/B, and roughness under S02-A10E together with S02-A05A/B. S02-A05B5 remains searchable and valid for records from 1997 to 2001.
S02-A05B9* [1997-2001] Other dimensional measurement using sound (S02-A05B)
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A05C1 between 2002 and 2013, and to S02-A10X together with S02-A05A/B from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1997 to 2001.
S02-A05C* [2002-2013] Measuring arrangements, (for) *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013. Codes in this section are used with S02-A05A or S02-A05B codes to specify what is being measured.
S02-A05C1* [2002-2013] Thickness of sheet, diameter, coating *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10A for diameter, and S02-A10B1 for thickness of sheet or coating from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013.
Radius, circle
S02-A05C2* [2002-2013] Length, width, thickness, gap, spacing *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013.
S02-A05C3*
[2002-2013]
Deformation, depth, contour *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10F for deformation, S02-A10B for depth, and S02-A10C for contour from 201401 but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-A05C4* [2002-2013] Angles, alignment, position *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10D for angles and alignment, and S02-A10G2 for position from 201401 but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013. Includes measurements of orientation.
S02-A05C5* Area, roughness
[2002-2013]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10C for area, and S02-A10E for roughness from 201401 but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013.
S02-A05C9* [2002-2013] Other dimensional measurement using radiation, sound *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10X together with S02-A05A/B from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013.
S02-A06* [1992-2013 ] Coordinate and position measurement *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10G from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013. The emphasis is on relative measurement to any arbitrary coordinate system, e.g. Cartesian or Polar, rather than absolute measurement.
S02-A06A* Coordinates
[1992-2013 ]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10G1 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A06A1* Mechanical
[1992-2013 ]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10G1 together with S02-A01 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A06A2* Electrical/magnetic
[1992-2013 ]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10G1 together with S02-A02 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A06A3*
[1992-2013 ]
Optical *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10G1 together with S02-A03 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A06A9* [1992-2013 ] Other coordinate type measurement *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10G1 together with S02-A09 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A06C* Position
[1992-2013 ]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10G2 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013. For determining location in space rather than orientation.
S02-A06X* [1992-2013 ] Other relative measurement *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10G9 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A07 [1992] Calibration, compensation and testing Includes monitoring details.
143
144
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-A08* [1992-2013 ] Combination of measuring methods *This code is now discontinued from 2014, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013. From 201401, a combination of S02-A01 to S02-A05 codes is used to highlight the use of more than one measuring method. When the measuring method is not specified, only S02-A10 codes are applied to highlight what is measured. Codes in this section are used to indicate the use of one or more than one method from the preceding groups, e.g. electrical and optical measurement, or where the primary method of measurement is unclear.
S02-A08A* [1992-2013 ] Thickness of sheet, diameter *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10A for diameter and S02-A10B1 for thickness of sheet from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A08B* [1992-2013 ] Length, width, spacing *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10B from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A08C* [1992-2013 ] Deformation, depth or contour *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10F for deformation, S02-A10B for depth, and S02-A10C for contour from 201401 but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013.
S02-A08D* [1992-2013 ] Angles, alignment, position *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10D for angles and alignment, and S02-A10G2 for position from 201401 but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013. Includes measurements of axes, tapers, orientation, etc.
S02-A08E* Area, roughness
[1992-2013 ]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10C for area, and S02-A10E for roughness from 201401 but remains searchable and valid for records from 2002 to 2013.
S02-A08X* [1992-2013 ] Other combined measuring *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-A10X from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2013.
S02-A09 Other measuring methods This code is applied for measuring methods that cannot be coded under S02-A01 to S02A05 codes. When the measuring method is not specified, only S02-A10 codes should be applied to highlight what is being measured.
S02-A10 [2014] Measuring arrangements (for) Codes in this section are used to indicate what is being measured, and should be applied together with other S02-A codes to indicate the method of measurement.
S02-A10A Diameter
[2014]
(S02-A01C1, S02-A02A, S02-A03B1, S02-A05C1, S02-A08A)
Radius, circle
S02-A10B [2014] Length, Width, Thickness, Spacing, Depth (S02-A01C2, S02-A01C3, S02-A02A, S02-A02C, S02-A03B2, S02-A05C2, S02-A05C3, S02-A08B, S02-A08C)
Gap, clearance, displacement
S02-A10B1 [2014] Thickness of sheet or coating (S02-A02B, S02-A03B1, S02-A05C1, S02-A08A)
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-A10C Contour, Area
[2014]
(S02-A01C3, S02-A01C4, S02-A02E, S02-A02X, S02-A03B3, S02-A03B5, S02-A05C3, S02-A05C5, S02-A08C, S02-A08E)
Includes shape measurements.
Curvature, spherometer
S02-A10D [2014] Angles, Orientation, Alignment (S02-A01C4, S02-A02F, S02-A03B4, S02-A05C4, S02-A08D)
S02-A10D1 Angles, Orientation
[2014]
(S02-A01C4, S02-A02F, S02-A03B4, S02-A05C4, S02-A08D)
Inclination, taper
S02-A10D2 Alignment
[2014]
(S02-A01C4, S02-A02F, S02-A03B4, S02-A05C4, S02-A08D)
Perpendicularity
S02-A10E Roughness
[2014]
(S02-A01C5, S02-A02G, S02-A03B5, S02-A05C5, S02-A08E)
Flat, smooth
S02-A10F Deformation
[2014]
(S02-A01C5, S02-A02D, S02-A03B3, S02-A05C3, S02-A08C)
Mechanical strain gauge, resistance strain gauge, straightness
S02-A10G Coordinates, Position
[2014]
(S02-A06)
The emphasis is on relative measurement to any arbitrary coordinate system, e.g. Cartesian or Polar, rather than absolute measurement.
S02-A10G1 Coordinates (S02-A06A)
[2014]
S02-A10G2 Position
[2014]
(S02-A06C)
For determining location in space rather than orientation.
S02-A10G9 [2014] Other relative measurements (S02-A06X)
S02-A10X [2014] Other measuring arrangements S02-B Surveying and navigation Position, scan, infrared, IR, laser optical S02-B01 Measuring distances in line of sight; optical rangefinders See W06Rangefinders for photographic cameras are also coded in S06-B01A.
Range, light, beam, modulate, reflect, camera
S02-B01A [2005] Large scale position and location measurement Includes mining and pipeline machinery position location. Does not include RADAR, GPS systems (see W06).
S02-B02 Measuring height, distances transverse to line of sight; levelling between tracing profiles S02-B02A Measuring altitude
[2005]
(S02-B02)
S02-B03 Measuring inclination Level, spirit, liquid, bubble, inclinometer, clinometer, angle, plumb, bob, slope, slant, gradient, grade
145
146
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-B04 Photographic surveying; open-water surveying Includes electronic imaging surveillance from e.g. orbiting space vehicle. Electrical aspects of photographic cameras are covered by S06B codes, video cameras by W04-M01 codes.
Photogrammetric, aerial, aircraft, satellite, map, plane, sea
S02-B05 Measuring angles (incl. theodolites; sextants) Angular, axis S02-B05A [2005] Measuring attitude and orientation S02-B06 Compasses
See also W06-A codes. For systems specifically for aircraft, ships and land vehicles, see also W06-B01B1, W06-C01B and X22-E06 codes respectively.
Road, display, indicate, route, map, moving map, update, coordinate
S02-B08A Using radio
[1997]
(S02-B08)
S02-B08C Satellite
[1997]
(S02-B08)
See W06-A03A for Global positioning System. X22-E06B covers GPS as applied to vehicle navigation.
GPS, Global Positioning System, NAVSTAR
Electrical aspects of compasses are also coded in W06-A09.
Magnetic, magnetometer, elevation, azimuth, pole, vehicle
S02-B07 Gyroscopes See also W06-A07 for electric/electro-optical details.
Gyro, rotating, angular, rate, axis
S02-B07A [1992] With electric transducer Coriolis, vibration S02-B07B Using optical effects.
S02-B08 Navigational techniques
[1992]
Includes Ring Laser Gyroscopes and optical fiber gyroscopes. See V08-A01A1 for Ring Laser Gyroscopes and V08-A codes for laser details. See V07-N01 or optical fiber gyroscopes specifically and V07-K codes for light control aspects.
Fiber-optic, Sagnac effect, RLG, beam, relativistic, counter-propagating
S02-B08E [1997] Display and indication aspects (S02-B08)
For novel visual display aspects see S02K04C; for audio output, see S02-K04A and possibly also W04-V for speech synthesis; for haptic output, see S02-K04D.
S02-B08G Computer/processor
[1997]
(S02-B08)
Includes software. See also T01-J06B codes.
S02-B08X [2005] Other navigation techniques (S02-B08)
Includes inertial and dead reckoning techniques.
S02-B09 Other surveying/ navigation Includes electrical aspects of telescopes.
S02-B10 [1992] Testing, calibration and monitoring of surveying/navigation equipment (S02-B09)
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-B11 [1992] Instrument combinations (S02-B09)
Includes measurement of two or more variables.
S02-B12 [1992] Distance recording devices (S02-B09)
S02-B12A For vehicles
[1992]
Includes odometers. For electrical aspects see also X22. (Tachographs are coded in T05-G01 and X22-E05).
Hodometer, tachometer
S02-B12B [1992] Non-vehicle travel recorder Includes pedometers.
S02-C Measuring vol., vol. flow, mass flow or liq. level; metering by vol. Meter, water, air, gas, fluid
S02-C01B1 [1983] Wave effects Ultrasonic, Doppler, blood, velocity, acoustic, sonic, sound, medical S02-C01B4 [1983] Electric or magnetic effects Electromagnet, coil S02-C01B7 Thermal effects Engine, IC, intake, heat
[1983]
S02-C01B7A Device per se
[1997]
(S02-C01B7)
S02-C01B7C Circuitry (S02-C01B7)
S02-C01F Mass flow meters
Includes Coriolis flow meters.
S02-C01F1 Air mass flow sensors
S02-C01A
S02-C01X Other flow meters
S02-C01A1 Using rotating vanes; using pressure/pressure difference measurement Wheel, turbine, blade, Bernoulli, Venturi S02-C01A9 Other mechanical flow measurement (incl. dynamic effects) Vortex, float, swirl, Karman S02-C01B Using electric, magnetic, wave propagation or thermal effect
[1992]
(S02-C01X)
S02-C01 Continuous volume/mass flow meters Pressure, valve, pipe, rate, fuel, transducers Mechanical
[1997]
[1997]
(S02-C01F)
Includes using camera to image fluid to determine flowrate.
S02-C02 Discontinuous volume flow meters, water and gas meters Chamber, piston S02-C02A Water meter
[1997]
(S02-C02)
Includes water meters using continuous flow measurement techniques.
147
148
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-C02A1 [1997] Protection against tampering (S02-C02)
S02-C02C Gas meter
[1997]
(S02-C02)
Includes gas meters using continuous flow measurement techniques.
S02-C02C1 [1997] Protection against tampering (S02-C02)
S02-C03 Other vol. flow measurement (incl. compound meters, measuring relative flow) Fuel, engine, IC S02-C04 Dispensers Dose, pump, chamber, container, drink, supply S02-C04A With expanding or contracting measuring chambers Piston, stroke S02-C04B With moving measuring chambers S02-C04C With stationary measuring chambers Optic S02-C04X Other dispensers S02-C05 Measuring volume, capacity; measuring-vessels Cup S02-C06 Level indicating Tank, fuel, depth, gauge, height
S02-C06A By floats Switch, magnet, reed S02-C06A1 [1992] Operating electrical switch or transducer S02-C06A1A Operating switch
[1992]
S02-C06A1B [1992] Operating transducer Covers arrangements with proportional output, e.g. resistance wiper blade.
S02-C06A5 Non-electric system
[1992]
S02-C06B By measuring weight or pressure S02-C06C By measuring variation of electrical properties of sensor This code and its subdivisions are used for cases in which the substance being monitored directly modifies the electrical property concerned. See S02-C06A codes for floatoperated systems.
Probe, electrode, resonance, oscillator
S02-C06C1 Resistive system
[1992]
S02-C06C1A [1992] Combined with heater S02-C06C3 Capacitive system
[1992]
S02-C06C9 [1992] Other sensor properties (e.g. inductive) Inductance S02-C06D Using wave propagation effects Refraction, reflection, diffraction, interference
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-C06D1 [1992] Using optical frequencies (em) Light, IR S02-C06D3 [1992] Using sonic or ultrasonic radiation Echo S02-C06D5 [1992] Using radio frequencies (em) For radar-type systems search with W06A04H8.
Microwave, RF
S02-C06D9 [1992] Other wave propagation level sensing S02-C06X Other level indicating Includes dip-sticks and observable marks or scales on transparent vessel. Also includes level indicating using measurement of temperature.
S02-C07 Testing, calibrating and compensation aspects of S02-C equipment S02-D Weighing Scale, load, platform S02-D01 Weighing appts. S02-D01A Balances Beam, pan S02-D01B Using elastic materials Strain, gauge, spring, extension
S02-D01X Other weighing appts. details Includes magnetic, electrostatic or fluid action balancing.
Liquid, hydraulic
S02-D02 Weighing appts. for special purposes S02-D02A Weighing continuous stream of material Includes measurement of weight of material e.g. on conveyer belt.
Flow, grain, granular, powder, fluid
S02-D02B Weighing batches Check, automatic discharge S02-D02C Weighing sheets, wires, fluids, livestock, vehicles (e.g. aircraft), weighing during motion Platform, weighbridge S02-D02D [1992] Price-indicating balance Includes weighing at point-of-sale (see also T05-L01 codes).
S02-D02X Other weighing appts. for special purposes. Includes appts. for incorporation in vehicles and appts. for weighing people.
S02-D03 Indicating/recording weight Display, calculate, label, printer S02-D07 [2014] Calibration, compensation and testing of weighing equipment (S02-D09)
Includes monitoring details.
149
150
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-D09 Other weighing aspects Includes details of weighing apparatus, e.g. bearings, beams. Since 201401, calibration, compensation and testing details of weighing equipment are coded under S02-D07 only.
S02-E Measurement of mechanical vibrations Includes measurement of sound intensity.
S02-E01 Vibration measurement methods Includes measuring reverberation time, propagation velocity, resonant frequency or sound impedance.
Acoustic, sound, transducer, speed
S02-E02 Vibration detectors Includes detectors in fluids, radiation-sensitive detectors; detecting capacitance or reluctance change.
Piezoelectric, magnetostrictive, optical, fiberoptic
S02-E09 Other measurement of mechanical vibrations S02-F Measuring force, torque, work, mechanical power or efficiency, fluid pressure or vacuum S02-F01 Measuring force Load, thrust S02-F01A Hydraulically/pneumatically; by deformation of gauges; by counterbalancing
S02-F01B Using variations in vibration freq., magnetic properties, capacitance or inductance Magnetostrictive, resonance, oscillator S02-F01C Using electrical resistance strain gauges Includes piezoresistive devices.
Load cell
S02-F01E Piezoelectric
[1997]
(S02-F01X)
S02-F01G Optical
[1997]
(S02-F01X)
S02-F01X Other force measurement (including stress measurement) S02-F02 Measuring torque, work, mechanical power or efficiency Motor, engine, brake, dynamometer, generator S02-F03 Applications and methods of measuring force S02-F03A Linear force, tension Includes e.g. muscular force, ski binding release force, tension in ropes, belts etc.
S02-F03B Torque, mechanical power, work Includes, e.g. axial thrust in shaft, vehicle power, several components of force, torque on nut, testing brakes, force applied to control members, e.g. brake pedal, steering input etc.
Torque wrench, robot, manipulator, brake pedal force, steering input
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-F03X Testing, compensation and calibration; other
S02-F04B3 [1992] Semiconductor transducer
S02-F04 Measuring fluid pressure or vacuum Gas, air, liquid
S02-F04C Measuring pressure differences, several pressures, inflation pressures
S02-F04A Measuring pressure mechanically (using)
See also U12-B03E.
Includes measurement of tyre pressure. See S02-F04E for remote indication and X22-E02 for on-board electric systems.
Differential, vehicle, remote
S02-F04A1 Flexible tube- or bellows type gauges Bourdon
S02-F04C1 Pressure differences
S02-F04A2 Flexible diaphragm- or capsule type gauges Membrane, plate
S02-F04C1A Inflation pressures
S02-F04A9 Other mechanical fluid pressure measurement (incl. piston or liquidcolumn gauges) Manometer S02-F04B Measuring pressure electrically or magnetically (incl. electrical or magnetic indication of mechanical sensor displacements) (using) Transducer S02-F04B1 Potentiometers, strain gauges, piezoresistances Resistor, extension S02-F04B2 Piezoelectric devices; variat ions in inductance, capacit ance, magnetic properties; movement of magnets; electrokinetic cells Electrode, resonance, plate
[1997]
(S02-F04C) [1997]
(S02-F04C)
S02-F04C2 Blood pressure
[2005]
(S02-F04C)
S02-F04C3 Several pressures
[1997]
(S02-F04C)
S02-F04C3A
[1997]
Partial pressures (S02-F04C)
See also S03-E03 if achieved electrochemically.
S02-F04D Vacuum gauges; measuring rapid changes in pressure; engine energy or work indicators S02-F04D1 Vacuum gauges
[1997]
(S02-F04D)
See also V05-K03 for ionisation pressure gauges, e.g. Penning gauges.
Pirani, Penning
151
152
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-F04D3 [1997] Measuring rapid changes in pressure (S02-F04D)
S02-F04D3A Knock detection
[1997]
(S02-F04D)
See also S02-J01A for IC engine testing and X22-A05A for IC engine pre-ignition detector. Includes knock detection by means other than using pressure measurement.
Misfire
S02-G Measuring speed, acceleration or shock S02-G01 Linear or angular velocity Rotating, wheel, vehicle, shaft, speedometer S02-G01A Optically Includes angular velocity measurement using optical gyroscope.
Laser, light, gyro, beam, ring
S02-F04E Protection against overload or environment; temperature compensation
S02-G01B Electrically or magnetically Generator, tacho, pulse, frequency
S02-F04F* [ -2013] Testing, calibration and compensation
S02-G01B1 Measuring angular velocity
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S02-F07 from 201401, but remains searchable and valid for records prior to 2014. Does not include temperature compensation, see S02-F04E.
S02-F04J [1992] Optical techniques Optical fiber, polarisation, birefringent S02-F04X Other pressure measurement S02-F07 [2014] Calibration, compensation and testing (S02-F04F)
This code can be used together with other S02-F codes to highlight the type of equipment used, e.g. for measuring blood pressure (S02-F04C2). Details of temperature compensation of equipment measuring fluid pressure or vacuum are coded under S02F04E only.
Monitoring
Does not include measurement of angular velocity using electric gyroscope; see S02G01X.
S02-G01B1A* With fixed sensor
[1992-200 4]
*This code is now discontinued, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2004.
S02-G01B1B*
[1992-200 4]
With moving sensor *This code is now discontinued, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 2004.
S02-G01B2 [2005] Measuring linear velocity S02-G01B9 Other electrical or magnetic velocity measurement
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-G01D [1997] Doppler effect methods (S02-G01)
See also W06-A04A2 (RF radar), W06-A05 (sonic/ultrasonic techniques) and W06-A06 (optical techniques). S02-G02X covers Doppler methods for measuring speed of fluids.
S02-G01X Other (incl. mechanically) Includes determination of time to travel fixed distance and measurement of angular velocity using electric gyroscope.
Gyroscope, vibration, Coriolis
S02-G02 Speed of fluids, or bodies relative to fluids (by) Flow, gas, wind, anemometer, liquid
S02-G07C [1992] Compensation aspects S02-G07E [1992] Testing and monitoring S02-G09 Apparatus details and other speedrelated measurement aspects Includes constructional details of measuring devices.
S02-H Indicating/recording movement or direction of movement Includes analysis of trajectories.
Range, motion analysis, golf swing
S02-J Testing machines, structures or appts. Model, simulate
S02-G02A Measuring electric or thermal variable affected by the flow Heat, bridge, cooling, hot-wire
S02-J01 Engines
S02-G02B Measuring fluid force or pressure differences Pitot tube
S02-J01A [1983] IC engines Fuel-consumption, cylinder, pressure, injection, Diesel, valve, speed, knock
S02-G02X Other measurement of speed of fluids, or bodies relative to fluids (incl. swirl flowmeter) Ultrasonic, Doppler, vortex, acoustic
S02-J01A1 For aircraft
S02-G03 Acceleration or shock Inertia, force, accelerometer S02-G07 [1992] Calibration, compensation and testing (S02-G09)
S02-G07A Calibration
[1992]
[1997]
(S02-J01A)
Includes piston engines.
S02-J01C Gas turbine engines
[1992]
S02-J01C1 For aircraft
[1997]
(S02-J01C)
Includes turbo-prop engines and ram jets. See W06-B01B5 for onboard testing of aircraft engines.
Bypass ratio, turbofan, compressor, afterburn
153
154
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-J01E Steam turbines
[1992]
See X11-A01X for steam turbine testing where steam turbine is specifically for electricity generation.
S02-J01F [2005] Rocket motors and ion propulsion (S02-J01X)
S02-J01X Other engine types
[1992]
S02-J02 Vehicles Includes all vehicle types: aerospace, automotive and locomotive, etc.
Wheel, track, roll, balance, transmission
S02-J02A Tyre performance, suspension, steering, wheels Surface, road, tread, hold, grip, angle, toe-in, shock absorber S02-J02B
[1992]
Braking S02-J02E Electrical system
S02-J03 Machine parts Friction, drag S02-J03A [1983] Gearing, transmission, bearings Shaft, tooth, torque, differential, ball race S02-J03X [1992] Other testing of machine parts S02-J04 Optical appts. (also optical testing) Beam, image, reflect, pattern, scan, objective, focal-length, mirror S02-J04A [1992] Testing of optical apparatus S02-J04A1 [1992] Testing optical fiber and other guide structures S02-J04A1A Testing optical fiber
[1997]
(S02-J04A1)
See V07-J also. [1992]
See also S01-G01 for electrical test appts. See X22 codes for tests on vehicle electrical systems.
S02-J02F Crash/impact testing
[1992]
S02-J02F1 Crash dummy Anthropomorphic
[1992]
S02-J02X Other vehicle tests (includes testing vehicle transmission) Alignment, body, clutch, gearbox
S02-J04A1C [1997] Testing optical amplifiers (S02-J04A1)
Includes optical fiber amplifiers. See also S01D08B3 and V07-K01C.
S02-J04A1X [1997] Testing other guide structures (S02-J04A1)
S02-J04A3 [1997] Testing liquid crystals (S02-J04A9)
See also U14-K01A8.
Nematic, cholesteric
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-J04A3A Testing LCDs
[1997]
(S02-J04A9)
See also U11-F01F and/or U11-F01D and U14K01A8.
S02-J04A5 [1992] Testing and measuring lenses and lens systems S02-J04A9 [1992] Testing other optical appts. Prism, grating S02-J04B [1992] Testing of specific optical apparatus S02-J04B1 Microscope
[1992]
S02-J04B3 [1992] Fiberscopes and endoscopes See also V07 codes for novel fiber-optic aspects. See also S05-D04 codes for medical applications, V07-N02 for optical fiber details and S06-B09 for photographic attachments. See W04-M01 for video camera equipment.
S02-J04B3A Fiberscope
[1997]
(S02-J04B3)
S02-J04B3C Endoscope
[1997]
(S02-J04B3)
S02-J04B9 Other optical appts.
[1992]
S02-J05 Investigating static or dynamic balance Rotor, rotating, motor, weight, bearing, moment of inertia and dynamic balance/unbalance sensor
S02-J06 Investigating fluid-tightness Leak, pipe, seal, pressure, air-tight, gas, hermetic, vacuum S02-J06A By detecting leakage fluid S02-J06A1 Electrically
[1992]
S02-J06A3 [1992] Acoustic or ultrasonic detection S02-J06A5 [1992] Using tracer substance Radioactive, dye, fluorescent S02-J06A7 Optical detection
[2006]
Includes using camera, spectrometer. Prior to 2007, covered by S02-J06A9.
S02-J06A9 [1992] Other leakage fluid detection methods Liquid, bubble, submerged, immersion testing S02-J06B By measuring fluid loss/gain rate Flow rate, pressure drop S02-J06X Other fluid tightness investigation S02-J07 Aerodynamic or hydrodynamic testing Electrical aspects of aircraft and ship testing are also coded in W06-B05 and W06-C05 respectively.
Flow, pressure, wind tunnel, aircraft, ship, tank, wave generator
S02-J08 Vibration or shock testing of structures Impact, dynamic, oscillating
155
156
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-J09 Other testing of machines, structures or appts. S02-J10 [1992] Investigating elasticity of structures (S02-J09)
Extension, str
S02-K Indicating or recording
general
S02-K01 Appts. indicating/recording function of variable, e.g. r.m.s., mean Integrate, meter, data analysis, plotting best straight line, form factor, statistical methods, standard deviation, median, average, mean, least squares, regression S02-K02 Appts. with compensating correcting/protection features S02-K02A [1992] Compensation/correction for transducer characteristics Includes linearising.
Linearity, law
S02-K02B [1992] Compensation/correction for ambient variations Includes compensation for variation of temperature.
S02-K02B1
[1997]
Temperature compensation (S02-K02B)
S02-K02B3 [1997] Pressure compensation (S02-K02B)
S02-K02B9 [1997] Other environmental compensations (S02-K02B)
S02-K02C Protection
[1992]
Includes protection from overload, excess signal level, etc.
S02-K02D Noise reduction
[1992]
S02-K02X [1992] Other aspects of compensation, correcting and protection S02-K03 Transferring or converting sensor output Transducer, encode, analogue-digital, A-D S02-K03A Electrically or magnetically S02-K03A1 Influencing current/voltage capacitively or electrodynamically S02-K03A1A Electrodynamically Tachodynamo
[1992]
S02-K03A1C Capacitively
[1992]
S02-K03A2 Influencing current/voltage resistively or inductively S02-K03A2A Resistively Potentiometer
[1992]
S02-K03A2C [1992] Inductively LVDT, coil, movable armature S02-K03A5 [1992] Using magnetic effects (S02-K03A9)
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S02-K03A5A Magnetoresistance
[1992]
S02-K04G [1992] Indicating threshold value
S02-K03A5C Magnetostriction
[1992]
S02-K04D Haptic indication
S02-K03A5E Hall effect
[1992]
S02-K03A5F Magneto-optical
[1997]
(S02-K03A, S02-K03B)
S02-K03A5X [1992] Other magnetic effects S02-K03A9 Other electrical or magnetic transfer S02-K03B Optically Light, fiber, fiber-optic, reflect, beam, intensity, interferometer, laser S02-K03B1 Using fiber optics
[1992]
See also V07-K10 codes.
S02-K03B9 [1992] Other optical transference or conversion S02-K03X Other (incl. using fluid or mechanically) Covers use of piezoelectric transducer.
[2006]
Prior to 2007, covered by S02-K04X. See W05-A01A1 for general haptic annunciators and alarms.
Tactile feedback, vibrating indicator
S02-K04X [1992] Other measured value indication S02-K05 Recording measured values Includes memory details, pen recorders, line printers etc. See T04-G for line printer details.
Plot, position, writing, print, mark, paper, platen, X-Y, graphical
S02-K06 Component parts of recording/indicating appts. Line printers are only included when specifically for printing measured values. See S06 codes for line printer details.
S02-K06A Scales, dials, pointers Instrument, display, indicia, markings S02-K06B Recording elements Print, ink, paper, mark
S02-K04 Indicating measured values Alarm
S02-K06B1 Electric, magnetic, heated, optical, perforating elements Electrode, beam, dot matrix, electrocardiogram
S02-K04A Audible indication
[1992]
S02-K06B2 Ink transfer recording elements
S02-K04C Visible indicat ion Display, LED, LCD
[1992]
Pressure
157
158
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S02-K06X Other component parts of recording/indicating appts. Includes vehicle dashboard instrumentation; see also X22-E codes.
S02-K07 [1992] Testing, calibration and monitoring (S02-K09)
S02-K07 codes are only applied when the instrument used is unclear. Otherwise, specific calibration/testing codes from the relevant S02-A to S02-G sections should be applied instead, such as S02-B10 for testing and calibration of surveying and navigation equipment
S02-K07A
[2005]
Testing and monitoring (S02-K07, S02-K09)
S02-K07B Calibration
[2005]
(S02-K07)
S02-K08 [1992] Remote reading; tariff metering (S02-K09)
S02-K08A Remote reading
[1992]
See also S02-K08B for remote reading of e.g. gas, water (S02-C02 codes also), or electricity meters (S01-B01 also), and W05-D codes, e.g. W05-D04A5 for radio link or W05-D07G if for vehicles, which cover telemetry in general.
S02-K08B [1992] Tariff metering appts. S02-K09 Other indicating or recording From 201401, monitoring details are coded under S02-K07A. This code remains searchable and valid for monitoring details for records prior to 2014
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03 Scientific Instrumentation S03-A Measuring optical radiat ion (IR, visible and UV) See also S03-E04 for appts. having provision for investigating material sample. Measurement performed on laser beam is also coded in V08-A06. Includes black body radiation source.
S03-A01B Using electric radiation detectors Includes meters/sensors for measuring and/or detecting a light source, e.g. infrared detectors. See also U12-A02 codes.
Laser power meter [1997]
(S03-A01B)
See also U12-A02A2 and X15-A02A codes.
Photodiode, bandgap, depletion region, space charge, solar cell [1997]
(S03-A01B)
Includes ferroelectric devices. For discrete ferroelectric devices, see V01-B02B9. For integrated ferroelectric devices, see also U12 codes, e.g. U12-C02F for capacitor and U12D02A7 for transistor.
S03-A01B5 Photoresistive (S03-A01B)
See also U12-A02B1.
Photoconductive
(S03-A01B)
See U13-A01X for focal plane array and W04M01B5 for producing video image with optical radiation, and W04-M01E1A for producing video image with infrared radiation.
Mosaic
S03-A01B9 [1997] Other electric radiation detectors PMT, photomultiplier
S03-A01A By comparison with reference light or electric value
S03-A01B3 Capacitive
[1997]
(S03-A01B)
S03-A01 Photometry
S03-A01B1 Photovoltaic
S03-A01B7 Array of detectors
[1997]
S03-A01X Other photometry aspects Includes measuring e.g. visually, chemically etc., also general details.
S03-A02 Spectrometry; colorimetry; polarimeters See S03-E04 codes for more details.
Spectroscope
S03-A02A Generating spectrum e.g. by prism or diffraction grating; measuring line intensity Wavelength S03-A02A1 Monochromators
[1997]
(S03-A02A)
S03-A02B Absorption, double-beam, flicker or Raman spectrometry S03-A02C Colorimetry; polarimeters See also S03-E04B5.
Colour, filter, polarise, Nessler tube, polarisation, birefringence, refractive index
159
160
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-A02F [1997] Interferometric spectrometers (S03-A02X)
Includes Fourier Transform spectrometers, e.g. FTIR spectrometer. For novel aspects of the interferometer, see S02-A03A. See T01-J04B1 for novel computing aspects of the Fourier Transform.
Golay detector
S03-A02X Other spectral measurements Includes atomic emission spectrometers (See also S03-E04D3) and spectroradiometers.
S03-A03 Pyrometry and IR temperature measurement Infrared, temperature, pyrometer, pyroelectric, heat-sensing, remote, bolometer, actinometer S03-A04 [1997] Cooling arrangements for optical instruments (S01-J02)
Covers all devices within the context of S03-A and S03-E04. Covers cooling arrangements for IR detectors. See S01-J02 for cooling arrangements for other measuring instruments.
Dewar
S03-A05 [1992] Calibration/testing of optical instruments and compensation aspects (S02-K02, S02-K09)
S03-A05A [1992] Testing of optical instruments S03-A05C [1992] Calibration of optical instruments S03-A05E [1992] Compensation aspects of optical instruments
S03-A09 Other optical measurements Measuring optical phase difference, degree of coherence, optical wavelength, velocity of light.
Interferometer, phase
S03-B Thermometers and calorimeters Covers temperature and heat quantity measurements.
S03-B01 Thermometers Medical thermometers with electrical content are also coded in S05-D01E.
Fuse, catalyst
S03-B01A Thermoelectric Thermocouple, junction, Seebeck S03-B01B Linear resistance e.g. platinum resistance thermometer Resistor, film, wire S03-B01C Other electric/magnetic type Includes e.g. using semiconductor pn junction, crystal resonator frequency, thermal noise of resistance or conductor. Also includes measurement by unspecified electric transducer.
Thermo-electromotive
S03-B01D Integrating or differentiating expansion or contraction e.g. mercury thermometer Bimetal, alcohol, maximum-minimum
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-B01E Adaptations and novel measurements for specific purposes Includes novel measurement of temperature where sensor is of unspecified type or unimportant.
S03-B01E1 [1992] For aggressive environments S03-B01E9 [1992] Other adaptations of thermometers for specific purposes S03-B01F
[1983]
Thermistors per se are also coded in V01A02A.
Resistor, PTC, NTC, positive, negative, temperature coefficient [1992]
(S03-B01X)
Covers aspects where there is modification of some optical property, eg polarisation state or refractive index. Thermometers using colour changes, e.g. of liquid crystals or chemical indicators, are covered by S03-B01X. Pyrometry is covered by S03-A03.
Fiber-optic
S03-B01H [1992] Testing, calibrating and compensation (S03-B01X)
S03-B01H1 [1992] Testing of thermometers S03-B01H3 [1992] Calibration of thermometers S03-B01H5 [1992] Compensation aspects of thermometers S03-B01K [1992] Display of temperature (S02-K04, S03-B01)
Includes e.g. casings, measuring temp. using acoustic effect or colour change of liquid crystal/chemical indicator.
Ultrasonic, thermochromic
S03-B02 Calorimeters Heat quantity measurement. Includes electrical measurement for domestic heating system - also X27-E01A. Also includes calibration, testing and compensation of calorimeters. Calorimetry for investigation of sample properties is coded in S03-E01C.
Flow, thermal flux
Thermistors
S03-B01G Optical
S03-B01X Other thermometers
S03-C Geophysics Includes non-geophysical applications such as detecting presence of objects, e.g. using light barrier (S03-C08). (See also S03-C06). Well logging apparatus with electrical content is also coded in X25-E02.
S03-C01 Seismology, seismic/acoustic prospecting Seismic, exploration, log, prospecting, reflect, surveying, oil, gas S03-C01A Generating seismic waves Vibration, piston, generator, hydraulic, shear, explosive charge, pneumatic cannon S03-C01B Detecting, transmission, or recording of seismic signals Also includes transmitting seismic signals to recording apparatus (see also W05-D codes, e.g. mud pulse telemetry W05-D06M1). Towed hydrophone arrays are covered by S03C01C1.
Geophone
161
162
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-C01C For water-covered areas; for well logging
S03-C02F3 MRI
[1997]
(S03-C02X)
For MRI per se, see S01-E02A2 and S03E07A.
S03-C01C1 [1983] For water-covered areas Marine, streamer, tow, hydrophone
S03-C02F5 [1997] Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance
S03-C01C5 [1983] For well-logging Borehole, formation, downhole
(S03-C02X)
NQR
S03-C02F9 [1997] Using other quantised spin properties phenomena
S03-C01X Other seismology, seismic/acoustic prospecting (incl. processing seismic data)
(S03-C02X)
ESR, EPR
S03-C02 Electric, magnetic, em prospecting, Well-logging appts. is coded under respective prospecting type.
S03-C02X [1983] Other electric, magnetic, em prospecting (incl. electromagnetic prospecting methods) Antenna, borehole, RF, microwave
S03-C02A [1983] With electric current Electrode, probe, resistor
S03-C03 Prospecting using nuclear radiation Gamma, neutron, x-ray
S03-C02B [1983] With magnetic/electric field
S03-C04 Gravimetric or other prospecting; measuring gravitational field/waves Gravity
d proximity sensors. For weapon detection at airports, see also S03-C06 and W06-B02A1.
Coil, resonance, oscillator, pipe-finder, metal detector, magnetotelluric, terrestrial
S03-C02F [1997] Using quantised spin properties (S03-C02X)
S03-C02F1 NMR
S03-C04A Optical prospecting
[1997]
(S03-C04)
Includes thermal prospecting. Does NOT include light barriers (see S03-C08 codes).
Thermal [1997]
(S03-C02X)
For NMR details per se, see S01-E02A1 and S03-E07C.
S03-C05
[1992]
Geophysical natural disaster predict ion and detection (S03-C09)
Includes e.g. earthquake, volcano and landslide prediction and detection techniques. See also S03-C01 codes for seismic detection apparatus per se. See W05-B08 codes for natural disaster alarm systems.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-C06 [1997] Detecting presence of person or object This code is used to differentiate between prospecting and presence detection and is technology non-specific. It will thus almost always be combined with another (usually S03-C) code: e.g. detecting presence of contraband using Nuclear Magnetic Resonance would be coded as S03-C02F1 and S03-C06. Includes also baggage inspection at airport (See also W06-B02A5) and pipeline detection (see also X25-Y02). See W05-B and W05-C for alarms in general.
Drugs, Narcotics, Explosives
S03-C07 [2005] For non-seismic well-logging or open water prospecting These codes are used to differentiate between well-logging, open water prospecting or presence detection and are technology nonspecific. Thus, they will almost always be combined with other (usually S03-C) codes. For seismic well-logging or open water prospecting, see S03-C01C codes.
S03-C07A [2005] Non-seismic well-logging S03-C07B [2005] Non-seismic open water prospecting S03-C08 Light barriers
[1992]
(S03-C09)
Packaged semiconductor light transmitting and receiving devices for light barriers are coded in U12-A02C2. Optical intruder detection is covered by W05-B01C2 codes.
Machine-operator protection
S03-C08A Construction details
[1992]
S03-C08C Circuitry
[1992]
S03-C09 Other geophysics Includes mechanical well diameter measurement.
S03-C10 [1997] Testing, calibrating and compensation aspects of geophysics devices (S03-C09)
Includes testing of geophones. For geophones per se, see S03-C01B codes.
S03-D Meteorology Includes weather houses, sunshine duration measurement, rainfall or precipitation gauges, windspeed.
Atmosphere, pollution, pressure, precipitation, rain, satellite, balloon, probe, ionospheric sounding
S03-D01 [1992] Wind speed and direction gauges See also S02-G02 for anemometer details.
S03-D02 [1992] Detection of precipitat ion S03-D02A Measuring rainfall Precipitation, gauge
[1992]
S03-D02B [1992] Detecting presence of rain, snow or ice S03-D02B1 [1992] For non-meteorological application Includes detection for automatic actuation of vehicle windscreen wipers (See also X22-J01).
S03-D03 [1992] Atmospheric pressure measurements Fluid pressure measurements are covered by S02-F04 codes.
163
164
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-D04 Air temperature
[1992]
Thermometers are covered by S03-B01 codes.
S03-D05 [1992] Weather prediction systems, weather forecasting Includes weather satellite and weather radar systems. See W06-A04H2 for weather radar, S02-B04 for satellite surveying of the earth.
S03-D06 [1992] Pollution, fall-out measurements Includes all environmental pollution measurement, e.g. marine, fresh water, air, soil, etc. For air quality per se, see S03-E14N codes.
S03-D09 Other meteorology
[1992]
Includes detection of atmospheric measurements for non-meteorological applications, and meteorological data processing. Also includes lightning strike detectors.
S03-E Investigating physical or chemicals properties of materials: methods and appts. Electrical apparatus for medical purposes is also coded in S05-C if in-vitro, or S05D01G/S05-D01L if in-vivo. Electrical exhaust sensors for internal combustion engines are also coded in X22-A05B.
S03-E01 Thermal (by investigating) S03-E01A Changes of state or phase; sintering; coefft. of expansion: thermal conductivity Using melting or boiling points, distillation, sublimation, expansion, thermal conductivity.
S03-E01B Moisture content; flash-point, explosibility; presence of flaws Includes e.g. psychrometry, dew point, humidity, hygrometry
S03-E01B1 Thermal cycling
[1997]
(S03-E01B)
Includes thermal test chambers for PCBs and integrated circuits. See also V04-R06 codes for PCB testing and U11-F01G for burn-in testing of integrated circuits. Includes thermal cycling of test pieces, such as might be carried out in a metallurgy laboratory. If the material under test is subjected, additionally, to a load, see also S03-F02B for time varying load and S03-F02C for fixed load.
Temperature excursion, PCB, semiconductor device, integrated circuit, coupon
S03-E01B3
[1997]
Flaw detection (S03-E01B)
Includes detection of flaws using infra-red radiation. For flaw detection using visible or ultraviolet radiation, see S03-E04F2.
defect
S03-E01C Calorimetry Includes e.g. combustion. Calorimeters per se are in S03-B02.
S03-E01E [1992] Emissivity determination and differential thermal analysis Includes acoustic thermography. For detecting flaws, see also S03-E01B3.
S03-E01X Other thermal investigation S03-E02 Electrical (by investigation) Moist, liquid, flow, humidity
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-E02A Resistance of solid absorbing or reacting with fluid
S03-E02F [1992] Using tunnel current and analagous effects
Includes e.g. semiconductor gas sensor.
(S03-E02X)
Oxide, metal, film, moist, humidity, resistor, bridge, oxygen, semiconductor
Includes all scanning probe microscope types and all adaptations for measurement, e.g. measurement of electric or magnetic fields, photon excitation, capacitance and ionic conductance, in addition to other relevant instrumentation codes. See also V05-F for novel microscope and manufacturing details and S02-A codes for novel cantilever displacement measurement. For optical scanning tunnelling or near-field optical microscopes with tunnel current type probes, see additionally S02-J04B1 and S03E04R. Does NOT include use of scanning probe technology for patterning techniques or recording - see V05-F05D and relevant T03-C and U11 codes.
S03-E02B Resistance of liquid or electrically heated body in material Catalyst S03-E02C Capacitance Dielectric S03-E02C1 Moisture detection
[1997]
(S03-E02C)
S03-E02C3 [1997] Flaw or contamination detection (S03-E02C)
S03-E02C5 [1997] Capacitance spectroscopy (S03-E02C)
Includes Deep Level Transient Spectroscopy, TSCAP and Admittance Spectroscopy. For measurements on semiconductor materials, see U11-F01A codes. For measurements on devices, see U11-F01C codes.
DLTS, deep level, impurity, trap, lifetime
S03-E02D Impedance
[1992]
SPM, magnetic force, MFM, SNOM, shearforce microscopy
S03-E02F1 [1997] Scanning tunnelling microscopes (S03-E02F)
STM
S03-E02F3 [1997] Atomic force microscopes (S03-E02F)
AFM
S03-E02X Other electrical investigation Includes e.g. measuring Q-factor change on oscillating piezoelectric crystal resonator caused by deposition (see also S03-E12), investigating breakdown voltage (see also S01-G03), electrostatics.
S03-E03 Electrochemical For ion sensor FET see U12-D02A also.
Chemical
165
166
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-E03A Measuring deposition or liberation from electrolyte e.g. coulometric titration Electrolytic, coulometer, titration, Karl Fischer S03-E03B Measuring currents/voltages in voltaic cells S03-E03B1 Due to effects at electrodes; e.g. potentiometric titration Includes vehicle lambda probes.
Fuel, air, engine, exhaust
S03-E03B2 Due to effects in the electrolyte; concentration cells Includes electrochemical pH sensors. See also S03-F10. For non-electrochemical pH detection, see relevant S03-E04 and E09 codes, as well as S03-F10.
pH sensor
S03-E03B9 Other measuring currents/voltages in voltaic cells S03-E03C Containers, electrodes, membranes, partitions Includes CHEMFETS, ISFETs and integrated circuits using these transducers (also coded in U12-D02A and U12-B03E for discrete devices, and U13-D02 for integrated circuit structure). Also includes electrolyte.
S03-E03C1 Biosensors
[1997]
(S03-E03C)
See also S03-E14H codes.
Membrane
S03-E03E Electrophoresis
[1992]
(S03-E03X)
Includes isoelectronic focussing. For detectors to identify substances separated by electrophoresis, see S03-E09C7 codes.
Separation, gel, macromolecular, protein
S03-E03X Other electrochemical investigation Prior to 2005, included non-electrochemical pH measurement. After 2005, see S03-F10 only.
S03-E04 Optical (by investigating) See also S03-A02 codes.
Photometer, light, centrifuge
S03-E04A Colour; spectral properties Spectroscope, colour S03-E04A1 Using photoelectric detection S03-E04A4
[1992]
Measurement using radiation at two wavelengths Includes measurement of blood oxygen content using catheter (S05-D01G).
S03-E04A5 [1992] Wavelength dependent absorption (S03-E04A9)
Includes atomic absorption spectrometers. See also S03-A02 codes.
S03-E04A5A [1992] With light modulation Includes photoacoustic absorption spectroscopy.
PAS
S03-E04A5B [1997] Infrared spectroscopy (S03-E04A5)
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-E04A5E [1997] Visible/utraviolet spectroscopy (S03-E04A5)
UV, electro
S03-E04A5G Gaseous phase
[1997]
the radiation is applied. Includes, therefore, atomic absorption spectrometers. This code will nearly always be combined with at least one other S03-E04A5 code. [1997]
(S03-E04A5)
radiation is applied. This code will nearly always be combined with at least one other S03-E04A5 code.
S03-E04A5S Solid phase
[1992]
Includes non-dispersive gas analysis. Includes measurement by splitting light source into two paths, one for reference/control, one for test sample, and measuring relative absorption.
Turbidity, densitometer
(S03-E04A5)
S03-E04A5L Liquid phase
S03-E04B1A Transmission
[1997]
(S03-E04A5)
radiation is applied. Includes Attenuated Total Reflectance Spectroscopy. This code will nearly always be combined with at least one other S03-E04A5 code.
ATR
S03-E04A9 Other spectral properties S03-E04B Reflection, refraction, transmission; dichroism; phase- or polarisation affecting properties S03-E04B1 Transmission; specular reflectivity
S03-E04B1B Specular reflectivity Reflectance
[1992]
S03-E04B5 [1983] Refraction; phase; interference; dichroism; polarisation; diffract ion Polarise, refractometer, interferometer, ellipsometer, measuring refractive index S03-E04B5A [2005] Surface plasmon resonance (S03-E04B5)
S03-E04C Scattering, diffuse reflection Includes Rayleigh and Tyndall scattering. Also includes Optical Time Domain Reflectrometry (from 1992; previously coded in S03-E04B1).
OTDR
S03-E04C1 In moving fluid; e.g. smoke detection See W05-B02A1 also for smoke detecting fire alarm using scattering effects.
Suspension, particle, fire alarm, turbidity
S03-E04C2 In material in container S03-E04C3 [1997] Optical computerised tomography OCT, optical coherence tomography S03-E04D Optical, electrical, mechanical or thermal excitation Fluorescent, atomise, plasma, flame, photothermal, phosphorescence
167
168
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-E04D1 Raman scattering
[1992]
S03-E04D3 [1997] Atomic emission spectrometer (S03-E04D)
S03-E04D3A Inductively coupled
[1997]
(S03-E04D)
S03-E04E Chemiluminescence; bioluminescence; observing effect on chemical indicator React, luminescent, reagent S03-E04F Jewels; detecting flaws or contamination See T04-D for automated visual inspection techniques. For systems using IR detection of thermal images S03-E01B takes precedence.
Inspect, reflect, semiconductor, mask, pcb, printed circuit board, recognition, visual, comparison
S03-E04F1
[1992]
Detecting contamination or impurities S03-E04F2 Flaw detection
[1992]
S03-E04F3 [1992] Optical examination of jewels Gem, cut, facet S03-E04G Moving sheets Paper, newspaper S03-E04H Moving fluids or granular solids
S03-E04J [1997] On-line measurements Covers arrangements for use in a production line/manufacturing environment (see also X25 codes). S03-E04J will nearly always be combined with at least one other S03-E04 code.
S03-E04P [1992] Calibration/compensation/testing of optical measurement system (S02-K02, S02-K09)
S03-E04R Optical microscopy
[1992]
(S03-E04X)
See also S02-J04B1 for microscope appts.
S03-E04R1 Confocal Microscopy
[2006]
Includes laser scanning microscopy. See also S03-E04D/E04E if used with fluorescent staining methods.
S03-E04T [1997] Using Fourier Analysis Includes use of Fast Fourier Transform (see also T01-J04B). This code will nearly always be combined with at least one other S03-E04 code.
FFT
S03-E04X Imaging and other optical investigation Includes cuvettes, automatic optical analysis apparatus (with S03-E15 codes), forming picture using TV camera.
S03-E05 Using microwaves Includes microwave spectrometry. Also includes general terahertz radiation investigation. For terahertz imaging, see S03E05E.
Dipole moment, moment of inertia, gas phase, terahertz radiation
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-E05A Moisture detection
[1997]
(S03-E05)
S03-E05C Flaw detection
[1997]
S03-E06B1 Microscopes
[1992]
See also V05-F codes for electron, ion and Xray microscopes. Prior to 2005, included tunnelling microscopes - now only coded in S03-E02F codes.
SEM, TEM, STEM
(S03-E05)
Defect
S03-E05E [2005] Terahertz radiation imaging (S03-E05)
S03-E06 Using e.g. X-rays, neutrons, electrons Includes use of ionizing or particle radiation for determining properties of a sample, e.g. patient x-ray diagnosis or scanning electron microscopy. For measurement of ionizing radiation intensity per se (x-ray, gamma ray, alpha, beta etc.), particle behaviour or electron beam current density, see S03-G codes. Medical apparatus is also coded in S05-D codes. For luggage check see also S03-C03, S03-C06 and W06-B02A. Measurement of radioactive emission from sample injected into human body, e.g. scintography is not included (see S03-G02B3). Control of X-ray equipment in general is covered by V05-E02 codes. Includes use of gamma rays.
Tube, beam, radiate, radioactive
S03-E06B3 Electronic imaging
Includes use of e.g. video camera systems responsive to radiation, and stimulable-sheet phosphor imaging (see also S05-D02A5C for medical X-ray stimulable-sheet system and S06-K codes for aspects analogous to facsimile, especially S06-K99G).
S03-E06B3A
S03-E06A1 Flaw detection
[1992]
S03-E06A3 Moisture detection
[1997]
(S03-E06)
S03-E06B Forming picture Scan, tomography, scintillation, display, phosphor, stimulable sheet
[2005]
Computer tomography S03-E06B5 [1992] Photographic recording S03-E06B9 [1992] Other image-forming methods S03-E06C Diffracting, reflecting, scattering e.g. back-scattering radiation Crystal structure, Compton S03-E06C1 Flaw detection
S03-E06A Measuring absorption
[1992]
[1992]
S03-E06D By measuring secondary emission, e.g. X-ray fluorescence Does not include fluoroscopy.
Auger electrons, photoelectric effect, x-ray spectrometer
S03-E06D1 Flaw detection
[2005]
S03-E06H Details of apparatus
[1992]
169
170
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-E06H1 Radiation source
[1992]
Includes control, e.g. source intensity control, dosage etc. For source positioning see S03E06H4.
S03-E06H2 Detector positioning
[2006]
See S03-E06H5 codes for novel detection system per se.
S03-E06H3
[1992]
Specimen positioning S03-E06H4 Source positioning
[2005]
S03-E06H5 Detection system
[1992]
S03-E06H5A [2005] Semiconductor detectors For measurement of ionizing radiation intensity using semiconductor detectors, see S03-G02B2G.
S03-E06H5B [2005] Scintillation detectors For measurement of ionizing radiation intensity using scintillation detectors see S03G02B1.
S03-E06H5C [2005] Stimulable sheet phosphors For novel stimulable sheet phosphors per se, see V05-M01C1. For novel stimulable phosphor read-out systems, see S06-K99G and other S06-K codes as appropriate. [2005]
For novel X-ray video systems per se, see W04-M codes.
S03-E06H7 Shielding, protection
[1992]
S03-E06X Other uses of X-rays, neutrons, electrons S03-E07 NMR, EPR or other spin effects See S01-E02A codes. S03-C02F is used when the purpose is prospecting, together with S03C06 if for contraband or intruder detection. For static and gradient field coils, see also X12C and V02-F01G respectively and for coils in general see S01-E02A8A. For medical apparatus, see also S05-D02B codes.
Spin echo, tomography, axis
Includes e.g. cassettes.
S03-E06H5D Video systems
S03-E06H9 Other appts. details
[1992]
S03-E07A MRI
[1992]
See also S01-E02A2 codes. Contrast agents are coded in S03-E09X also.
S03-E07C NMR
[1997]
(S03-E07)
Includes NMR spectroscopy. See also S01E02A1 codes.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
S03-E07E
[1997]
ESR/EPR (S03-E07)
See also S01-E02A4.
Electron spin resonance, paramagnetic, klystron
S03-E07G [1997] Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance (S03-E07)
See also S01-E02A3. For contraband detection, see also S03-C02F5, and S03-C06 codes.
NQR
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-E07X [1997] Other quantised spin measurements (S03-E07)
See also S01-E02A9.
Cyclotron resonance
S03-E08 Using sonic or ultrasonic vibrations Includes vibrations which may be induced acoustically, thermally, optically, magnetically etc., but detected using acoustic apparatus. For photo-acoustic spectroscopy where optical radiation is detected, see S03-E04A5A. For ultrasound generating transducers, see V06transducers, see V06-V04G codes. See S02A05B codes for acoustic dimension measurement. For medical imaging see also S05-D03 codes and V06-V04K for transducers for specifically medical use.
Transducer, piezoelectric
Crack, inspect, material, pipe, weld, nondestructive testing [1992]
Specific property Covers investigation of a specific physical property by measurement of sonic or ultrasonic vibration. Includes e.g. analysing fluids; measuring attenuation, speed, density, frequency spectrum to characterise medium. [1997]
(S03-E08,S03-E08A)
E.g. using visualisation of interior, using Barkhausen effect.
S03-E08G Acoustic microscopes
S03-E09 Chemical methods S03-E09A Precipitation; absorption, adsorption S03-E09B Ion-exchange; catalysis; combustion Catalyst By chromatography e.g. column, plate Gel, injection, flow, needle, capillary, vaporise
Includes acoustic emission techniques, e.g. where a material is subjected to a mechanical stress and the acoustic output detected by a microphone. See S03-F02B and S03-F02C for tensile testing per se.
S03-E08E Imaging
Includes construction details of ultrasonic equipment, e.g. probes and arrangements for orientation - see also V06. Measuring deposition on crystal resonator using variation in Q-factor or impedance is not included - see S03-E02X.
S03-E09C
S03-E08A Flaw detection
S03-E08C
S03-E08X Other sonic or ultrasonic measurements
[1992]
Covers acoustic microscopes per se.
S03-E09C1 Gas chromatography
[1983]
S03-E09C3 [1992] Thin layer chromatography S03-E09C5 [1983] Liq. and ion exchange chromatography S03-E09C7 [1997] Chromatography and electrophoresis detectors (S03-E09C)
From 2006, this code covers detectors to identify substances separated by electrophoresis. Electrophoresis per se is covered in S03-E03E.
S03-E09C7A Optical
[1997]
(S03-E09C)
See also S03-A01B codes.
171
172
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-E09C7B Mass spectrometric
[1997]
(S03-E09C, S03-E10A)
For mass spectrometers, see S03-E10A and V05-J01 codes.
GCMS
S03-E09C7C Thermal conductivity
[1997]
(S03-E01A, S03-E09C)
For thermal conductivity measurements per se, see S03-E01A.
Katharometer
S03-E09C7D Ionisation
[1997]
(S03-E09C)
Includes flame ionisation and photo-ionisation detectors.
S03-E09C7E Electron capture
[1997]
(S03-E09C, S03-E03)
S03-E09C7F Electrochemical
[1997]
(S03-E09C)
For electrochemical sensors generally see S03-E03 codes.
S03-E09C7X [1997] Other chromatography detectors (S03-E09C)
S03-E09D Titration, micro-analysis Karl Fischer, sample, end-point S03-E09E Chemical indicators Reagent, strip, colour, chart, compare
S03-E09F [2005] Immunoassay techniques and biological indicators Includes all novel reagents and techniques. See also S03-E04D and S03-E04E for fluorescence detection and observation techniques. For radiopharmaceutical immunoassay indicators, see also S03-G02B9. For microarray and biochip techniques, see also S03-H01 codes. Prior to 2005 coded in S03-E14H4.
Antibody, assay, antigen, binding, ligand, fluorophore, monoclonal, conjugate
S03-E09X Other chemical investigation methods Includes contrast agents for MRI (see S03E07A also).
S03-E10 Investigating ionisation of gases or electric discharges S03-E10A [1992] For mass spectrometer or spectrograph See also V05-J01 codes.
Ionise, smoke detector
S03-E10A1 [1997] Using magnetic sectors (S03-E01A)
S03-E10A1A [1997] Double focussing mass spectrometers (S03-E10A)
Nier-Johnson, Mattauch-Herzog
S03-E10A2 [1997] Tandem mass spectrometers (S03-E10A)
MS/MS, GCMS
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-E10A3 [1997] Time-of-flight mass spectrometers (S03-E10A)
Includes e.g. ion mobility spectrometers. Also includes Coaxial Impact Collision Ion Scattering Spectrometer.
TOF, GCMS, CAICISS
S03-E10A4 [1997] Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometers (S03-E10A)
Includes spark source mass spectrometry and ion scattering spectrometry. For ESCA, Auger spectroscopy, electron microprobe see S03E06D; for low energy electron diffraction, see S03-E06C.
SIMS, duoplasmatron, SSMS, ISS
S03-E10A5 [1997] Quadrupole mass analysers (S03-E10A)
Includes ion trap mass spectrometers.
GCMS
S03-E10A6 [1997] Inductively coupled mass spectrometers (S03-E10A)
ICP
S03-E10A7 [1997] Ion Cyclotron Resonance Mass Spectrometers (S03-E10A)
Includes Fourier Transform Mass Spectrometers.
ICR, FTMS
S03-E10A8 [2002] MALDI/SELDI mass spectrometers (S03-E10A)
For mass spectrometers with matrix assisted laser desorption ionisation source. See V05J01E for novel ionising arrangements.
Matrix assisted laser desorption ionisation, surface enhanced laser desorption ionisation
S03-E10B [2005] Energy spectrometers S03-E10C [1992] Investigating discharges per se Includes, e.g. plasma processing endpoint detection through plasma colour change.
S03-E11 Investigating magnetic variables Flux, Hall, diamagnetic, paramagnetic S03-E11A [1983] Flaw detection (incl. eddy current) Surface, inspect, fault, crack, weld, nondestructive testing S03-E11C Specific property
[1992]
Covers measurement of a specific physical property using investigation of magnetic variables, e.g. using saturation of remanence to investigate mechanical hardness (mechanical testing of hardness in general is covered by S03-F02A).
S03-E11C1 [1997] Contamination detection Debris S03-E11X
[1992]
Other magnetic variable investigation S03-E12 Analysing by weighing; by measuring pressure/volume of gas Balance, vapour pressure, gas sorption, adsorption, absorption S03-E12A
[1992]
By analysing weight/ by weighing Includes gravimetric analysis.
S03-E12B [1992] Specific weight determination
173
174
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-E12C [2005] By measuring pressure/volume of gas (S03-E12)
S03-E13 Sampling; specimen preparation S03-E13A Sampling solids Microtome, cut, slide S03-E13B Sampling liquid or fluent material Also includes sampling of granular solids, e.g. sand, flour, salt etc.
Flow, sand, flour, water, liquid
S03-E13B1 Dippers, dredgers, suction or ejector devices Pipette S03-E13B2 Intake at several levels; splitting samples; flowing or falling material sampling S03-E13B9 Other sampling liquid or fluent material Includes sampling of suspensions from liquids, gases or other fluent materials, e.g. exhaust gas particulate sampling.
Aerosol
S03-E13C Sampling gases S03-E13D Preparing specimens for investigat ion Centrifuge, filter, separate, freeze S03-E13D1 [1992] For automatic analysers See S03-E15 codes also. Includes preparation of many samples from one original which will be subjected to different test procedures.
S03-E13F [2006] Sample holders, carriers or storage systems Includes e.g. microscope slides, sample refrigerators, cuvettes, novel instrumentationtype glassware, e.g. test tube, petri dish. Note that general laboratory glassware is not included.
S03-E14 Investigation methods (for) Codes in this section are used when testing methods or appts. are specifically intended for investigation of the material or substance concerned. Depending on the scope of the invention, codes for a specific testing method may also be assigned.
S03-E14A Food, Pharmaceuticals and Cosmetics S03-E14A1 [1992] Drugs, medicines, pharmaceuticals Electrical aspects of pharmaceuticals manufacture are covered by X25-P02. See also S05-C05.
Capsule, tablet
S03-E14A2 [2005] Food and drink Milk, meat, tobacco, alcohol S03-E14A3 Cosmetics
[2005]
S03-E14B Water See X25-H03 for electrical aspects of water and sewage treatment.
Sea, waste, effluent, pollution, process
S03-E14C Metals Electrical aspects of metallurgy are covered by X25-Q codes, and of working metals by X25-A codes, e.g. X25-A01 (casting).
Melt, cast, metallurgy, phase, assay
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-E14C1 [1992] Testing metallic electrodes For electrodes per se, see S03-E03.
S03-E14C3 Alloys
[1997]
[1997]
(S03-E14C)
See X25-Q01 for electrical aspects of steel manufacture.
S03-E14C3X Other alloys
[1997]
(S03-E14C)
Brass, solder, bronze
S03-E14D Concrete, glass, ceramics, refr actories, resins, plastics, rubber, leather, wood Asphalt, chalcogenide S03-E14D1 [1983] Concrete Cement, strength, setting S03-E14D4 [1983] Glass, ceramics, refractor ies Electrical aspects of glass working are covered by X25-A05.
S03-E14D7 [1983] Resins, plastics, rubber, leather, wood Electrical aspects of plastics working are covered by X25-A06, of rubber working by X25-A07.
S03-E14E Fuels, explosives; soil
[1992]
Includes crude oil and oil-derived fuels, as well as coal, natural gas etc. Oils for lubrication are covered by S03-E14F.
Gas, liquid, hydrocarbon, crude, refine, LNG, LPG
(S03-E14C)
S03-E14C3A Steel
S03-E14E1 Fuels
S03-E14E3 [1992] Explosives Blasting, detonate, pressure S03-E14E7 [1992] Soil Rock, core, sample, groundwater recharge S03-E14F Oils, viscous liquids; paints; inks Includes lubricating oils. Fuel oils are covered by S03-E14E1.
Lubricate, flow, cleaning products
S03-E14G Paper; textiles See X25-T codes for electrical aspects of paper and textile manufacture.
Sheet, fabric, web, yarn, fiber, pulp
S03-E14H Biological material For electrical aspects of biological material investigation see S05-C codes also where medical application stated.
Medical, clinical, forensic, diagnose
S03-E14H1 Blood Coagulate, plasma, platelet, cell count S03-E14H2 Biological fluids
[2005]
(S03-E14H9)
Includes urine, semen etc.
175
176
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-E14H3 Nucleic acids
[2005]
(S03-E14H)
Includes general DNA/RNA sequencing and tests for specific gene sequences, where there are no specific details. Where novel reagents are claimed, see also S03-E09F. For microarray or biochip technology see also S03-H01A codes.
S03-E14H4* Immunoassay
[1983-200 4]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to S03-E09F, but remains searchable and valid for records from 1983-2004.
Antibody, assay, antigen, monoclonal, conjugate, bonding, HIV, AIDS, hepatitis
S03-E14H5 [1992] Enzymes, proteins and amino acids (S03-E14H9)
S03-E14H6 Tissue samples
[1992]
(S03-E14H9)
S03-E14H9 Other biological material Breath S03-E14J Plants
[1992]
S03-E14L
[1992]
Chemical and biological warfare agents Includes detection. See S03-E09 for chemical detection techniques, S03-C06 for luggage or mail inspection methods or S03-H01 for labon-chip or biochip technology. For electrical aspects of chemical or biological warfare detection see W07-F01 also.
S03-E14M [1992] Herbicides, pesticides
S03-E14N Air quality
[1992]
Covers air quality, e.g. in workplace, hospitals and home. See S03-D06 also for pollution monitoring.
Breathable, pollution, contaminant
S03-E14N1
[1997]
In buildings (S03-E14N)
S03-E14N3 Clean room
[1997]
(S03-E14N)
See U11-C15B for clean room used in semiconductor manufacture and T03-A02B9 for clean room used in magnetic record carrier manufacture.
Semiconductor, impurity
S03-E14N9 [1997] Other air quality measurements (S03-E14N)
S03-E14P Gas sensor
[1997]
See S03-E02A and S03-E03 for electrical and electrochemical gas sensors respectively.
S03-E14P1 [1997] For combustion products Carbon monoxide, sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide S03-E14P3 [1997] For chemical reaction products S03-E14P9 [1997] Gas sensor for other products S03-E14R [2006] Flame/ combustion detector Includes methods/ apparatus for detection of flames or combustion, e.g. for fire alarm (see also W05), or industrial/domestic combustion equipment (see also X25-X13/ X27-G02). For pyrometric detection, see also S03-A03; for optical detection, e.g. UV, see S03-E04 codes.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-E14X Other Dust
S03-F02B Resistance to wear or heat; machinability; cutting ability
S03-E15 [1992] Automatic analysis equipment Codes in this section are used with other S03E codes depending on the specific nature of the equipment. For example use S03-E15 and S03-E14H codes for automatic biological material analysis apparatus.
S03-E15A
[1992]
Control For computer control aspects see e.g. T01J08A.
S03-F Investigation of physical or chemical properties of materials: specific properties S03-F01 Density Densimeter S03-F01A By immersion of objects in fluids; from transmission of radiation; by measuring pressure differences Displacement, ultrasonic S03-F01X Other density measurement
Includes applying time varying (cyclic) loading. If the sample is also subjected to temperature excursions, the code S03-E01B1 is additionally applied.
Abrasion, tool, bearing, erosion
S03-F02C By applying steady tension or compression If, in addition to steady tension or compression, the sample is subjected to temperature excursions, the code S03-E01B1 is also applied.
Tensile, stress, strain, fatigue
S03-F02D By steady bending, twisting or shearing Torque, shaft, flexure, axis S03-F02E By applying impulsive forces Impact, shock, frequency S03-F02X Other mechanical strength measurement (incl. ductility, twisting and coiling properties) S03-F03 Flow properties Includes viscometers.
S03-F02 Mechanical strength S03-F02A Hardness Load, indent, ball, bearing, Vickers, Rockwell, Mohs
S03-F03A By moving body in material E.g. rising or falling speed, rotary bodies, rotational, damping effect.
Vibratory viscometer
S03-F03X Other flow properties Includes measuring flow of material e.g. through capillary tube.
Rheometer
177
178
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-F04 Diffusion effects; surface or boundary effects Includes e.g. measurement of wettability.
Surface tension, Ficks law, solder wettability
S03-F05 Particle size; sedimentation of suspensions For blood, see S03-E14H1 also, and S05-C01 if electrical appts. is involved.
S03-F09 Moisture content (incl. hydrometers); detecting flaws or contamination Includes measurement of moisture e.g. mechanically, but not measurement using capacitance, microwaves or radiation absorption; for these cases see S03-E02C1, S03-E05A, S03-E06A3 respectively.
S03-F09A [2005] General moisture detection
S03-F05A Sedimentation
[1992]
S03-F09B [2005] General flaw detection
S03-F05C Particle size
[1992]
S03-F09C [2006] General contamination detection Prior to 2007, covered by S03-F09B.
Includes cytometry.
S03-F06 Concentration of suspensions; permeability, pore-volume or surface area of porous materials S03-F06A [1983] Concentration of suspensions Aerosol, Colloid, Emulsions, Slurry S03-F06B [1983] Permeability, pore-volume or surface area of porous materials Pressure, osmosis, porosity, filter, gas-mask, respirator S03-F06C Particle counters
[1992]
Includes cytometry.
S03-F07 Weather-, light- and corrosion resistance S03-F08 Coefficient of friction; adhesion Surface, adhesives
S03-F10 pH measurement
[2005]
(S03-E03X)
See also S03-E03B2 for electrochemical methods, and S03-E09E and S03-E04E for chemical indicators. Prior to 200501, nonelectrochemical pH measurement was coded in S03-E03X.
S03-F11 [2014] Non-destructive testing This code is used to highlight the nondestructive aspect of the testing or analysis. This code can be applied with other S03-F codes to highlight the type of analysis/test done.
S03-F20 Other physical or chemical properties For sampling devices see S03-E13 codes.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-G Measurement of nuclear or X-radiation Codes in this section are concerned with novel methods and equipment for measuring radiation per se. For measurement on materials using radiation see S03-E06 codes, and for object detection/prospecting see S03C codes, e.g. S03-C03.
Beta, gamma, particle, radioactive
S03-G01 Recording/ processing movements of particles, measuring neutron radiation Includes processing or analysis of tracks. Neutron dosimetry is also in S03-G02A.
Track
S03-G01A [1992] Recording/ processing movements of particles Wilson cloud chamber, bubble, scintillation, track S03-G01C [1992] Measuring neutron radiation S03-G01X [1992] Other recording/ processing movements of particles, measuring neutron radiation S03-G02 Measuring nuclear or X-radiation S03-G02A Dosimeters; integrating detectors Includes e.g. chemical, photographic, luminescent dosimetry, and arrangements integrating the output of an electrical detector.
Thermoluminescent, expose, film badge, TLD
S03-G02B Measuring intensity Codes in this section are used for particular radiation detection arrangements.
Count, camera, discriminate
S03-G02B1 Scintillation detectors S03-G02B2 Counting-tubes, ionisation chambers; Cerenkov, semiconductor, resistance or secondary emission detectors For tube type detectors see V05-H also.
S03-G02B2A
[1992]
Counting tube (e.g. Geiger-Muller) S03-G02B2C Ionisation chamber
[1992]
S03-G02B2E [1992] Secondary emission detector S03-G02B2G [1992] Semiconductor detector See U12-A03 also.
S03-G02B3 Nuclear imaging
[1997]
(S03-G02B)
Covers all cases where a radiopharmaceutical is injected into the patient, e.g. in Positron Emission Tomography or Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography. See also S05-D02C. See U22-D02C for coincidence circuit for PET apparatus. See S03-E06B codes for imaging using externally applied radiation, e.g. X-ray tomography.
SPECT, PET, Gamma camera, Anger camera, Compton camera
S03-G02B9 Other nuclear radiation intensity measurement Includes radioactive immunoassay techniques - see also S03-E09F.
Image, phosphor, scan, sheet
S03-G02C Beam position/section; spatial/spectral distribution; polarisation, absorption cross section; half-life
179
180
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S03-G02C1 Beam measurements
[1992]
Covers position or section measurements.
Faraday cup
S03-G02C1A Beam polarisation
[1992]
S03-G02C1C [1992] Cross section Beam area, absorption, barn S03-G02C3 [1992] Radiation spectrometers Includes, e.g. X-ray or Mössbauer spectrometers. Note: This code is reserved for analysing nuclear radiation for the purest of reasons, e.g. at a nuclear power station or a nuclear research institute. Using nuclear radiation (X-rays, neutrons, gamma rays etc.) to analyse material properties is covered by S03-E06 codes, e.g. S03-E06D.
S03-G02C5 [1992] Half life measurements Decay S03-G05 [1992] Calibration, testing and compensation aspects S03-H [2005] General scientific instrumentation technology details These codes can be used with S01 and S02 instrumentation types, except for the S03-H03 codes. For testing, calibration or compensation, see relevant sections in S01 and S02.
S03-H01 [2005] Lab on Chip and Micr oarray technology These codes are used in combination with other S03 codes to denote specific technology types. For general automatic analysis equipment, see S03-E15. See also U13-D04 codes for semiconductor based technology. For instrumentation using electrochemical techniques, see S03-E03 codes.
LOC, Lab-on-chip
S03-H01A [2005] Microarrays and Biochips (S03-E15)
See relevant S03 codes for detection type. See S03-E09F for Immunoassay techniques. Prior to 2005, see S03-E15.
DNA Chip, Protein Chip, Gene ChipTM
S03-H01B [2005] Microfluidic instrumentation S03-H02
[2005]
Micro/nanometre scale instrumentation See also V06 codes for micro and nano-scale actuators/motors/sensors and U12-B03F codes for MEMS/NEMS technology in general.
S03-H02A [2005] Micrometre scale instrumentation In general, covers instrumentation technology involving manipulation or manufacture at a scale of greater than 0.1 microns.
S03-H02B [2005] Nanometre scale instrumentation In general, covers instrumentation technology involving manipulation or manufacture beneath 0.1 microns, or 100 nanometres.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S03-H03 [2005] Testing, compensation and calibration These codes are used to indicate general testing, calibration or compensation for S03 equipment. Note that some areas of S03 already have testing, calibration and compensation codes. Where these codes already exist, they take precedence over S03H03, e.g. S03-A05 codes, S03-C10 and S03E04P. Prior to 2005, see S02-K and S01-J02.
S03-H03A Testing
[2005]
S03-H03B Compensation
[2005]
S03-H03C Calibration
[2005]
181
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S04 Clocks and Timers All aspects of clocks and watches are included, whether electrical or not.
S04-A Mechanical aspects of clocks and watches S04-A01 Drive, geartrains, escapements, balances etc. Includes clutch mechanisms, weights, chains, mainsprings etc.
Gear, wheel, pendulum, movement, pivot, adjust
S04-A02 Time indication Hour, rotating, analogue, face, indicia, minute S04-A02A Hands, dials, drums Sundials are in S04-A09 only.
Face, disc, display, timepiece, concentric, ring
S04-A02B Day, date, tide or local time indicators Calendar, display, zone, disc, window, world, month, ring, year S04-A02X Other (time indication) Includes illumination, striking, alarms, ringing, etc.
Bell, chime, light
S04-A03 Winding; setting Including clutch wheel and locking bar mechanisms.
Adjust, hand, spring, compress, pushbutton
S04-A04 Cases, glasses Display, window
S04-A04A Constructions Includes watch straps and clock stands.
Ring, seal, mount, housing, plastics, body, face, frame
S04-A04A1
[1992]
Anti-magnetic shielding S04-A04A2 Water-proofing
[1992]
S04-A04B Materials and manufacture Glass, metal, titanium, alloy, nitride, aluminium, carbide, coating, deposit, film, jewel, bind S04-A05 Frameworks, bearings, calipers Plate, metal, plastics, rotor, spring, wheel S04-A09 Other (mechanical aspects) Includes combination of timepieces with other measuring instruments. Metronomes, sundials, hourglasses and other gravitational timepieces.
Dial, display, compass, magnetic
S04-B Electrical aspects of clocks and watches S04-B01 [1983] Power supplies; electrical winding; motor driven time indication Inverter, voltage, capacitor, control S04-B01A
[1983]
Power supplies; electrical winding For batteries see X16, for solar cells see X15A02, U12-A02A codes.
183
184
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S04-B01B [1983] Motor driven time indication
S04-B05 Acoustical time indication; alarms
For stepper motors see also V06-M05. For motor control see also V06-N codes, e.g. V06N01.
For combined radio/alarm appts. see also W03-G03A. Piezoelectric devices, buzzers etc. are in V06 also.
Rotor, drive, stator, pulse, synchronous, pole, circuit, current, analogue, switch, gear, magnetic
Signal, sound, frequency, tone
S04-B02 Oscillators S04-B02A Balances, pendulums, tuning forks Drive, movement, spring S04-B02B Quartz Crystal, piezoelectric, resonance, trimmer S04-B02X Other (oscillators) Includes laser and maser oscillators (see also V08-A01A and V08-B) and atomic clocks. Time and frequency standards are also coded in S04-C09.
Beam
S04-B03 Timing chains; setting Includes drive blocking and radio transmission aspects.
Display, counter, divider, memory, digital, microprocessor
S04-B04 Electronic displays S04-B04A [1992] Electro-optic displays Includes lamps, LEDs, LCDs etc.
Digital, liquid, indicate, segment, analogue, calendar, date
S04-B05A
[1992]
Musical animation Nursery S04-B06 Master slave clocks and radio controlled setting Radio and line transmission details of timing signals, drive mechanisms, pulse transmission systems etc.
Signal, control, circuit, receive, adjust, phase, reference, standard time signal, MSF, WWV, DCF-77
S04-B07 Braille clock Blind
[1992]
S04-B08 [1992] Motion clock, e.g. cuckoo or movable drum S04-B09 Other (Electrical aspects) Includes casings and manufacture for electronic timepieces. Clocks/watches integral with gaming, cooking, medical etc. devices. All aspects of circuitry specifically for timepieces.
Memory, radio, dial
S04-C Timers Circuit, control, automatic, program
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S04-C01 Time switches If switch details are claimed, then see V03C08 also. For cooking appliances see X27-C. For washing/drying appliances see X27-D.
Cam, set, circuit, domestic, drive, mechanism, contact, rotating, washing, cycle
S04-C02 Timer clocks For cooking appliances see also X27-C. For audio/video appts. see also T03, W03, W04.
Switch, set, interval, select
S04-C02A [1992] Including time indicator or alarm S04-C02X Other (timer clocks)
S04-C07 [1992] Colour change time indication, e.g. for perishable goods S04-C09 Other (timer aspects) Includes time and frequency standards (see also S04-B02X) and also electronic metronomes and hour-glass type timers. For clocks using gravitational effects see S04-A09 also.
Frequency, standard, atomic, resonance, select, interval, program, pulse, stabilised, adjust, microprocessor, molecular, oscillator, count, delay
S04-D
[1992]
S04-C03 Measuring unknown time intervals For sports equipment see W04-X. Includes stopwatches.
Counter, period, start-stop, elapsed, oscillator, hand, second
S04-C03A [1992] Measuring methods and equipment per se S04-C03C Applications
[1992]
S04-C03C1
[1992]
Measuring electronic signals and pulse duration See also S01-D06.
S04-C03C2 [1992] Measuring duration of act ivities, operations, and events See T05-G for specific monitoring of vehicles, machines, etc.
S04-C03X [1992] Other (time interval measurements)
Includes tweezers, eyepieces, measuring and calibrating appts., and relevant electronic test gear.
S04-E
[1992]
Time recording Includes e.g. time clock for employees.
185
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S05 Electrical Medical Equipment Electrical aspects only are included, except for documents with A61N IPC, which guarantees inclusion whether electrical or not.
S05-A Therapy For treatment of abnormal cells/tissues etc. using non- or minimally invasive equipment, e.g. electrotherapy, magnetotherapy, radiation therapy, ultrasound therapy etc. See S05-B codes for corresponding surgical equipment, and S05-D codes for measurement of bioelectric currents.
Condition, treat, beauty, patient
S05-A01 Heart pacemakers, and defibrillators Includes all aspects of electrical cardiovascular stimulation.
Cardiac, sense, implant, lead, pulse, atrium, control, tissue, ventricle, physiological, time
S05-A01A Pacemakers
[1992]
Includes general heart stimulation arrangements.
S05-A01A Demand pacemakers
[1992]
Includes pacemakers controlled by physiological parameter e.g. heart biopotential.
S05-A01A5 [1992] Programming and control aspects Includes programmed control of pacemakers, e.g. using stored program. See T01-J06A for data processing in medical applications.
S05-A01A5A [1997] Remote programming and control (S05-A01A5)
Includes arrangements for programming and controlling operation from external source, e.g. for modifying version of control program.
S05-A01B Defibrillators
[1997]
(S05-A01)
Can be used for both internal and external defibrillators.
S05-A01C [1997] Power supplies and storage (S05-A01)
Includes power supplies and storage for all implanted heart therapy equipment, and charge storage arrangements for defibrillators. See U24 codes for power supplies in general, and X16 codes for power storage aspects.
S05-A02 Electrodes and connecting leads Includes any apparatus attached to or through skin for purpose of applying electric field or current. If current application is also claimed then see also S05-A04.
Contact, lead, connect, conducting, implant, stimulating, flexible
S05-A02A [1997] For stimulation of heart (S05-A02)
Covers electrodes used in conjunction with pacemaker or defibrillator.
S05-A02B [1997] For stimulation of nervous system (S05-A02)
Covers electrodes used to apply current to muscles or nervous system for e.g. pain relief, i.e. TENS.
S05-A03 Radiation/Ultrasonic therapy (including magnetic fields) Including optical, magnetic, X-ray irradiation, and protection from undesirable radiation.
Frequency, hyperthermia, beam, electromagnet, isotope
187
188
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S05-A03A [1983] Optical radiation (including IR, UV and Laser) Laser apparatus is in V08 also. For UV and sun-ray lamp apparatus see X27-A02A2 also. Lamps per se are also in X26. Radiation therapy using visible light is in S05-A03A9 only.
Ultraviolet, tan, lamp, cooling, lens, sun, beam
S05-A03A1 Infrared
[1997]
(S05-A03A)
Includes application of heat from Infrared source. See also S05-A05B for heat therapy in general.
S05-A03A2 Laser
[1997]
(S05-A03A)
Includes laser for cosmetic use, e.g. laser hair and tattoo removal.
S05-A03A3 Ultraviolet
[1997]
[1997]
(S05-A03)
See X25 for microwave heating.
S05-A03E Magnetic fields
[1997]
(S05-A03)
Includes all aspects of magnetotherapy e.g. using magnetic fields produced by coils or permanent magnets, applied externally, or internally using implanted elements.
S05-A03E1 Magnetotherapy
[2002]
(S05-A03)
Includes use of permanent magnets, e.g. traditional Chinese medicine.
S05-A03E2 [2002] Electromagnetic Therapy S05-A03F Using X-Rays
[1997]
(S05-A03)
(S05-A03A)
S05-A03A9 [1997] Other light, including visible light spectrum (S05-A03)
S05-A03B Electric fields
S05-A03D Microwave
See S05-D02 codes for X-Ray diagnostic equipment.
S05-A03X Other radiation
[1997]
(S05-A03) [1997]
(S05-A03)
Includes application of static electricity and electric fields.
S05-A03C [1997] Sonic or ultrasonic therapy (S05-A03)
See S05-B02 for ultrasonic surgical equipment e.g. lithotripsy, and S05-A05 for massage using ultrasound. Infra-sonic can also be coded here. For Music therapy see S05-A09.
Includes Gamma-ray therapy and particle irradiation therapy.
Brachytherapy
S05-A04 Applying currents
[1983]
(S05-A09)
Electrodes per se are also in S05-A02. Includes all aspects of nerve, muscle and skin stimulation for e.g. pain relief, i.e. transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, and also depilation.
Pulse, frequency, implant, HF, muscle, regulate, ECT, TENS, depilation
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S05-A04A Iontophoresis
[1992]
See also S05-J02 for administering drugs through the skin.
S05-A05 [1983] Physical therapy, massage, acupuncture (S05-A09, S05-X)
Not steam baths, saunas, etc. These are coded under S05-A09 and X27-E03A1 only. Includes massagers using ultrasound. See W04-X01A for sports training equipment. See X27-A02A2 for massage/vibrators.
Exercise, cycle, treadmill, vibration, heat, limb, movement, mechanical
S05-A05A [1997] Artificial respiration and cardiac assistance (S05-A05)
For cardiac assistance and respiratory aids using e.g. heart massage, pumping and applied pressure etc. Applying electric currents for heart stimulation is coded in S05A01. Respiratory aids using e.g. gas or air are coded in S05-G02E.
Pump, squeeze, pressure, cardiac wrap/harness
S05-A05B [2002] Heat and cooling therapy Therapy using direct application of heat. Also includes therapy using cooling techniques.
S05-A05C Massage
[2005]
Massage details for domestic items, such as beds, chairs, beauty treatment, etc. are also coded under X27-A02A2.
S05-A05D Acupuncture
[2005]
S05-A05E Physical therapy
[2007]
S05-A07 [1992] Eye exercise, strengthening defective eye muscles Optical S05-A09 Other (e.g. speech therapy, relaxation therapy) Includes electrical aspects of e.g. aromatherapy and homeopathy, steam baths, saunas etc., audio relaxation, deaf/dumb speech therapy, insomnia curing apparatus, air cleaners and filters.
S05-A10
[2006]
Patient positioning for therapy Used for cases where the novelty is in the positioning of a patient rather than in the therapeutic device itself.
S05-B Surgery Surgical instruments, devices and equipment. See S05-A codes for therapeutic equipment. Anaesthesia apparatus is in S05-L. Diagnostic endoscopes are in S05-D04.
Instrument, shock, wave, tissue, pressure, coagulate, incision, cut, cauterisation
S05-B01 Using laser, IR, or UV
[1992]
Includes all aspects of laser surgery.
Light, optical, beam, focus
S05-B02 [1992] Using sonic or ultrasonic equipment Includes extracorporeal shock-wave lithotripsy e.g. using ultrasonic waves. See V06 for details of ultrasonic transducers.
Lithotripsy, stone, concretion
S05-B03 [1992] Using mechanical or electrical equipment Includes electrosurgical apparatus and electrosurgical cauterisation instruments.
189
190
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S05-B04 [1992] Monitoring during surgery From 2006, S05-B04 codes cover monitoring during the complete surgery, including the patient (S05-B04B), the surgical instruments (S05-B04A1) and the surgical procedure per se (S05-B04A).
S05-B04A [1997] Monitoring of surgical apparatus/procedure For monitoring status of surgical equipment during surgery, e.g. temperature of cauterisation appts., power used by ablation appts. etc. From 2006, also includes monitoring progress of surgical procedure itself, e.g. amount of tissue removed, status of tissue surrounding operation site etc. Also includes intra-operative imaging appts/methods.
S05-B04A1
[2006]
Monitoring location of surgical instruments (S05-B09)
Includes equipment for tracking the location of surgical instruments inserted into patient, and monitoring location of instruments in the operating theatre, e.g. instrument tags, swab counters etc. Prior to 2006 coded in S05B04A.
Tagging, swab
S05-B04B [2006] Monitoring patient during surgery For monitoring vital signs, etc. of patient during surgery. Prior to 2006 coded in S05B04.
S05-B05 Endoscopic surgery
[1997]
S05-B09 [1992] Other (Surgical equipment) Irrigation S05-C Medical analysis of biological materials These codes cover electrical aspects only. See S03-E13 codes for sampling, S03-E14H codes for specific sample types and other relevant S03 codes for specific testing techniques.
Sample, cell, liquid, microscope, measure
S05-C01 Blood See also S03-E14H1. Breathalysers are in S05C09. Covers in-vitro testing.
Flow, fluid, monitor, test, coagulate, corpuscle
S05-C02 Biological fluids
Includes apparatus for keyhole surgery. See S05-D04 for diagnostic endoscopes. [2002]
[1997]
(S05-C09)
For analysis of content of biological fluids i.e. urine, semen etc. See also S03-E14H2.
Urine
S05-C03 Biological t issues
[1997]
(S05-C09)
In-vitro analysis of tissue samples for detection of abnormal cells from e.g. biopsy. See also S03-E14H6.
Biopsy, culture, cell
S05-C05 [1992] For testing medicine, drugs See also S03-E14A1.
(S05-B09)
S05-B06 Cryosurgery Cryogenics
S05-B07 [2005] Remote control and Automated/Robotic surgical systems
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S05-C09 Other (analysis of biological materials) Includes breathalysers (see also S03-E14H9) and electrical DNA analysis (see also S03E14H3).
Measure, chamber, fluid, test, assay, electrophoresis, DNA, ultrasonic
S05-D Electrical diagnosis S05-D01 Measuring and recording systems For indicating and recording in general see also S02-K.
Electrode, data, display, monitor, physiological, process, image, probe, transducer
S05-D01A For bioelectric currents Including measuring neurological and nerve stimulation, electrodes, physiological testing and encephalographic apparatus.
Conducting, potential, brain, EEG, physiological
S05-D01A1 [1983] Electrocardiographs ECG, EKG, signal, cardiac, heart, lead, tachycardia, bradycardia, fibrillation, QRS complex S05-D01A1A Electrodes
[1997]
(S05-D01A1)
Includes electrodes adapted for ECG measurements e.g. scalp, chest etc.
Scalp, foetal monitoring, cardiography
S05-D01A2 [1997] Neurological currents and signals (S05-D01A)
Includes measurement of neurological bioelectric currents and signals e.g. electroencephalography, electromyography, magnetoencephalography etc.
EMG, EEG, MEG, squid
S05-D01A2A Electrodes
[1997]
(S05-D01A)
Electrodes for detecting bioelectric signals other than ECG, i.e. EEG, EMG e.g. needle electrodes.
S05-D01B For heart rate, blood pressure Pressure measuring devices are also in S02F04 codes for flow measuring see also S02-C. Includes vein and artery wall thickness and blockage measurement.
Catheter, pulse, ultrasonic
S05-D01B1 [1983] Blood pressure or flow Sphygmomanometer, Korotkoff, cuff, Doppler, fluid, electroarteriograph S05-D01B1A Blood pressure
[1997]
(S05-D01B1)
S05-D01B1B Blood flow
[1997]
(S05-D01B1)
Includes measurements of blood flow velocity and cardiac output.
Tracer, thermo-dilution, catheter
S05-D01B5 Heart rate, pulse
[1983]
Measuring or recording pulse. See S05-A05 for exercise.
Cardiac, frequency, stethoscope
S05-D01C For lungs, body shape, or movement S05-D01C1 [1983] Lungs and respiration Includes all aspects of breathing, exhaled air gas content and volume measurement. See S05-C09 for breathalysing for e.g. alcohol or drug content.
Pressure, expire, inhale
191
192
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S05-D01C5 [1983] Body shape or movement Detecting, measuring or recording systems for testing shape, size and movement of body parts; e.g. bone and muscle strength and dimension measurements.
Position, limb, gait, posture
S05-D01C5A [1992] Measurements for non-medical purposes Includes fingerprint identification, driver alertness sensors and determining eye movements for use in controlling aircraft, etc.
Gaze
S05-D01D Using electric currents or magnetic fields Includes all aspects of electrical current, voltage, and frequency measurement not covered elsewhere in S05-D01. NMR diagnosis is in S05-D02B only. From 2006, audiometering is coded under S05-D01D2 only.
Electrode, sense, frequency, tone, ear, generator, skin, polygraph
S05-D01D1 [1997] Body impedance measurements (S05-D01D)
S05-D01D2 Audiometering Hearing test
[2006]
S05-D01E [1992] For body temperature measurement Thermometer S05-D01F [1992] For reflex and reaction measurement
S05-D01G [1992] In-vivo blood composition measurement Includes in-vivo measurements of blood characteristics e.g. blood gas concentration, pH value etc.
Oximeter
S05-D01H Stethoscopes
[1992]
Instruments for auscultation. See V06 for acoustic transducers.
S05-D01J [1997] Tissue, bone content and properties measurement (S05-D01C5)
Includes measurement of bone density, bone mineral content, water, fat content and properties such as tissue elasticity etc. See S05-D01G for in-vivo blood composition measurement.
Bone marrow, bone mineral
S05-D01K [2005] Internal Pressure Measurement Blood pressure measurement is coded in S05D01B1A only, and Intraocular pressure measurement is coded in S05-D05 only.
Cystometer
S05-D01L [2006] In-vivo fluid measurement This code is for in-vivo measurement of bodily fluids other than blood. Includes spinal fluid, stomach acid, urine, sperm etc. For in-vivo blood measurement, see S05-D01G only.
spinal fluid, stomach acid, urine, sperm
S05-D01X Other (Psychotechnics) Includes pain threshold sensing.
Psychotechnics, mental state
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S05-D02 Radiation diagnosis
S05-D02A5D Other detectors
See S03-E06 codes for analysis by radiation in general. See S05-A codes for therapeutic equipment using radiation e.g. X-Rays. For nuclear or X-radiation measurement see also S03-G02 codes. Video cameras/signal generation - see also W04-M01F.
Image, phosphor, stimulable sheet, light, radiographic, read-out, tomography, scintillation
[2002]
Includes, for example, photon detectors.
S05-D02A5E [1992] Processing of recorded image Includes all aspects of processing recorded Xray image for e.g. storage, enhancement, analysis, enlargement, rotation etc. See T01J10 codes for image processing using digital computers, and T01-J06A for data processing systems for medical applications.
S05-D02A Using X-rays Radiographic, support, dental, image, source
S05-D02A6 [1992] X-ray table, positioning
S05-D02A1
S05-D02A6A
[1983]
Tomography Computer, source, beam, CAT, CT, project S05-D02A3 [1983] Generating X-rays; protection Includes equipment for protection from radiation and safety aspects. See V05-E codes for X-ray tubes and control in general.
Voltage, beam, source, anode, radiographic, cathode
S05-D02A5 [1983] Recording; analysing Film, light, video, intensify, radiate, radiographic, display, ray, cassette S05-D02A5A Photographic
[1992]
Electrical aspects of film cartridge and developing apparatus are also coded in S06.
S05-D02A5B Video
[1992]
For X-ray TV system see also W04-M01F, and V05-D for tube aspects.
Fluoroscopy, feature
S05-D02A5C
[1992]
Stimulable sheet phosphor See also S06-K99G and S03-E06B3. See also V05-M01C codes for image storage screens.
[1997]
Positioning X-ray source S05-D02A6B [1997] Positioning X-ray detector S05-D02A7 X-ray contrast media
[2006]
See also S03-E09X for contrast agents.
S05-D02B NMR diagnosis
[1992]
(S05-D02X)
S05-D02B1 [1992] NMR equipment, magnet, RF pulse generator See also S01-E02A and S03-E07 codes for MRI/NMR measurements in general.
S05-D02B2 [1992] Image processing, analysing Includes processing of recorded image for e.g. enhancement, enlargement, analysis etc. See T01-J10 codes for image processing, and T01J06A for medical data processing systems.
S05-D02B3 MRI contrast media
[1992]
See also S03-E09X for contrast agents.
193
194
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S05-D02B4 [2006] Adaptations for MRI compatability Adaptations to electrical medical appts. for use in MRI environment or for mitigating unwanted effects due to MRI procedures, e.g. shielding for implanted devices.
S05-D02C [1992] Using nuclear radiation Covers cases in which radiopharmaceutical is injected into patient. Includes gamma camera, SPECT and PET. See also S03-G02B3.
S05-D02E [1992] Patient table, patient posit ioning Operating tables specifically for scanning are in S05-D02E only, not S05-G.
S05-D02X Other (radiation diagnosis, e.g. optical) Includes use of radiation e.g. thermal, optical, microwave radiation for investigating physical or chemical properties. Includes lamp, laser, UV, Infrared equipment.
Resonance, radiate, spin, echo, frequency phase, IR, UV, light
S05-D03 Ultrasonic diagnosis See S03-E08 codes for sonic and ultrasonic testing in general.
Ultrasound, image, linear scan, sector scan, echo, frequency, probe, acoustic, tissue, blood
S05-D03A Transducers
[1992]
Includes general transducer aspects. See also V06.
Piezoelectric
S05-D03A1 [1992] Device details Acoustic, ultrasonic diagnostic transducers, magnetostrictive, electrostrictive, crystal, ceramic
S05-D03A2 [1992] Arrangements of transducers Includes transducer arrangements for transmission and reception of ultrasonic waves, e.g. array.
Ultrasonic transducer array
S05-D03B
[1992]
Equipment other than transducers S05-D03C [2006] Ultrasound contrast media See also S03-E09X for contrast agents.
S05-D03E [1992] Image processing and analysing For processing recorded image for e.g. enhancement, storage and analysis. See T01J10 for image processing in general, and T01J06A for medical data processing systems.
S05-D04 Endoscopes
[1983]
(S05-D09)
For endoscopic surgical equipment see S05B05. See also S02-J04B3C and V07-N02 for optical fiber details.
Light, optical fiber, image, illuminate, reflect, laser, arthroscope, laparoscope, colonoscope
S05-D04A Control aspects
[1997]
(S05-D04)
Covers arrangements for controlling movement and positioning of endoscopes within body.
Endoscope positioning, endoscope control
S05-D04B Imaging aspects
[1997]
(S05-D04)
Includes equipment for capturing image of internal organs/cavities, e.g. video camera, CCD, ultrasound etc. See W04-M01 codes for video camera equipment.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S05-D05 [1992] Eye testing, examination
S05-D08A [2005] General image processing
(S05-D09)
Includes all arrangements for examining the eye for diagnostic purposes; e.g. determining cornea shape, examining eye fundus, measuring cornea curvature, intraocular pressure measurement, testing astigmatism, glaucoma etc. Detecting eye movements for controlling e.g. photographic camera, aircraft etc. is coded in S05-D01C5A.
Intraocular pressure, cornea, astigmatism, ophthalmoscope, ophthalmic, eye photography, gonioscope, glaucoma, patient chair
S05-D06 [1997] Diagnostic information systems Includes computer systems designed to aid in patient diagnosis e.g. expert systems and diagnostic databases. See T01-J16A for expert systems in general, and T01-J06A1 for medical information systems.
Information system, medical diagnostic database, medical expert system
S05-D06A Telediagnosis
[2005]
Includes systems for patient diagnosis where patient and medical expert are in different image, measurements etc. are transferred via internet, wireless telephone. N.B. This code is used for initial diagnosis of the patient only. For everyday monitoring of patients from remote locations, see S05-G02B2A.
S05-D07 [1997] Diagnostic displays and monitors Includes equipment for displaying diagnostic information, e.g. radiation images. See T04-H for visual display units, W05-E codes for general display arrangements, and W03 for television displays.
S05-D08B [2005] General data processing mportant.
S05-D09 Other electrical diagnosis Including aspects of diagnosis associated with pregnancy e.g. conception, sex and ovulation determination. Includes measurements associated with nutritional management systems, e.g. diet planners, calorie counters.
Foetus, ovulation, gender, conception
S05-E Dentistry Electric toothbrushes are covered by X27A02A3A only. For sterilising apparatus see also S05-G. Anaesthesia is also in S05-L.
Optical, motor, handpiece, tooth, grip, x-ray
S05-E01 [1992] Dental surgery apparatus S05-E02 [1992] Peripherals. e.g. lamp or chair Light S05-E03 [1997] Diagnostic equipment and measurement e.g. X-rays (S05-E)
Includes all electrical equipment for dental diagnosis and measurement. Includes initial electrical measurements for dental prosthetics design. See S05-D02 for radiation diagnosis in general.
Terminal, monitoring, diagnostic display
S05-D08 [2005] General diagnostic processing
S05-F [1983] Prostheses Implant, artificial, larynx, nerve, stimulating, tactile
195
196
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S05-F01 Hearing aids
[1992]
Includes only implanted hearing aids.(See W04-Y codes for all aspects of implanted and non-implanted hearing aids).
Ear, cochlea, deaf, sound
S05-F02
S05-F03 [1992] Arm or leg prostheses Limb [1992]
Includes permanent artificial hearts only. Blood pumping and treatment circuits for use during surgery, and therapy e.g. dialysis, are coded in S05-H. Heart pacemakers are coded in S05-A01A codes only. Heart pump motors are also coded in X25-L03A.
S05-F05 [1997] Artificial aids for eyesight Corneal implant, artificial eyes, contact lens S05-F09 Other (prostheses)
[1992]
Ultraviolet, microwave, hot gas, steam [1992]
Hospital equipment Includes equipment for transporting patients, operating theatre equipment, incubators, ambulance equipment, patient monitoring and life support systems. Also includes equipment for doctor surgeries, dentists, etc.
S05-G02A [1992] For moving patients (includes wheelchairs) Electric wheelchairs may also be coded as electric vehicles in X21, depending on claimed content.
Stretcher, trolley
S05-G02B [1992] Beds, nursing equipment Monitor S05-G02B1 Patient beds
[1997]
(S05-G02B)
S05-G [1983] Sterilising; hospital equipment (S05-X)
For dentistry equipment see S05-E also.
S05-G01 Sterilising
Sterilisation using hot gases, plasma or microwave radiation etc.
S05-G02 [1992]
Internal incontinence device
S05-F04 Artificial heart pump
S05-G01B [1992] Using heat, radiation, or electricity
[1992]
Includes electrical equipment for sterilising or disinfecting medical equipment only. For nonmedical sterilisation or disinfection see X27.
S05-G01A [1992] Using mechanical cleaning, or chemicals Includes ultrasonic vibrations and disinfectant.
Includes beds configured for medical use; e.g. with adjustable frame, patient lifting apparatus, tiltable axes etc.
S05-G02B2 Patient monitoring
[1997]
(S05-G02B)
Includes monitoring equipment for use by nurses for observation and long-term monitoring of e.g. unconscious patients in intensive care unit, ward etc. to determine change in condition, e.g. heart attack.
ITU, patient monitor
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S05-G02B2A [1997] Monitoring patients from remote location (S05-G02B)
Includes equipment for monitoring patients at home.
S05-G02B2B
[1997]
Portable hospital equipment Includes monitoring equipment for use in e.g. ambulance and equipment which may be carried easily by a person.
Ambulance equipment, portable patient monitor
S05-G02B3 Life support systems
[1997]
S05-G02B3A Incubators for infants
[2002]
S05-G02C [1992] Operating theatre equipment Operating tables specifically for radiation diagnosis go in S05-D02E only.
S05-G02D
[1992]
Nurse call systems See also W05-A, and W01-C04 codes for intercoms.
S05-G02E [1997] Respiratory aids using gas (S05-G02)
Includes devices for assisting respiratory system using gas, e.g. ventilators, inhalators etc., and monitoring mixture of supplied gas. See S05-A05A for assistance of respiration by e.g. mechanical/electrical means. See S05D01C1 for aspects of breathing, exhaled air gas content and volume measurement.
Ventilator, breathing aid, inhalator
S05-G02F [2006] Tissue and fluid extraction equipment Electrical novelty in equipment used to withdraw fluids and tissue, e.g. for testing, therapy.
S05-G02G Medical IT systems
[1992]
See also relevant T01 codes for computing aspects.
S05-G02G1
[1997]
(S05-G02G)
For patient record storage and administration in e.g. hospital. See T01-J05B for database aspects.
Electronic patient record, EPR
S05-G02G2 [1997] Health care administration (S05-G02G)
Includes health administration and insurance processing systems. See T01-J05A2 for administration using computers in general.
Health care scheduling, health insurance, health cover
S05-G02G3
[2005]
Data transfer/storage methods and apparatus (S05-G02G)
Includes all aspects of data transfer between medical equipment, from equipment to central database or from remote location to medical centre. Includes encryption, image compression, access control, network or database details, etc.
S05-G02G4 [2006] Treatment planning systems This code is used for systems such as radiotherapy planning systems, wherein for example the size, shape and location of a tumour are used to calculate the most effective positioning and intensity of X-ray generators. Can be used with S05-A or S05-B codes if system is integral with therapeutic or surgical apparatus.
197
198
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S05-G02G9 [2005] Other medical IT systems methods/apparatus (S05-G02G)
Includes medical surveys, population screening etc.
S05-G02X
[2012]
Other hospital equipment Includes special equipment used in hospital bathrooms, such as baths for patients with lower body bone fractures or whole body bone fractures. Includes equipment used outside hospitals, e.g. at doctor surgeries, etc. Equipment, e.g. lamps, chairs, etc. used in dental surgeries are coded under S05-E02 only.
Gynaecological lamp
S05-H Dialysis; pumping
S05-J Infusion
[1983]
Includes all electrical aspects of syringes and intravenous fluid administering and control apparatus. For anaesthetic administration control see S05-L also.
Pump, reservoir, drug, valve, volume, deliver, meter, chamber, implant, membrane
S05-J01 Fluids Liquid, flow
[1992]
S05-J01A [1992] Monitoring of intravenous fluid delivery S05-J02
[1992]
Drugs through skin [1983]
(S05-X)
Permanent artificial hearts are coded in S05F04 only, even if pumping aspects are claimed. Includes all aspects of filtering. Electrical aspects of pumps are also coded in X25-L03A.
Blood, flow, fluid, valve, piston, chamber, hemodialysis, liquid, monitor, kidney
S05-H01 [1997] Dialysis and blood treatment circuits
Delivery of drugs for anaesthesia is coded in S05-L02. See also S05-A04A for iontophoresis.
S05-K [1992] Aids for handicapped people (e.g. Braille devices) (S05-X)
Blind, obstacle detection
S05-K01 [1997] Mobility aids Invalid vehicle, vehicle access, invalid mobility
(S05-H)
Covers all aspects of blood treatment; blood oxygenators, filtering, artificial kidneys, dialysis systems etc.
Haemofiltration, diafiltration, oxygenator, blood treatment, peritoneal
S05-H02 [1997] Blood pumping systems (S05-H)
Transfusion, blood pump, circulatory assistance
S05-L Anaesthesia
[1992]
(S05-X)
S05-L01 Gas delivery systems
[1997]
(S05-L)
S05-L02
[1997]
Intravenous or intramuscular delivery systems (S05-L)
Local anaesthesia, relaxation, analgesia
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S05-M [1992] Electrical drug storage and dosing (S05-X)
Manufacturing details of medicines, tablets, etc are not coded under S05-M, but under X25-P02 (electrical details only).
S05-M01 [1997] Drug delivery systems (S05-M)
Drug dosing, drug delivery, dispenser
S05-M02
[1997]
Monitoring medication compliance (S05-M)
Arrangements for indicating time for taking medicine, programmed dispensers, monitoring medicines taken etc.
Regime, pill counter, timer
S05-M03 [1997] Drug storage systems (S05-M)
Includes storage facilities for drugs, etc in hospitals, doctors' surgeries.
S05-M04 [1997] Ventilator systems with medication (S05-M)
See S05-G02E for respiratory aids e.g. ventilators.
Inhaler
S05-P [1997] Medical simulation systems For medical education using training and simulation aids, i.e. for training in medical procedures e.g. surgical, therapeutic, analysis, nursing etc. See W04-W07 for simulator systems, training and demonstration, and T01J06A for data processing in medicine.
Medical education, medical simulation, medical training
S05-V Veterinary
[2006]
This code is to highlight veterinary application and can be used in conjunction with other S05 codes which highlight novelty. See also X25N02 codes. Prior to Jan 2007 these were coded in S05-X.
Veterinary
S05-X Miscellaneous From 2007, veterinary applications are coded under S05-V only. Includes teaching, transplanting, atomising and enuresis detection. For teaching involving training and simulations aids, see also S05-P.
Air, respiration, valve, flow, patient, infant, pressure, gas
S05-Y
[2005]
Additional medical device details S05-Y01 [2005] Testing and monitoring of medical equipment and systems Includes methods and apparatus for alerting an operator when an abnormality occurs in an electrical medical apparatus.
S05-Y02 [2005] Nano/micro scale medical devices S05-Y03 [2005] Implantable medical devices S05-Y04 [2005] Ingestible medical devices S05-Y05 [2006] Control, monitoring and communication of internal devices Includes e.g. magnetic control of ingestible devices, remote monitoring of implanted devices etc. Can be used in conjunction with specific device codes. See also W05-D codes for remote control, communication and monitoring apparatus per se.
199
200
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06 Printing and Photography S06-A* [1980-200 9] Electrography, electrophotography, magnetography *This code is now discontinued, see S06-D to K. Includes electrical and non-electrical aspects.
Copier, copy, image, photocopier
S06-A01* Recording members
[1980-200 9]
S06-A01A4* [2007-2009] Treatment of recording members *This code is now discontinued, see S06E01A4. Includes application of a lubricant to the surface of the drum, etc.
S06-A01A9* [1980-200 9] Other (photoconductive layer aspects) *This code is now discontinued, see S06E01A9. Includes aspects of photoconductive belt/drum not covered by other S06 codes.
S06-A01B*
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-E01.
Carriers; intermediate or cover layers
Layer, charge, conducting, image, surface, acceptor, compound, donor, dope
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-E01B.
S06-A01A* [1980-200 9] Photoconductive layers *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E01A. Includes all types of charge-generating layers and photosensitive paper.
Hydrazone, photoreceiver, accept
S06-A01A1* [1980-200 9] Organic photoconductive layers *This code is now discontinued, see S06E01A1.
Cyclic, polycyclic, heterocyclic, quinone
S06-A01A2* [1980-200 9] Inorganic photoconductive layers *This code is now discontinued, see S06E01A2.
Amorphous, silicon, selenium, carry, dope, surface, oxide, polycrystaline
S06-A01A3* [1980-200 9] Sensitisers; binding materials *This code is now discontinued, see S06E01A3.
Dye, composition, photosensitiser, organic, oxidative potential
Sensitive, image, amorphorous, coating, drum, base layer, protective layer.
S06-A01D* [1997-2009] Manufacture of recording members for magneto-, electro(photo)-graphy *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E01C. Includes deposition of layers on drum.
Depositing
S06-A01D1* [1997-2009] Apparatus used for manufacturing of recording members for magneto-, electro(photo)-graphy *This code is now discontinued, see S06E01C1.
S06-A01F*
[1997-2009]
Temperature control *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E01D. For warming up photoconductor layers on drum or belt up to normal working operation temperature.
Heater
201
202
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-A01X* [1980-200 9] Other (Recording members) *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E01X. Includes thermoplastic and photoelectric layers, paper treatment and manufacture, see S06-C02 codes for lithographic plate manufacture.
Image, electrostatic, surface, copy, substrate, polymer
S06-A02* Sensitising
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-E02.
Electrode, surface, electrostatic
S06-A02A* Corona charger
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E02A. Includes all aspects of corona discharge. If corona ring or loop is claimed, then also coded in X12-F04.
Discharge, electrode, grid, scorotron, corotron, dicorotron
S06-A02B* Contact charger
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E02B.
Roller, brush
S06-A03* Exposing
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06D/E03. Includes aspects of platen movement, copying station or unit holding original document, lens/mirror systems and drum and belt drive details.
S06-A03A* Frame scanning
[1983-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-D01A. Includes slit and full frame scanning.
S06-A03B* [1983-200 9] Line (i.e. raster) scanning *This code is now discontinued, see S06-D01B. Raster output scanner
Laser, modulate, polygonal, mirror
S06-A03C* [1983-200 9] Synchronisation; changing magnification *This code is now discontinued, see S06-D10A. Includes all aspects of magnification/reduction lens systems.
Size, variable, enlarge, ratio, paper, select, adjust S06-A03D* [1992-200 9]
Optical elements, e.g. lenses *This code is now discontinued, see S06D03/E03B
Mirror
S06-A03E* [1992-200 9] Light source driver (e.g. biassing) *This code is now discontinued, see S06D02A/E03A1.
Illuminate, biassing
S06-A03E1* Light source per-se
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06D02/E03A. Includes lamps (see also X26) and e.g. laser (see also U12/V08).
Lamp, LED
S06-A03F* [1992-200 9] Driving system and construction *This code is now discontinued, see S06D04/E03C. Includes mountings for optical system
Glass, feed, position
S06-A03F1* Document feeder
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06D04B.
Original, sheet, page, contact glass
S06-A03G* Image reading appt.
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-D. Includes electronic image acquisition scanner, raster input scanner.
Read
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-A03G1* Image sensor
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-D05. Electronic image CCD pick-up element of line type and of matrix type.
CCD
S06-A03G3*
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-D06. Density and size measurement, color, page width/length, see also S02-A03B2 for length/width/thickness measurements.
S06-A03H* [1992-200 9] Magnetographic and non-light exposure *This code is now discontinued, see S06-D09. [1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-D09. Includes thermal and X-ray (electroradiography) exposure.
Electroradiography, X-ray
S06-A04* Developing
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-E04. Includes copy density and darkness control and brush or magnetic applicator details
Bias, contrast, replenishment
S06-A04A* [1980-200 9] Using solid developer *This code is now discontinued, see S06E04A.
Powder particles
S06-A04A1* [1992-200 9] Dry toner supply and storage e.g. reservoir *This code is now discontinued, see S06E04C. Toner supply from container, tank, hopper to developer chamber
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K07B1.
Refill
S06-A04A1B* [1997-2009]
Determining details of original document
S06-A03X* Other (Exposing)
S06-A04A1A* Toner level detector
[2002-2009]
Toner density detector *This code is now discontinued, see S06K07B2.
Refill
S06-A04A2* Toner application
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E04C. Includes application by magnetic brush arrangement, scavangeless.
S06-A04A9* [1992-200 9] Other (using solid developer) *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E04.
S06-A04B* [1980-200 9] Using liquid developer *This code is now discontinued, see S06E04B.
Flow, fluid, suspension
S06-A04C* Developer materials
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-E04. Codes in this section cover materials per se and their manufacture only. Includes toner details for electrophotographic facsimile and laser printer.
Compound, particle, cellulose, composition, copolymer, disperse, dry, magnetic
S06-A04C1* Powder
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E04A1.
Charge, resin, binder, component, polymer, coating
203
204
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-A04C2* Liquid
[1980-200 9]
S06-A05A2* [2002-2009] Corona charger separation of paper
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E04B1.
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E05A2.
Suspension, polymer, resin, solvent, acid, aqueous, dispersion
Discharge
S06-A04C5*
[1997-2009]
Manufacture and manufacturing appt. *This code is now discontinued, see S06E04D.
S06-A04C9* [1997-2009] Other (developer materials) *This code is now discontinued, see S06E04X.
Cyan, ester, solution, aerosol
S06-A04X* Other (developing)
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E04X. Storing waste toner for disposal.
S06-A05* Transferring images
[1980-200 9]
Surface, receive, separate, contact, dielectric [1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E05A. Includes all aspects of corona discharge. If corona ring or loop is claimed, then also coded in X12-F04.
Discharge
S06-A05A1* [2002-2009] Corona charger transfer of t oner *This code is now discontinued, see S06E05A1.
Discharge
[1997-2009]
Contact type charger *This code is now discontinued, see S06E05B. Transfer roller, blade, belt
S06-A05B1* [2002-2009] Transfer roller or belt, toner transfer details *This code is now discontinued, see S06E05B1.
S06-A05B2* [2002-2009] Transfer roller or belt, paper separation details *This code is now discontinued, see S06E05B2.
S06-A05C*
[1997-2009]
Intermediate belt/drum
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-E05. Includes removal of recording sheet from drum after transfer.
S06-A05A* Corona charger
S06-A05B*
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E05C.
S06-A05D* [2008-2009] Care of transfer appts. *This code is now discontinued, see S06E05D. For lubrication of transfer roller, belt, intermediate roller or belt.
Lubricant
S06-A06* Fixing
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-E06.
Flash
S06-A06A* [1992-200 9] Heat and pressure application *This code is now discontinued, see S06E06A. If heater aspects are claimed see X25-B codes also.
Fuse
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-A06B* Roll and roll driving
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E06B1. Includes clearing jams in fixing system.
Roller
S06-A06B1*
[1997-2009]
Belt and belt driving *This code is now discontinued, see S06E06B2.
S06-A06C* [1992-200 9] Fuser oil composition and application *This code is now discontinued, see S06E06C.
S06-A06C1* Fuser oil composition
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E06C1.
S06-A06D*
[1997-2009]
Lustre control *This code is now discontinued, see S06E06D.
Heating, gloss, pre-heating
S06-A06P* Pre-fixing
[2008-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E06P. E.g. for reducing the moisture content of the transfer material to increase its rigidity.
S06-A06X* Other (fixing)
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06E06X. Cooling
S06-A07* [1980-200 9] Multi-processing stations *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E. This code is used when the system or process as a whole is claimed rather than any specific aspect.
Processor cartridge
S06-A07A* [1997-2009] Drive system for several imaging stations *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E. Driving linked colour stations
S06-A08* [1980-200 9] Using magnetic patterns or thermoplastic layers *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E07. Includes all aspects of magnetography. Magnetic printer head details may also have T03-A03 codes assigned, depending on content.
Latent, heat, permeable, field, deformation
S06-A09* [1980-200 9] Electrography not using charge patterns *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E08. Includes electrophoresis.
Polymer, deform, electrostatic, field, impact, magnetic, paper
S06-A10* [1980-200 9] Cleaning, residual charge elimination etc. *This code is now discontinued, see S06-K06. Includes corona discharge, scrapers, ozone gas removal and charge-unifying drum exposure.
Develop, light, residue, dust, roll, collect, filter
S06-A10A* Toner removal
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K06C. Involves removal of toner.
Surface, brush, lube block
S06-A10A1* Using blade
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K06C1.
Scraper
205
206
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-A10B* [1992-200 9] Charge removal and ozone removal *This code is now discontinued, see S06K06B.
Drum, discharge
S06-A10C*
[1997-2009]
Returning toner for re-use *This code is now discontinued, see S06K06C2.
Recycle
S06-A10D* [2007-2009] Transfer of toner to collection or waste container *This code is now discontinued, see S06K06C3. Covers mechanism for transferring toner to the collection or waste container for later removal and recycling outside the copier.
S06-A10E* [2007-2009] Removal of other material, e.g. dust *This code is now discontinued, see S06K06D. Includes details of air cleaning systems. If cleaned air is expelled outside the copier, see also X27-E01B2 (electrical aspects only).
S06-A11* Multicolour systems
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-K01. Used for any aspect of colour system, with other codes as appropriate.
Dye, pigment, tint
S06-A11A* Full colour
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-K02. Includes all mechanisms for transporting sheet through copier, collators and sorters.
Paper, document, roller, guide, position, side, belt, detect, platen, path
S06-A12A* Multicopies; duplex
Four colour, magenta, cyan, yellow, black
S06-A11B* [1992-200 9] Two colour, highlighting *This code is now discontinued, see S06-K01B.
[1983-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K02A.
Reverse, double, invert
S06-A12B* [1983-200 9] For different paper sizes *This code is now discontinued, see S06K02B. For feeding paper of different lengths and thickness.
S06-A12C* Collators and sorters
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K02C. Includes feeding paper containing classified info to a locked tray. Includes paper stores.
Stack, tray
S06-A12D* [2002-2009] Paper skew detection, skew correction, clearing jams *This code is now discontinued, see S06K02D.
S06-A12E* [1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-K01A.
Red
S06-A12* [1983-200 9] Sheet handling/feeding
[1997-2009]
Sheet decurling *This code is now discontinued, see S06K02E.
S06-A14* [1987-2009] Control, monitoring, warning devices *This code is now discontinued, see S06-K07. Includes operating status display (for display control circuitry see T04-H codes), mode selection devices, microprocessor details (see also T01-J codes, e.g. T01-J08A), and recording inhibiting devices.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-A14A* [1992-200 9] User input and display *This code is now discontinued, see S06K07A1. Includes mode selection keys, etc.
Indicate
S06-A14B*
[1992-200 9]
Monitoring and error detection *This code is now discontinued, see S06K07B.
Fault, reset
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K07A. Covers general details of control system. [1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K07A2.
S06-A14E* [1997-2009] Remote monitoring and control *This code is now discontinued, see S06K07C1.
Billing
S06-A14F* [2005-2009] Management of confidential/secure documents, e.g. prevention of illegal copying *This code is now discontinued, see S06K07A3. Preventing illegal copying of banknotes, securities and private documents, recognising copy prevention marks on documents, output to authorised operator. See also T01/T04 for image processing aspects and T05-J for testing of securities, banknotes, etc.
S06-A15* [2002-2009] Electrophotographic copier rollers *This code is now discontinued, see S06K03H. General constructional details of rollers.
[1987-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-K07.
S06-A16A* [1992-200 9] Digital copier, editing copier *This code is now discontinued, see S06K07A4. Includes picture processing and modification aspects of otherwise conventional appt.
S06-A16B*
S06-A14C* [1992-200 9] Control of copier operation
S06-A14D* Power supply control
S06-A16* Electronic cop ier
[1992-200 9]
Systems with non-electrophotographic input or output arrangements *This code is now discontinued, see S06-K99B a together with S06-F/G/H/J codes. Includes systems with CCD sensor input, and thermal output.
S06-A16C* [1997-2009] Systems with electrophotographic and non-electrophotographic output *This code is now discontinued, see S06-K99B a together with S06-F/G/H/J codes.
S06-A17* Recycling Systems
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-K04. From 2005 covers all aspects of recycling. See also X25-W04 for electrical aspects of recycling systems in general.
S06-A17A* Paper Recycling
[2005-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K04A. For removing toner from recording paper to enable re-use of paper.
Paper
S06-A17B* Toner Recycling
[2005-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-K04B together with appropriate S06-E04 codes.
207
208
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-A17C* [2005-2009] Component Recycling *This code is now discontinued, see S06K04C. See also V04/X12 for recycling electrical components.
S06-A18* Finishing apparatus
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-K05.
S06-A18A* [1997-2009] Stapling, binding, paper cutting, paper punching, paper folding *This code is now discontinued, see S06K05A. Includes bookbinding/stapling/cutting/punching devices situated inside the copier or separate bookbinding/stapling/cutting/punching machines attached to the copier.
S06-A18B* Laminating
[2006-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K05B.
Laminating, protective layer
S06-A18C* Shredding
[2008-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K05C. Includes immediate shredding directly after scanning.
S06-A18D* [2008-2009] Attachment or printing of copy prevention marks to document to prevent forgery *This code is now discontinued, see S06K05D. Includes applying a magnetic wire, RFID tag, etc., as part of the printing process. If attaching a RFID tag, see also T04-K codes. Details on watermarking also coded under T01.
S06-A19* Construction
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06-K03. Includes details of machine casing, framework, etc., and also internal mounting arrangements of components and modules
S06-A19A* Paper holders
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K03B.
Container, storage
S06-A19A1*
[1997-2009]
Cassettes *This code is now discontinued, see S06K03B1. For holding paper sheets before being fed for copying onto.
Container
S06-A19A2* Trays, bins
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued, see S06K03B2. For receiving documents or copy paper sheets after copying operation, duplex intermediate tray.
S06-A19B* [1997-2009] Ventilation & humidifying mechanisms *This code is now discontinued, see S06K03C.
Fan
S06-A19C* [1997-2009] Frames, casings, bearings *This code is now discontinued, see S06K03D.
S06-A19D* [2007-2009] Manufacture and manufacturing apparatus *This code is now discontinued, see S06K03E. Covers manufacturing method and apparatus for the manufacture of copier elements.
S06-A19E* [2008-2009] Packaging for electrography, electrophotography and magnetography *This code is now discontinued, see V04-X together with S06-K99 codes.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-A20* [1980-200 9] Other (electrography, electrophotography, magnetography) *This code is now discontinued, see S06-E09. Includes forming electrostatic latent image as initial stage in data acquisition for e.g. audio and video systems, e.g. still picture camera with electrostatic latent image production (see also T03 and W04). Includes electrophotographic displays (see W05-E codes also), recycling other than paper and ink, non-copiable documents, etc.
Display, light
S06-B Photography Electrical aspects only are included. Video and electronic still-picture cameras are covered by W04-M01 codes.
Image, optical, instant-picture, SLR, disc, roll, cartridge, film
S06-B01 Focussing; indicating Lens, automatic, adjust, reflect, drive, intensity, light, display S06-B01A [1983] Focus detection; rangefinders Rangefinders combined with surveying navigating appt.. are coded in S02-B01. (See W06-A codes for radar and analogous systems.)
Position, distance, beam, drive, element, IR, infrared, ultrasonic, UV, ultraviolet
S06-B01B [1983] Lens positioning; indicat ing Includes all aspects of positioning motors (see also V06), viewfinder display details and film data marking appt..
Focal, alarm
S06-B01B1 [1992] Lens positioning, driving Length, barrel, zoom, correcting focus
S06-B01B2 [1992] Film data marking Information, record, print, time, date S06-B01B2A Optically LED
[1997]
S06-B01B2B Magnetically
[1997]
Magnetic marking see also T03 codes
Magnetic head
S06-B01C Viewfinder display LCD
[1997]
S06-B01E [1997] Eye gaze direction detection Detects pupil of eye for controlling direction of line for auto-focussing or line of view. See S05-D01C5A for eye ball position detection.
S06-B02 Camera exposure control Automatic, lens, manual, speed S06-B02A Light metering See also S03-A01 codes.
Intensity, compensate, bright, photometry
S06-B02B Exposure time and aperture evaluation and setting Includes evaluation using film speed/sensitivity information.
S06-B02B1 [1997] Reading data from film/film cartridge Using pre-set data on film or cartridge to automatically set camera. Reading magnetic marking see T04 and T03 codes also.
DX code
209
210
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-B02B2 [1997] Aperture/shutter speed setting Includes manual input for pre-setting aperture size or shutter speed.
S06-B02C Shutter and aperture control Includes remote actuation.
Electromagnet, magnet, motor, drive, blade, diaphragm, mechanism, open, time
S06-B02C1 Remote actuation
[1992]
See W05-D04 codes for optical or radio controlled system.
S06-B02C5 [1992] Actuation using timer delay See also S04-C01.
S06-B02E
[1997]
Camera shake detection/correction For sensing movement due to user of camera in order to perform compensation e.g. optically using lens or to warn user of excessive movement or to prevent phototaking operation.
Movement sensing
Part of camera, lamps, tubes, reflectors, fittings, and operating circuits are coded in X26 also.
Illuminate, pulse, strobe, gun, trigger, charge, built-in [1983]
Covers discharge tube flash units, xenon discharge tube, capacitor discharge circuit.
Capacitor discharge, xenon lamp
S06-B03A1 Pre-light emission
[1983]
Covers incandescent lamp flash units.
S06-B04 Film processing
[1983]
Electrical aspects of developing exposed film, exposing photographic paper, scanning negative, developing exposed film and paper. Includes electrical aspects of X-ray film processing. Does not include electrical aspects of film manufacture or details of film material.
Image, colour, print, expose, negative, positive, copy, dark-room
S06-B04A [1983] Photographic printing appts. Electrical aspects of printer for wet developing of photographic film or paper to produce photographic print. Control and monitoring of process. For positive or negative scanning to provide digital image to computer and computer output appt. see S06-B06B. For printing from digital camera see also W04 esp. W04-D10, for non-wet printing see T04G.
Frame, original, scan filter, magnify, reduce, colour output on microfilm
S06-B04A1 [1992] Copiers using microcapsule sheets Cylith, cycolour
S06-B03 Flash units
S06-B03A Electronic
S06-B03B Non-electronic
[2002]
Pre-light emission before discharge of flash to prevent red eye. See only W04-M01H codes if for digital camera.
S06-B04A2 [2005] Processing exposed film Electrical aspects of developing, fixing, washing and drying negative.
S06-B04A3 [2005] Processing developed negatives Electrical aspects of processing developed negative to produce photographic prints. Enlarging, exposing, rinsing, fixing, washing, drying
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-B04A5* [1992-200 4] Control and monitoring of printing station *This code is now discontinued and transferred to S06-B04A2 for film/slide processing, including control and monitoring details and S06-B04A3 for print/slide making, as well as control and monitoring details and modification of exposure based on e.g. negative characteristics.
Correct, auto-exposure, contrast measurement, density
S06-B04B [1983] Photographic film manufacture Includes electrical aspects of photographic film manufacture only. See S06-B04A2 for developing exposed film and electrical aspects of chemical, thermal development and S06B04A3 for developing photographic paper and electrical aspects of chemical, thermal development.
S06-B04C [1997] Film order processing Mini-lab, direct plate exposure S06-B04E [1997] Photographic film or paper feeding (not in camera) Convey, feed S06-B05 Cinematography
S06-B06 [1983] Projectors, viewers (incl. microform) Video projectors are covered by W04-Q01 codes and only coded in S06-B06 if they are either a permanent part of a photographic projector, or intended for use as an overhead projector transparency. For projector synchronisation with audio/video recording appts. see W04-K01 also.
Transparency, cassette, frame
S06-B06A [1992] Projectors Display, slide, screen, reel S06-B06B [1992] Film scanners and viewers Scanning positive or negative to provide digital image to computer, printer, self service kiosk etc.
S06-B06C Microfilm apparatus Read, fiche, microfiche
[1992]
S06-B08 [1983] Other camera electrics Includes e.g. motorised control for instantpicture camera, eyepiece lamps, microprocessor control of camera and/or lens etc, mode selection control. Remote control is covered by S06-B02C1.
Control, drive, data, transmission
Includes cinema equipment and projectors. for motion picture film, telecine machine. Magnetic and video recording are covered by T03 and W04.
S06-B08A [1992] Film winding in camera Reel, perforation detection
Cine, picture, motion, sound, track, record, tape, frame, television, telecine, reel, synchronising, screen
S06-B08B [1997] Film loading detection For determining correct cartridge loading and film feed.
211
212
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-B08C Power source details
[1997]
Includes storage compartments for battery and detection of battery voltage level. See also X16 for battery details, if measuring battery level see X16 and S01. See U24 for power supply details.
Battery
Covers all aspects of direct plate manufacture and production from computer original without intermediate stages. See also T01 for computer design aspects.
CTP, computer-to-plate
S06-C02B Colour separation
S06-B09 Other (photography) Includes electrical aspects of X-ray photography (processing is also coded in S06B04 codes).
Radiate, beam, colour, cassette, medical, tomography, photobooth, separate flash units and lighting units, photothermography.
S06-C Printing Includes electrical aspects of presses, rotary machines etc. but not character and line printers, printers as computer peripherals, which are covered by S06-D to K codes. For textile printing see also X25-T.
Colour, image, scan, picture
S06-C01 Photoelectronic composing; controlling composing machines Pre-press proofing, colour proofing.
Character, select, text, space, graphic, laser, font, phototypeset, typeset
S06-C02 Plate production; colour separations Imagesetter, platesetter, computer to plate, electrophotographic plates per se are coded in S06-A01X.
Tone, beam, half, night, pixel, reproduce, lithography, flat-bed scanner, drum, gravure
S06-C02A Plate production
S06-C02A1 [2006] Computer to plate manufacture
[1992]
[1992]
S06-C03 Printing, press control Control of flexographic, offset lithographic, screen printing, gravure, printing processes, etc.
Machine, plate, rotating, cylinder, sheet, roll, ink, offset, lithography, stencil printer.
S06-C03A Control
[1992]
Control system for plate loading, sheet feeding, wash-up, damping, inking and registering, etc.
S06-C04 [2008] Media conveying details Includes electrical details of media, e.g. paper or web, conveying in printer, e.g. offset printer.
S06-C05
[2002]
Print finishing equipment Novel electrical aspects of sheet/batch collators, folders, booklet makers, binders, perforator, scorer, numberer
Staple, sheet separation, stack, bind, feed
S06-C09 Other (printing) For textile printing see also X25-T.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-D Scanning Systems
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A03, W02-J01, W02J02A. Includes aspects of platen movement, copying station or unit holding original document, lens/mirror systems, drum and belt drive details and scanning drive (See also V07K05). See also U14-H01B for thin film image sensor, U13-A01 and U13-A02 for circuitry and CCD. Details of scanners that are not part of an image forming device (e.g. falt bed scanners) are coded in T04-M only.
S06-D01 Scanning Type
[2010]
S06-D01A
[2010]
Frame Scanning Previously coded as S06-A03A. Includes slit and full frame scanning.
S06-D01B [2010] Raster/Line Scanning Previously coded as S06-A03B. Raster output scanner
Laser, modulate, polygonal, mirror
S06-D02 Light Source
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A03E1. Lamps (see also X26) and e.g. laser (see also U12/V08).
Lamp, LED
S06-D02A Light Source Driving
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A03E.
Illuminate, biassing
S06-D03 Optical Elements
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A03D, W02-J01A. See also S06-D01 if specific to type of exposure.
Polygonal
S06-D04 [2010] Drive System and Construction Previously coded as S06-A03F, W02-J01B. Includes mountings for optical system. Also V06 codes for motor details.
Glass, feed, position
S06-D04A
[2010]
Position detection and adjustment Previously coded as W02-J01C. Includes control and error compensation of scanning velocity and position.
S06-D04B [2010] Document feeder in scanning system Previously coded as S06-A03F1. Feeding of paper through the copier other than through the scanning arrangements are coded under S06-K02
Original, sheet, page, contact glass
S06-D05 Sensors
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A03G1, W02-J02A1. Electronic image CCD pick-up element of line type and of matrix type.
CCD, photoelectric detector, thin film image sensor, multi-element array
S06-D05A [2010] Integral reading circuity Previously coded as W02-J02A1A.
S06-D06 [2010] Determining details of original document Previously coded as S06-A03G3. Density and size measurement, color, page width/length, see also S02-A10B for length/width/thickness measurements.
S06-D09 Non-light exposure
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A03H, S06-A03X. Includes thermal and X-ray (electroradiography) exposure.
Electroradiography, X-ray
213
214
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-D10 [2010] Combined scanning and printing arrangements S06-D10A [2010] Synchronising, changing magnification Previously coded as S06-A03C. If synchronisation with sheet feeding is involved, then S06-K02 codes are also assigned. Includes all aspects of magnification/reduction lens systems.
Size, variable, enlarge, ratio, paper, select, adjust
S06-E [2010] Electrophotographic Image Production Previously coded as S06-A, T04-G04, W02J02B2.
S06-E01 Recording members
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A01, T04-G04C. Drum driving aspects are coded in S06-E03 codes only. Includes photosenstive paper, photoconductive belt, drum, etc. Toner is coded under S06-E04 only. Constructional details are also coded under S06-K03.
Layer, charge, conducting, image, surface, acceptor, compound, donor, dope, photoconductor, belt
S06-E01A [2010] Photoconductive layers Previously coded as S06-A01A. Includes all types of charge-generating layers and photosensitive paper. Also cross reference with T04-G04C for photosensitive materials for optical printer.
Hydrazone, photoreceiver, accept
S06-E01A1 Organic
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A01A1.
Cyclic, polycyclic, heterocyclic, quinone
S06-E01A2 Inorganic
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A01A2.
Amorphous, silicon, selenium, carry, dope, surface, oxide, polycrystaline
S06-E01A3
[2010]
Sensitiser; binding materials Previously coded as S06-A01A3.
Dye, composition, photosensitiser, organic, oxidative potential
S06-E01A4 [2010] Treatment of recording members Previously coded as S06-A01A4. Includes application of a lubricant to the surface of the drum, etc.
S06-E01A9 [2010] Other (photoconductive layer aspects) Previously coded as S06-A01A9. Includes aspects of photoconductive belt/drum not covered by other S06-E01A codes
S06-E01B [2010] Carriers; intermediate or cover layers Previously coded as S06-A01B.
Sensitive, image, amorphorous, coating, drum, base layer, protective layer.
S06-E01C Manufacture
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A01D. Includes deposition of layers on drum.
Depositing
S06-E01C1 [2010] Manufacturing apparatus Previously coded as S06-A01D1.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-E01D Temperature Control
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A01F. For warming up photoconductor layers on drum or belt up to normal working operation temperature. The control aspect is also coded by S06-K07A1. See also X25-B codes for details of electric heating.
Heater
Previously coded as S06-A01X. Includes thermoplastic and photoelectric layers, paper treatment and manufacture, see S06-C02 codes for lithographic plate manufacture. Electric details of paper manufacture is also coded under X25-T09A.
Image, electrostatic, surface, copy, substrate, polymer [2010]
Sensitising Previously coded as S06-A02. Desensitisers for removing residual charge are coded in S06-K06.
Electrode, surface, electrostatic
S06-E02A Corona charger
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A02A. Includes all aspects of corona discharge. If corona ring or loop is claimed, then also coded in X12-F04.
Discharge, electrode, grid, scorotron, corotron, dicorotron
S06-E02B
[2010]
Contact charger Previously coded as S06-A02B.
Roller, brush
S06-E03 Exposure
Previously coded as S06-A03E1, T04-G04B. See X26 for lamp details, for LED heads see also U12-A01A3 or U12-A01A6.
Lamp, LED
S06-E03A1
[2010]
Light Source Driving (for exposure)
S06-E01X [2010] Other (recording members)
S06-E02
S06-E03A [2010] Light Source (for exposure)
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A03. See also S06-D for combined scanning and printing arrangements
Previously coded as S06-A03E.
Illuminate, biassing
S06-E03A2 [2010] Light source type - LED Previously coded as W02-J02B2A.
S06-E03A3
[2010]
Light source type - Laser Previously coded as W02-J02B2B.
S06-E03B Optical Elements
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A03D, T04-G04A1.
Polygonal, galvanometer
S06-E03C
[2010]
Drive System and Construction Previously coded as S06-A03F, T04-G04A2. Includes mountings for optical system. Details of sheet feeding are coded under S06-K02 codes. See also V06 codes for motor details.
Scan
S06-E03C1 [2010] Position detection and adjustment
215
216
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-E04 Developing
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A04. Includes copy density and darkness control and brush or magnetic applicator details. For removal of developer from drum see S06-K06. For colour developer, see also S06-K01 codes. See also S06-K07B1A and S06-K07B1B for level detection and density detection of developing agent respectively. Inkjet inks and thermal ink ribbons are not coded here, but are coded by S06-G04 and S06-H02 respectively.
Bias, contrast, replenishment
S06-E04A [2010] Using solid developer Previously coded as S06-A04A.
powder particles
S06-E04A1 [2010] Composition of solid developer Previously coded as S06-A04C1.
Charge, resin, binder, component, polymer,
S06-E04B [2010] Using liquid developer Previously coded as S06-A04B.
Flow, fluid, suspension
S06-E04B1 [2010] Composition of liquid developer Previously coded as S06-A04C2.
Suspension, polymer, resin, solvent, acid, aqueous, dispersion
S06-E04C
[2010]
Developer application Previously coded as S06-A04A2. Includes application by magnetic brush arrangement, scavangeless.
S06-E04D [2010] Manufacture of developer agent Previously coded as S06-A04C5.
S06-E04E [2010] Toner supply and storage Previously coded as S06-A04A1. Toner supply from container, tank, hopper to developer..
S06-E04X [2010] Other developing and developer materials Previously coded as S06-A04C9, S06-A04X.
S06-E05 Transferring images
[2010]
Previously coded as S05-A05. Includes removal of recording sheet from drum after transfer.
Surface, receive, separate, contact, dielectric
S06-E05A Corona charger
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A05A. Includes all aspects of corona discharge. If corona ring or loop is claimed, then also coded in X12-F04.
Discharge
S06-E05A1 [2010] Corona charger - transfer of developer Previously coded as S06-A05A1.
S06-E05A2 [2010] Corona charger - separation of paper Previously coded as S06-A05A2.
S06-E05B Contact type charger
[2010]
Previously coded as S05-A05B.
Transfer roller, blade, belt
S06-E05B1 [2010] Contact type charger - transfer of developer Previously coded as S06-A05B1.
S06-E05B2
[2010]
Contact type charger - separation of paper Previously coded as S06-A05B2.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-E05C [2010] Intermediate belt/drum Previously coded as S06-A05C.
S06-E05D [2010] Care of transfer apparatus Previously coded as S06-A05D. For lubrication of transfer roller, belt, intermediate roller or belt.
Lubricant
S06-E06 Fixing
[2010]
Flash [2010]
Heat and pressure application Previously coded as S06-A06A. If heater aspects are claimed see X25-B codes also.
S06-E06B [2010] Fuser mechanism and driving S06-E06B1 Fuser roller
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A06B. See also S06K03H for constructional details of rollers.
Roller
S06-E06B2 Fuser belt
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A06B1.
S06-E06C Fuser oil
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A06C.
S06-E06C1 Fuser oil composition
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A06C1.
S06-E06D Lustre control
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A06P. E.g. for reducing the moisture content of the transfer material to increase its rigidity.
S06-E06X Other fixing details
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A06X.
Cooling
Previously coded as S06-A06.
S06-E06A
S06-E06P Pre-fixing
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A06D.
Heating, gloss, pre-heating
S06-E07 [2010] Using magnetic patterns or thermoplastic layers Previously coded as S06-A08, T04-G09. Includes all aspects of magnetography. Magnetic printer head details may also have T03-A03 codes assigned, depending on content. Includes magnetic line printers used as computer peripherals.
Latent, heat, permeable, field, deformation
S06-E08 [2010] Electrography not using charge patterns Previously coded as S06-A09. Includes electrophoresis.
Polymer, deform, electrostatic, field, impact, magnetic, paper
S06-F [2010] Impact Image Production Previously coded as T04-G01. Includes mechanical action. Electromagnet and solenoid drive aspects are coded in V02-E02A also.
Armature, coil
S06-F01 Dot Printer
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G01A.
Matrix, pin, wire, needle
217
218
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-F02 Using Type
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G01B. Self contained typewriters are in S06-K99A.
Select, hammer, daisy-wheel, disc, step, font, typeface, golf-ball
S06-F03
[2010]
Ribbon Previously coded as T04-G01C. Includes printer ribbon re-inking.
Ink, cassette
S06-G [2010] Ink-Jet Image Production Previously coded as T04-G02, W02-J02B3.
Liquid, dye, nozzle, resin, water, channel, drop, pressure, reservoir, eject, electrode, pulse
S06-G01 Drop-on-demand
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G02A.
Thermal ink-jet, bubble, piezoelectric, ultrasound
S06-G02 [2010] Selective drop deflection Previously coded as T04-G02B.
Charge, electrode, stream, gutter, continuous
S06-G03 Printhead details
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G02A1, T04-G02B1, W02-J02B5. Search together with S06-K03 for constructional and manufacturing details. See also S06-G01 or S06-G02 to highlight the type of inkjet system. See also S06-K06A for printhead cleaning. Details of piezoelectric elements for inkjet printheads are also coded under V06-M06D.
S06-G04 Inkjet ink
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G02C.
S06-G05 Recording Media
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G02E. Includes media composition and manufacture. Includes pre-print application of liquid (not ink) to paper/ pre-treatment of paper for ink jet printing. See also X25-T09A for electrical details of paper manufacture.
Paper, fabrics, OHP sheet, recording pattern of LCD screen
S06-G06 [2010] Ink Chamber/Cartridge Previously coded as T04-G02G. See also S06K03 for chamber construction. Search together with S06-G03 for combined chamber and printhead details. See also S06-K07B1A and S06-K07B1B for level detection and density detection of inkjet ink respectively.
S06-G06A [2010] Refilling of ink cartridge Previously coded as T04-G02F.
S06-G07 [2010] Post ink applicat ion processing Previously coded as T04-G02H. Includes processes for treating ink after application using e.g. heat or UV light.
S06-G10 [2010] Applications of ink-jet printing technology Previously coded as T04-G02J. Covers printing on non-paperlike media, e.g. CD (see also T03). Includes textile printing (see also X25T04D), 3-D printing and other industrial applications using inkjet technology. Manufacturing LCD screens and filters (see also U14).
S06-H [2010] Thermal Image Production Previously coded as T04-G03, W02-J02B1. Includes thermal ink compositions and heat sensitive paper and ribbons. For photothermography, see also S06-E04.
Transfer, thermosensitive, resistive elements, thermal transfer ink ribbon
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-H01 [2010] Using thermally sensitive paper Previously coded as T04-G03A.
S06-H01A [2010] Composition of heat-sensitive layer Previously coded as T04-G03A1.
S06-H02 [2010] Using thermal ribbon Previously coded as T04-G03B. Includes use of thermal transfer sheets.
Cartridge
S06-H02A [2010] Thermal ink composition Previously coded as T04-G03B1. Includes composition and manufacture of thermal ink. If colour ink, see also S06-K01. Ink for inkjet printer is only coded under S06-G02C.
Dye
S06-H03 [2010] Printhead details for thermal printer Previously coded as T04-G03C. See also S06K06A for printhead cleaning. For thin-film resistor heads see also U14 codes, e.g. U14H01B.
S06-J
[2010]
Electrode (e.g. electrosensitive/erosive) Image Production Previously coded as T04-G05.
S06-K [2010] Image Production Units features Covers features common to all printer types such as paper feeding and control systems.
S06-K01 Colour system
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A11, T04-G04, W02J07. Used for any aspect of colour system, with other codes as appropriate.
Dye, pigment, tint
S06-K01A Full colour
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A11A.
Colour, magenta, cyan, yellow, black, CMY, CMYB, RGB
S06-K01B
[2010]
Two colour, highlighting Previously coded as S06-A11B.
S06-K02 Sheet feeding
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A12, T04-G06A, W02-J05A.. Includes all mechanisms for transporting sheet through copier, collators and sorters. For feeding of an original document through a scanner, see S06-D04B only. Constructional details of sheet feeding mechanisms are coded under S06-K03 codes.
Paper roll, paper tray, document holder
S06-K02A Multicopies; duplex
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A12A.
Reverse, double, invert
S06-K02B [2010] For different paper size, clear ing jams, skew correction Previously coded as S06-A12B. For feeding paper of different lengths and thickness. Paper skew detection is coded by S06-K02D.
S06-K02C Collators and sorters
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A12C. Feeding paper containing classified info to a locked tray. See T04-J codes for feeding outside printing unit.
S06-K02D Paper skew detection
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A12D. Paper skew correction is coded by S06-K02B. For clearing jams in fixing system see also S06-E06.
S06-K02E Sheet decurling
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A12E.
219
220
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-K03 Construction
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A19, T04-G11, W02J05, W02-J06. Includes details of machine casing, framework, etc., and also internal mounting arrangements of components and modules.
S06-K03A [2010] Carriage/Motor aspects Previously coded as T04-G06. Includes all carriage systems not coded elsewhere. Constructional details of motors are covered by V06 codes.
S06-K03B Paper Holders
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A19A.
Container, storage
S06-K03B1 Cassettes
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A19A1. For holding paper sheets before being fed for copying onto.
S06-K03B2 Trays, bins
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A19A2. For receiving documents or copy paper sheets after copying operation, duplex intermediate tray
S06-K03C [2010] Ventilation & humidifying mechanisms Previously coded as S06-A19B.
Fan
S06-K03D [2010] Frames, cases, bearing Previously coded as S06-A19C.
S06-K03E [2010] Manufacture and manufacturing apparatus Previously coded as S06-A19D. Covers manufacturing method and apparatus for the manufacture of elements.
S06-K03F Connectors, circuitry
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J05C.
S06-K03G Power supply
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J06. Includes mains and battery supplies for all types of units including portable systems. Control aspect of power supplies are coded by S06-K07A2 only. Also includes protection circuits. See U24-D, U24-E, U24-F and U24-X codes.
Surge, overload, back-up
S06-K03H Rollers
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A15. General constructional details of rollers. See also S06E05B for transfer roller or S06-E06B1 for fuser roller.
S06-K04 Recycling
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A17, T04-G11B, W02J05D. See also X25-W04 for electrical aspects of recycling systems in general.
S06-K04A Paper recycling
[2010]
Previously coded as A06-A17A. For removing toner from recording paper to enable re-use of paper.
S06-K04B [2010] Recording agents recycling Previously coded as S06-A17B.
S06-K04C [2010] Components recycling Previously coded as S06-A17C. See also V04/X12 for recycling electrical components.
S06-K05 Finishing
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A18, T04-G06B, W02-J05B. For collators and sorters see S06K02C.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-K05A [2010] Stapling, binding, cutting, punching, folding Previously coded as S06-A18A. Includes bookbinding/stapling/cutting/punching devices situated inside the copier or separate bookbinding/stapling/cutting/punching machines attached to the copier.
S06-K05B Laminating
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A18B.
Laminating, protective layer
S06-K05C Shredding
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A18C, T04-G06S. Includes immediate shredding directly after scanning/printing.
S06-K05D
[2010]
Attachment of anti-copy mark Previously coded as S06-A18D. Includes applying a magnetic wire, RFID tag, etc., as part of the printing process. If attaching a RFID tag, see also T04-K codes. Detection of copy prevention marks on documents are also coded under S06-K07A3. Details on watermarking also coded under T01.
S06-K06
[2010]
Cleaning/Recording Agent Removal Previously coded as S06-A10, T04-G02D. Covers mechanism for transferring toner to the collection or waste container for later removal and recycling outside the copier. For details of toner or ink recycling, see S06K04B.
S06-K06A Printhead cleaning
[2010]
S06-K06B [2010] Charge and ozone removal Previously coded as S06-A10B.
Drum, discharge
S06-K06C [2010] Removing excess developer agent Previously coded as S06-A10A. Involves removal of toner.
S06-K06C1 Using blade
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A10A1.
Scraper, doctor blade
S06-K06C2 [2010] Returning toner / ink for re-use Previously coded as S06-A10C.
S06-K06C3 [2010] Transfer of developing agent to waste container Previously coded as S06-A10D. Covers mechanism for transferring developing agent to the collection or waste container for later removal and recycling outside the printer/copier/facsimile. See S06-K06C2 when the toner is recycled within the copier for immediate re-use. See S06-K04B for details of recording agents recycling.
S06-K06D [2010] Removing dust, etc. from components Previously coded as S06-A10E. Includes details of air cleaning systems. If cleaned air is expelled outside the copier, see also X27E01B2 (electrical aspects only). Constructional details of ventilation and humidifying mechanisms are also coded by S06-K03C.
S06-K07 [2010] Communication and Control Previously coded as S06-A14, S06-A16, T04G10, W02-J03, W02-J08. Includes operating status display (for display control circuitry see T04-H codes), mode selection devices, microprocessor details (see also T01-J codes, e.g. T01-J08A), and recording inhibiting devices. Does not include motors and solenoids for carriage and platen movement.
221
222
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-K07A [2010] General control systems Previously coded as S06-A14C, T04-G10A, W02-J03A7.
S06-K07A1 [2010] User input and display Previously coded as S06-A14A, T04-G10A1, W02-J03A4. Includes mode selection keys, etc
Operator warning device, mode setting, touchscreen
S06-K07A2 Power supply control
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A14D.
S06-K07A3 [2010] Management of confidential/secure documents Previously coded as S06-A14F, T04-G10F, W02-J11. Preventing illegal copying of banknotes, securities and private documents, recognising copy prevention marks on documents, output to authorised operator. See also T01/T04 for image processing aspects and T05-J for testing of securities, banknotes, etc. Attachment of anti-copy mark, e.g. a RFID, is also coded under S06-K05D. Secrecy details during communication, such as transmission data encoding, password, data encryption, etc., are also coded by S06-K07C7.
S06-K07A4 Image processing
[2010]
Previously coded as S06-A16A, W02-J03A1, W02-J03A2. Includes details of digital copiers. See also T01.
Picture signal amplifier, halftone screening, edge enhancement, noise or error suppression
S06-K07A4A [2010] Compensation for acquisition aspects Previously coded as W02-J03A1A.
Shading compensation
S06-K07A4B [2010] Changing magnification, composing and electronic layout control Previously coded as W02-J03A2A, W02J03A2B.
S06-K07A4C Image outputting
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J03A3. Includes systems for generating previews of image before sending (using e.g. a facsimile) or printing. Details of user display is also coded by S06-K07A1.
S06-K07A4D [2010] Compression/bandwidth reduction Previously coded as W02-J03B. See U21-A05 codes for coding in general, W04-P01A codes for TV signal compression, and W02-G04A codes for bandwidth reduction in general.
S06-K07A5 Copy sheet counting
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J03A7A.
S06-K07B
[2010]
Monitoring systems Previously coded as S06-A14B, T04-G10G, W02-J03A5. Covers monitoring systems of the device, monitoring of the communication system is S06-K07C6 only.
S06-K07B1 [2010] Monitoring of recording agent refill S06-K07B1A [2010] Recording agent level detection Previously coded as S06-A04A1A.
S06-K07B1B [2010] Recording agent density detection Previously coded as S06-A04A1B.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
S06-K07C Communication
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J03C, W02-J08. Includes input-output arrangements, telephone interface and secrecy systems (with W02-L). Search W01-C05B1 and W01-C01H for telephone aspects also. For ISDN aspects see W01-C05B7. For LAN aspects see W01-A06 codes.
S06-K07C1 [2010] Remote control/monitoring Previously coded as S06-A14E, T04-G10E. Search together with S06-K07A and S06K07B codes as applicable.
S06-K07C1A Print Job/Queue
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G10E1.
S06-K07C2 Interfacing
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G10C.
S06-K07C2A [2010] Telephone interfacing Previously coded as W02-J03C7. Includes combined facsimile-telephone. See W01C01P4. Also W01-C05B3H.
S06-K07C2B Network interfacing
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J08A. Includes aspects of printers with built in print server
S06-K07C2C
[2010]
ISDN interfacing Previously coded as W02-J08C. Also W01C05B7 codes for general aspects of ISDN.
S06-K07C2D Computer interfacing
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J03C8. See also T01C03B code.
S06-K07C3 Signal processing
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J03C1.
S06-K07C4 [2010] Determining and setting transmission Previously coded as W02-J03C2. Includes detecting type of receiving station (e.g. G3, G4).
Autodialler, modem
S06-K07C5
[2010]
Reception details Previously coded as W02-J03C5.
Automatic answering
S06-K07C6 [2010] Monitoring and error checking Previously coded as W02-J03C3.
S06-K07C7
[2010]
Secrecy Previously coded as W02-J03C6. Includes transmission data encoding, password, data encryption. Management of confidential/secure documents are also coded by S06-K07A3.
Authentication
S06-K99 Machine Type
[2010]
The machine type codes cover the application of a patent for a particular function. Patents that describe multiple applications will not be covered (except MFP).
S06-K99A [2010] Self contained printing machine Self contained typewriters, label printers, independent units, hand held printing devices
S06-K99B Copier
[2010]
S06-K99C
[2010]
Printer Printer peripherals for use with a computer.
S06-K99D Fax
[2010]
223
224
S: Instrumentation, Measuring a nd Testing
S06-K99E Plotters
[2011]
Previously coded as T04-H02.
S06-K99F [2010] Multifunctional peripheral Includes patents describing the combination of two or more other machine types.
MFP
S06-K99F1 [2010] Multifunctional peripheral including fax application Previously coded as W02-J07.
S06-K99G Analogous systems
[2010]
Previously coded as W02-J10. For medical stimulable sheet phosphor systems see also S05-D02A5C. For electronic blackboard (previously coded in W02-J09) see also W04W05.
S06-K99X Other (printer types)
[2010]
Previously coded as T04-G09. Includes Braille printers,(see S05-K, T04-X for other Braille aspects), electronic pen recorders. Magnetic printers are coded under S06-E07 only.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
Section T: T01: DIGITAL COMPUTERS ...................................................................................................................................... 227 T02: ANALOGUE AND H YBRID COMPUTERS ............................................................................................................265 T03: DATA RECORDING ......................................................................................................................................... 267 T04: COMPUTER PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT ..............................................................................................................313 T05: COUNTING, CHECKING, VENDING, ATM AND POS SYSTEMS ............................................................................ 327 T06: PROCESS AND MACHINE CONTROL................................................................................................................. 335 T07: TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS .......................................................................................................................... 343
225
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01: Digital Computers T01-A Mechanical digital computers Align, calculate, register, interlock T01-B Fluid-pressure digital computers Pneumatic, hydraulic, valve T01-C Input/output arrangements Covers specific input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form which is capable of being handled by a computer. See T01-H for information transfer. Peripheral devices per se are in T04. See U21 for electronic switching.
Port
T01-C01 For record carriers (e.g. magnetic tape) Includes buffering. See T01-C07C1 for smart card interface.
Card, disc, drive, reader, SCSI (small computer system interface), PCAT, SASD
T01-C01A To/from DASD
[1997]
Includes details of all defined standards, e.g. ATA, SATA, SCSI, iSCSI, IDE.
Floppy disc, hard disc, CD-ROM
T01-C01C [1997] To/from semiconductor memory See also U14-A codes.
Flash memory
T01-C02 For manual input device Mechanical switches are coded in V03, and electronic switch details in U21.
Coordinate, enter, key, touch, matrix
T01-C02A [1987] Keyboard interface Alphanumeric code generation, key stroke detector T01-C02A1 [1992] In co-operation with display Includes keys used in conjunction with icons or instructions displayed on the screen such as help keys, cursor control keys and function select keys. Details of icons used for program management are coded in T01-J12D.
T01-C02A9 [1992] Other (optoelectronic keyboard) Opto-electronic keyboard T01-C02B [1987] Position-digital value converters Digitiser, co-ordinate T01-C02B1 In cooperation with display See also T01-J12 for GUI/HCI, and T01-J12B for GUI windows.
T01-C02B1A*
[1992-2001 ]
For mouse *This code is now discontinued, see T04F02B1 from 2002. Includes use of mouse to also T01-J12B for windows in general.
T01-C02B1B* For joystick
[1992-2001 ]
*This code is now discontinued, see T04F02B3 from 2002. Includes interfaces and code translators for joysticks. See T01-P02 and W04-X02 codes also, if used for computer/arcade games.
T01-C02B1C* For light pen
[1992-1 996]
*This code is now discontinued. See T01C02B1H from 1997-2001 and T04-F02A1 from 2002.
227
228
T: Computing and Control
T01-C02B1D* [1992-2001 ] Virtual keyboards and touch screens *This code is now discontinued, see T04F02A2 from 2002. Includes interfaces and finger-operated mouse.
T01-C02B1E* [1997-2001] Three-dimensional space signal input/output *This code is now discontinued, see T04-F02B from 2002. Includes virtual reality handsets/sensor, gloves (see W04-V07E codes also).
T01-C02B1G* Tracker ball
[1997-2001]
*This code is now discontinued, see T04F02B5 from 2002.
T01-C02B1H* Pen input
[1997-2001]
*This code is now discontinued, see T04F02A1 from 2002. Includes input by inductive or capacitive pen, light pen and touch pen. For pen sensing details, see T04 and U21.
T01-C02B1J* [1997-2001] Finger-shaped or hand input *This code is now discontinued, see T04-F02B from 2002. Devices which use relative movement of finger or hand as input to processor.
Thimble
T01-C02B9* [1992-2001 ] Other (position-digital value converters) *This code is now discontinued, see T04-F02B from 2002.
T01-C03 Data exchange with distant stations Bus, transmit, receive, terminal, link, line receiver
T01-C03A [1992] Arrangements for interfacing with networks Transmitting information between computers via communication medium. Including LAN and WAN interfacing details of computer networks. See T01-H07 for inter-computer communication and T01-M02 for multiprocessing structure. For bus arbitration and cycling arrangements see T01-H05B. Also includes computer peripheral network connections, but see also appropriate code for specific peripheral e.g. T01-C05A1.
ARPANET (advanced research project agency network), binding
T01-C03B Data communication
[1992]
Includes telephone interfaces and modems.
RS-232 (Recommended Standard 232), RS485, RS-422, RS-423
T01-C03C Wireless link
[1997]
Connection between to devices, for connection to peripheral (e.g. printer) see T01-C07C3 instead. Includes, satellite, radio, infra-red, etc. interfaces for accessing a network. See also W01-A06C3 and W01-A06C4.
T01-C03C1 [1997] Broadcast radio/television signal input TV card T01-C04 Output to displays Video, colour, graphics, character, monitor, colour/intensity T01-C04A For CRTs Monitor, VDU T01-C04B For display panels Matrix, LCD, gas discharge, plasma, hologram
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-C04C LED display
[1997]
(T01-C04)
T01-C04D Display processing
[1997]
(T01-C04)
Graphics card
T01-C07 [1992] Interconnections (subsystems) Includes general aspects not specific to interfaced devices such as input/output and data communications. See T01-H05A for I/O controllers and processors, and T01-L09 for physical structures.
T01-C07A [1992] Asynchronous/Synchronous operation
T01-C04X Other Update, Bitmap
Covers interfaces characterised by communication mode. See T01-H07B for bus protocol details.
USART (sync/async receiver/transmitter), start-stop bit, flip-flop
T01-C05 Output to printers (incl. plotters, typewriters) Character, font, format, graphic, line, text, inkjet, impact, thermal, X-Y, chart
T01-C07B
T01-C05A [1992] To printer Ink-jet, impact, thermal, laser
T01-C07C Interfaces
T01-C05A1 [1997] To/from networked/shared printers T01-C05B To plotter X-Y, chart
[1992]
T01-C06 Scanning
[1992]
(T01-C09)
Bar code reading and character recognition, such as OCR, are covered by T04-A03B1 and T04-D04 codes respectively. Hand scanners for computer input are coded in T04-M02. This code is used for computer interfacing details only.
OCR, bar codes
T01-C06A [2012] To/from networked/shared scanner Covers the scanners that share with the network
Remote scanner
[1992]
Fiber optics Also coded in V07. [1992]
Includes backplanes, cables, chip carriers and plugboard/card/overlay motherboards. See also T01-L02 and V04 for hardware details, and T01-L09 for wiring and connectors.
Current loop, EIA, interrupt, DMA/program controlled, slave, adaptor card, latch-chip, SCSI
T01-C07C1 [1992] Smart card reader interface T01-C07C2 Buffers
[1992]
Includes structure e.g. shift registers, recirculating, and buffer/interface function such as rate control.
T01-C07C3 [1997] Non-wired connection between peripheral and computer Includes radio and optical signal transfer between computer and peripheral. Remote control of computer.
Free space, wireless, infrared
229
230
T: Computing and Control
T01-C07C4 [1997] Serial ports, parallel p orts, serialparallel conversion Centronics (RTM), USB T01-C07C4A [2005] Serial interface with addit ional features Additional features such as power supply. See also T01-H07, T01-H05B for bus transfer and T01-L01/3 for connector details. See also V04 codes.
USB, universal serial bus interface, hot swap, plug and play, firewire, IEEE 1394, i-link®
T01-C07C5 [1997] Using standard interfaces or expansion cards See T01-C11 for expansion cards per se.
T01-C07D Topology
[1992]
Covers wiring arrangements and connections to interface including power arrangements. Includes interface buses and point-to-point connection. See T01-H07A for bus structures.
T01-C08 [1992] Digital input/output using sampling of analog signals Analog to digital converter T01-C08A [1992] Speech recognition/synthesis input/output (T01-C09)
See also W04-V codes for sound wave analysis/synthesis, speech to text, text to speech and T01-J18 for speech/audio processing.
Telephone, output, sound
T01-C08B [1997] Measurement signal input See also T01-J07A for data acquisition applications.
T01-C09 Other
T01-C10 [1997] Non-manual human input (T01-C09)
Includes eye input, foot input and neurological input to computer.
T01-C11 PCMCIA cards
[1997]
See also T04 and U11.
T01-D Data conversion See U21-A for coding and code conversion in general.
T01-D01 [1992] Data encryption and Decryption Includes private and public key encryption. See W01-A05 codes for data communications aspects.
DES, RSA
T01-D01A Encryption algorithm
[2002]
For encoding a plain text message using number of division using ki dimensional vector on a finite field.
Polynomial, primary number
T01-D02 [1992] Coding and information theory Includes data compaction/compression, formal communication models, and nonsecret encoding systems. Image compression prior to 1997 - see also T01-J10A1. T01-J10B, now indexed in T01-J10D.
Lempel-Ziv, sliding window, Huffman, holotropic, fractal coding
T01-D02A Watermarking
[2005]
See also T01-J10D for image watermarking and W04 for audio/visual watermarking.
Stenanography
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-D03 Shifting
[1992]
Includes justifying, scaling and normalising.
T01-D04 [2005] Data flow speed conversion Pre 2005 see T01-D09.
T01-D09 Other
[1992]
From 2005 see T01-D04 for data flow speed conversion.
T01-E Data processing Instruction, masking, bit manipulation T01-E01 Sorting, selecting, merging or comparing data Algorithm, key, routine, sequence generator, word, bit stream manufacture T01-E01A Sorting
[1992]
Includes grouping data records, rearranging, and re-recording.
Software Boolean logic operation
T01-E01B Selecting
[1992]
Includes special character detection.
T01-E01C Comparing
[1992]
Includes merging.
T01-E02 Computation using only denominational number representation Digital processing using binary, ternary etc. number systems.
Arithmetic, binary, decimal, exponent, floating-point, integer, logic, mantissa, operand, fixed point, coded decimal
T01-E02A Adding, subtracting Addend, carry, even, subtrahend, sum T01-E02B Multiplying, dividing Multiplication, multiplier, product T01-E02C Logic processing
[1997]
See U21-C for logic circuits.
T01-E02D ALU
[1997]
T01-E02X Other (incl. evaluating functions) Approximation, interpolation, complex numbers, logarithm, root, square T01-E03 Computation using digital nondenominational representation Integration, differentiation, increment, pulse, proportional, multiplier, divider, P-modulo arithmetic T01-E04 Comparing digital values; random number generators See also T01-J15 for chaos modelling.
Pseudo random binary sequence (PRBS), comparator, hashing
T01-E05 [1992] Novel data processing technology (T01-E09)
T01-E05A [1992] Optical/Electro-optical See also T01-M06D and T02-A03 for analogue optical computing and T02-B for hybrid arrangements. Pure optical, electrooptical components are found in V07-K06.
SLM (spatial light modulators), SLR (spatial light rebroadcasters)
231
232
T: Computing and Control
T01-E05B [1992] Neuronal configurations Neural networks in general are covered by T01-J16C1. See T02-A04A5 for analog neural networks.
T01-E05C [1992] Superconducting elements Superconducting computing systems are covered by T01-M06E. See also U14-F02B.
T01-E05D
[1992]
Biocomputer T01-E05Q Quantum Computing
[2005]
Using quantum theory for processing. Prior to 2005 see T01-E05X. For Quantum processor architecture see T01-M06Q.
T01-F01C Address formation
[1992]
Includes address formation of next microinstruction selection.
T01-F02 Interrupt, multi-programming, multitasking, software interrupts Covers supporting and keeping track of operations of multiplicity of users who are running numerous concurrent processes.
Access, multi-port, multi-task, request, poll, queuing control
T01-F02A [1992] Task transfer initiation Covers multiple task sequencing and selection. Initiating and controlling task operations and use of system resources.
T01-E05X [1992] Other novel data processing technology
T01-F02A1
T01-E09 Other
T01-F02B [1992] Saving or restoring of program or task
Interrupt handling/processing
Covers program control blocks and multiple register set usage.
T01-F Program control Software
T01-F02C Task interaction
T01-F01 Microprogramming T01-F01A [1987] Enhancement of operating speed Includes use of several micro-control devices operating in parallel.
Score boarding
T01-F01B Loading
[1997]
[1992]
T01-F01B1 [1997] Firmware microprogramming See T01-S01A for disclosure of firmware code.
[1992]
Includes multiprocessor transaction management protocol and allocation of resources to processes, load balancing and scheduling.
Lock-out avoidance, IPC
T01-F02C1 Synchronisation Multimedia
[1997]
T01-F02C2 Resource allocat ion
[1997]
T01-F02C3 Multi-thread
[2006]
The ability of an operating system to execute different parts of a program simultaneously.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-F02C4 [2007] Data transfer between applications T01-F03 Execution of machine instructions Fetch, instruction, nodes, pipeline, pre-fetch T01-F03A
[1987]
Address formation of next instruction, branching, access of instruction operand T01-F03B [1987] Concurrent instruction execution, pipeline, look-ahead Low level parallel mechanisms, RISC T01-F03B1 Pipelining
[1997]
T01-F03C Instruction decoding
[1997]
T01-F04 [1987] Subprogram execution (T01-F09)
T01-F05 [1987] Arrangements for executing specific programs and system management software (T01-F09)
Includes operating systems, supervisors, executives and monitors.
Debug, edit, execute, state-machine
T01-F05A [1992] High level language and language processors Binary Compilers and Assemblers for e.g. operating system compilation. Use of Application Programming Interface (API), Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs) during program execution. From 2007, for use of API during software development see T01-J20B1, and for Compilers and Assemblers used in software development, see T01-J20B1.
Cobol, Fortran, Pascal, Lisp, C, C++, Java®
T01-F05B [1992] Booting/initialisat ion and recovery (T01-G05A)
Includes reconfiguration, retry, checkpointing and restoring.
Start-up
T01-F05B1 Resetting
[1997]
T01-F05B2 Configuring
[1997]
Boot-up and program loading. Hot configuration. Version management of software e.g. BIOS firmware. For version management of software code see T01-F05F or T01-J20B2 during development. For Installation and/or updating of software involving transmission over network see T01N02B1E. For network security software updates see T01-N02B3.
Plug and play
T01-F05B3 [1997] Sleeping and waking, power-up/down, halting Includes Power Management
T01-F05C [1992] Interactive support programs Includes time share control.
T01-F05D [1992] Job entry system programs T01-F05E [1992] Data handling programs and storage management Includes allocation/deallocation strategies, distributed memories, segmentation, storage hierarchies and swapping. See also T01-E01 and T01-J05B.
BIOS, Kernel, utilities, file management, up/down loading, share seize mechanisms
T01-F05E1 Middleware
[2008]
233
234
T: Computing and Control
T01-F05F [2007] Software version management T01-F05G [1997] Operating systems and virtual systems Machine emulation including network operating systems.
MS-DOS, Unix, OS/2, Novell NetWare, Windows NT, LINIX
T01-F05G3 Virtual systems
[1997]
Includes shells and interfaces created by OS and emulation of terminal types by OS software.
Bourne-shell, utilities
T01-F05G5 System management
[1997]
Includes user privilege set-up; security - see T01-J12C, usage monitoring see - T01-G05C, T01-G11; file management - see T01-F05E.
T01-F05G5A Screen savers
[2006]
T01-F05G7
[2006]
Real time clock covers updating and management of real time system clock.
T01-F06 [1992] Program control arrangements (T01-F09)
Covers program arrangements were instructions are pre-programmed before processing is carried out. See T01-M05 for architecture. Non-numerical controllers per se are covered by T06-A04B. For disclosure of firmware see T01-S01A. See also U21 for logic devices.
PLD, PLC, EEPROM
T01-F07 [1992] Object based systems Links, AKO, ISA, object-oriented programming (OOP), object-oriented database (OODB)
T01-F09 Other T01-G Error detection/correction; monitoring Software debug systems are covered by T01J20.
T01-G01 Using redundancy in data representation See also U21-A06 for error correction/ detection circuitry, and W01-A01 codes for data transmission aspects.
T01-G01A [1992] Using checking codes Error correction words (ECW), Error correction codes (ECC), Hamming distance T01-G01A1 Using parity
[1992]
T01-G02 Testing hardware during idle time Includes integrated circuits with on-chip testing circuitry. See also S01-G01A, U11F01D2, U13-C07, U14-D.
Diagnose, check-bit, routine, sub-routine, program, signature analysis
T01-G02A [1987] Defective hardware location subsystems T01-G02A1 On integrated circuit
[1987]
Includes LSSD (level sensitive scan design). See also U13-C07.
T01-G02A2 System/field testing
[1992]
Includes Computer Aided Test (CAT) system comprising of microcomputer/computer to aid testing of processor/CPU based systems or appts. See also T01-J07B for quality control
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-G02A2A [1992] Automatic Testing Equipment (ATE) See also T01-J08F for system test other than processor systems.
T01-G02A2B Built in testing
[1992]
Includes scanpath, signature and boundary analysis.
Built in block operation (BILBO)
T01-G02A2C By comparison
[1992]
cards or appts.; redundancy in registers and comparing results in both; and signature analysis.
Goldcard, Signature analysis
T01-G02A2D [1992] Test programs and algorithms Includes software for generating test patterns and/or collecting results and analysing faults. Also software controlling test procedures or appts.
T01-G02B
[1992]
Marginal testing Includes preventative maintenance and safety margins.
T01-G03 Using redundancy in operation or hardware Redundant processors - see T01-G05B from 1997.
Passive fault masking, active fault masking, backward error recovery, single event upset (SEU) prevention, RAID
T01-G04 [2014] Computer vibrating testing Includes testing computer assemblies for resistance to the effects of mechanical vibration and shock. See also S02-E (Measurement of mechanical vibrations).
T01-G05 [1987] Fail-safe and monitoring systems (T01-G09)
Includes appts. for error recovery and monitoring during operation of processor or processing system for reliable operation of hardware or software. See T06-A08 also for control system applications and T01-J20 for software debug and test.
Fail, fail-safe, fault-tolerant
T01-G05A [1987] Watchdog monitoring / Ensuring proper program flow Includes halting of operation of all processing within computing system upon detection of error. See also T01-F05B for booting/initialisation and recovery from 1992.
Rollback, halting operation, freeze
T01-G05B [1987] Using additional processors Includes redundant processor techniques (see T01-G03 for non-processor redundancy).
T01-G05C Monitoring
[1992]
(T01-G09)
Includes patterns, pulse trains and error processing.
T01-G05C1 [1992] Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity (T01-G09)
T01-G06
[1992]
Logic simulation (T01-G09)
Includes simulation machine/processor executing logic simulation, and logic models; and several simulation processors working in parallel. See also T01-J15A3 for electrical/electronic circuit emulation in CAD systems; T01-F05G3 for machine emulation.
Event driven, levelised
235
236
T: Computing and Control
T01-G06A [1992] Compiled code LCC (levelised compiled code) T01-G06B Table driven
[1992]
Using look-up tables to model logic functions.
T01-G06C [1992] Hardware accelerators (T01-G09)
Includes use of hardware for certain functions of simulation in cooperation with software to reduce load on processor to speed up process.
T01-G07 Fault simulation
[1992]
(T01-G09)
Includes introduction of known faults and monitoring/analysing effect such as stuck-atone and stuck-at-zero techniques.
T01-G07A
[1992]
Test sequence generation Includes test vector compression.
T01-G07X Other
[1992]
From 1992 see T01-J20C for software debug systems; T01-G05C for monitoring of computer systems; T01-G06 for logic simulation systems; T01-G07 for fault simulation systems; and T01-G08 for diagnostic systems.
T01-G11 [1997] Measurement of non-processing parameters of computer systems (T01-G05C, T01-G09)
Includes smoke or fire detection (see W05B02 codes also), alarm generation, power/spike failure in computer systems. See also T01-G05C for processor related monitoring. See T01-J08F for computer testing and monitoring of non-computer equipment.
T01-G11A Power supply
[1997]
Includes measurement and control of external power supply to computer. See T01-L01 for computer power supplies and T01-G05A.
T01-G11B
[1997]
Temperature measurement and control
T01-G08 [1992] Computer Diagnostics (T01-G09)
Includes fault location, file/diagnostic dictionary software, remote diagnostic (see also T01-N codes), fault masking and fault documentation. See T01-J08F for diagnostic of non-computer equipment.
T01-G08A Systems support
T01-G09 Other
[1997]
Includes systems support repository, help system. For AI based expert system support, see also T01-J16A.
Includes measuring temperature/humidity of computer surroundings to maintain optimum operating conditions. See also T01-G05A.
T01-G11C [1997] User monitoring e.g. tiredness Includes measuring muscle tiredness, time of continuous use (see also T01-G05C), harmful screen emissions.
RSI
T01-G11F [2012] Fan speed measurement and control Covers measuring the speed of the fan and controlling the speed depends on the CPU usage
T01-G11X
[2005]
Other measurement of non-processor parameters
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-H Data storage and memory, interconnection, data transfer See U14-A for semiconductor memories per se, and T03 for data storage and recording by relative movement between head and record carrier.
T01-H01 Interconnections to random access memory, addressing and memory allocation, memory systems and architectures Harvard architecture T01-H01A [1987] Module Addressing Technique Shadowing, memory allocation table, look ahead addressing T01-H01B [1987] Memory storage components, hardware, or use of Includes data layers, data logging memory cards and cassettes. See T04-K for smart cards per se. See also T01-H01C for unauthorised copying or memory protection (e.g. for disk or ROM). For physical construction of record carriers, see U14 for semiconductor memories and T03 for disks and tapes etc.
T01-H01B1* [1992-200 4] Dynamic recording by relative movement between recording head and storage medium (disk, drum, tape etc.) *This code is now discontinued. See T01H01B4, T01-H01B5 and T01-H01B6 from 2005.
File server, disk, drum, tape
T01-H01B1A* Storage Arrays
[1997-2004]
*This code is now discontinued. See T01H01B7 from 2005.
RAID
T01-H01B2* [1992-200 4] Optical, magneto-optical computer memory *This code is now discontinued. See T01H01B4/5/6 from 2005
Hologram, CD-ROM, DVD
T01-H01B3 [1992] Semiconductor / solid state memory Includes semiconductor, bubble, capacitor, card, core, and RAM. See also U14-A codes.
RAM, ROM, DRAM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory
T01-H01B3A Memory card
[1992]
Search together with other T01-H01B3 codes for type, see also T04-K. for removable memory.
MMC, SD, CF, Memory Stick
T01-H01B3B [2005] Static Magnetic Memories Covers solid state magnetic memories.
MRAM
T01-H01B3C [2005] Static Optical Memories Covers solid state optical memories.
T01-H01B3D [2006] Non volatile electronic semiconductors memories Flash memories, see also T01-H01B3A flash memory cards.
T01-H01B4 Dynamic Magnetic
[2005]
Includes Hard Disks, floppy disks.
T01-H01B5 [2005] Dynamic Magneto-Optical Mini-disc T01-H01B6 Dynamic Optical For CD, CD-ROM, DVD.
[2005]
237
238
T: Computing and Control
T01-H01B6A [2005] Volume Read e.g. Holographic For use of media that is read by passing a light beam through (not off) the material such as holographic storage.
T01-H01B7 Storage Arrays
[2005]
Also code under memory type, see also T01G03 for redundant storage areas, e.g. RAID. See T01-H01B1A prior to 2005.
T01-H01B9
[2005]
Other, inc. all non-semiconductor static memories T01-H01C [1987] Memory/Storage Protection Arrangement/method For data back up/protection see T01-G and T01-F05E.
T01-H01C1* [1992-200 5] Smart card fraud protection *This code is now discontinued. See T04-K04 from 2006.
T01-H01C2 [1992] Illegal memory access prevention T01-H01C3 [1992] For prevention of memory loss including refresh See also U14-A03B4A. Prevention of memory loss due to defective memory.
T01-H01C4 Other
[1992]
T01-H01D Stacks And Registers
[1987]
Covers fast-access temporary storage locations within CPU. Dual port memory is covered by T01-H03D from 1992.
T01-H01X Other
[1987]
Includes high performance storage units (HPSU).
BICPU (bimemory independent CPU)
T01-H02*
[1987-1 991 ]
Virtual memory, cache stores *This code is now discontinued. See T01-H03A from 1992.
T01-H03 Memory type
[1992]
(T01-H02, T01-H09)
T01-H03A [1992] Cache memory, virtual memory and hierarchical memory Includes use of small, high speed buffer, virtual and hierarchical memories. Includes address translation (see also T01-H01A). Prior to 1992 covered by T01-H02, now discontinued. Network Caching is covered by T01-N01D4 from 2005.
Ageing
T01-H03B
[1992]
Associative memory Includes content addressable and parallel searching.
T01-H03C [1992] Interleaved memory and mass storage Includes secondary memory.
Expanded memory unit
T01-H03D [1992] Sequential access and shared memories (T01-H09)
Includes common shared bus, multiport, crossbar switching memories (Dual port memory was coded in T01-H01D prior to 1992).
Dual port memory, video RAM
T01-H03X Other Primary
[1992]
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-H05 [1987] Computer peripheral control / General request handling/ Bus Accessing
T01-H07A Bus structures
T01-H05A [1987] Program control for computer peripherals
T01-H07A1 Type
See also T03 for data storage controllers for dynamic recording, e.g. T03-A10 codes (magnetic), T03-B08 (optical) and T03-D01E5 (magneto-optical).
Channel processor
T01-H05B Handling requests
[1987]
Access
T01-H05B1 [1992] For access t o memory bus Includes priority. [1992]
For access t o input/output bus Includes polling, interrupt, burst mode, DMA, cycle steal.
T01-H05B3 [1992] For access t o common bus or bus system Includes centralised access control, request, token, time dependant, slot and contention.
T01-H05B4 Local bus systems
See also T01-C07D for bus interface. [1992]
Includes common/parallel, plural and variable width/speed buses.
T01-H07A2 Control
[1992]
Includes centralised, decentralised control.
For interconnection or data transfer. See also W01-A03A for general data communication access systems.
T01-H05B2
[1987]
[1997]
(T01-H05B, T01-H05B2, T01-H05B3)
PCI, VL-bus
T01-H07 [1987] Information transfer / Bus structures (T01-H09)
Search T01-C03 also for data exchange interfacing with distant stations, and W01-A for digital transmission in general.
T01-H07A9 Other
[1992]
T01-H07B [1987] Bus transfer protocols See W01-A03A also for control of access to transmission path.
Handshaking, synchronous, asynchronous, conversion
T01-H07C* Information transfer
[1992-2001 ]
(T01-H09)
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-N and W01-A from 2002. Includes computer network management, routing and communication control. See also T01-J08C and W01-A for communication in general. See also T01-C03B for computer interface for communication via modem.
Inter-operability, open systems, GroupWare, CSCW
T01-H07C1*
[1992-2001 ]
Electronic mail *This code is now discontinued, see T01-N01C and W01-A06E1, W01-A06G2, W01-A06X from 2002. Voice mail in telephone system coded in W01-C02B7C. See also W01-A06E1, W01-A06G2, W01-A06X.
Computerised voice mail
239
240
T: Computing and Control
T01-H07C3* [1997-2001] Data / Media Transfer Applications *This code is now discontinued, see T01-N01D from 2002. Includes downloading file from remote site (FTP).
T01-H07C3A* [1997-2001] Audio, sound transfer *This code is now discontinued, see T01N01D1A from 2002.
Internet radio
T01-H07C3B* [1997-2001] Computerised video and image file transfer *This code is now discontinued, see T01N01D1B from 2002. Includes computerised video conferencing.
JPEG, MPEG
T01-H07C3C* [1997-2001] Electronic document transfer *This code is now discontinued, see T01N01D2 from 2002. For intranet and internet documentation and web page transfer.
WWW, TCP/IP
T01-H07C3D* Multimedia transfer
T01-H07C5A* [1997-2001] Computer network control, monitoring and management *This code is now discontinued, see T01-N02 from 2002. See T01-J08C for communication controllers and W01-A06 for data transmission systems in general.
T01-H07C5C* [1997-2001] Data transfer over private network, intranet transfer *This code is now discontinued, see T01N02A2A from 2002. Data and file transfer within single computer network.
T01-H07C5E*
[1997-2001]
Over public network, internet transfer *This code is now discontinued, see T01N02A2B from 2002. Data and file transfer between networks. Includes on-line systems.
PSTN, TCP/IP, gateway
T01-H07C5S* Using server
[1997-2001]
*This code is now discontinued, see T01N02A2C.
Print server [1997-2001]
(T01-J09)
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-N01D1 from 2002. Combination of text, data, image, sound, or computer programs. Audio/video aspects of multimedia systems are also assigned W04-K10.
T01-H07C3E* [1997-2001] Running / executing software from remote site or server
T01-H07C7
[1997]
Local inter-processor data transfer Inter-processor communication in multiprocessor computer.
T01-H07C7C Connections
[1997]
Non-bus interconnections.
Matrix, circuit-switched
T01-H07P*
[1997-2001]
*This code is now discontinued, see T01N01D3 from 2002.
Computer communication protocols
Applet, Java
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-N02A from 2002. See T01-H07C prior to 1997, T01J12C for computer security and T01-D01 for encryption. Bus transfer protocols are found in T01-H07B.
T01-H07C5* [1987-2001] Distributed and networked computer communication *This code is now discontinued, see T01-N02 from 2002.
(T01-H07C)
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-H08 [1992] Multiprocessor memory management (T01-H09)
See also T01-M02 for multiprocessor systems and details. See also T01-J05B4 (DBMS) for locking.
Distributed system, parallel-processor, single instruction multiple data (SIMD)
T01-H09 Other T01-J Data processing systems Routine T01-J01 Desk and pocket calculators See also T01-M06A1 where no processing details mentioned.
T01-J02*
[1980-1991]
Multi-processor systems *This code is now discontinued, see T01-M02 from 1992.
T01-J02A* Distributed
[1987-1 991 ]
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-M02A from 1992.
T01-J02B* [1987-1 991 ] Co-operating processor *This code is now discontinued, see T01-M02B from 1992.
T01-J02C* Array/parallel
[1987-1 991 ]
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-M02C from 1992.
T01-J03 For evaluating statistical data See also T01-J04B2 for correlation
Histogram
T01-J04 For function synthesis/ analysis or equation solving T01-J04A [1983] For solving equations Differential, polynomial, linear programming T01-J04B [1983] For correlation or transformation, e.g. Fourier, Walsh, etc. T01-J04B1 [1992] Transformation function Includes Walsh, Fourier and multidimensional transforms.
FT, FFT, S-transform
T01-J04B2 Correlation function
[1992]
Includes digital filtering, array and convolution. Digital filters in general are coded in T01-J08B and U22-G01 codes. See also T01J03 for statistical analysis using correlation.
T01-J04C [1992] Matrix or vector computation Includes complex numbers.
T01-J04D [1992] Function evaluation by approximation T01-J04E [2005] Mathematical Modelling See also T01-J15H for simulation systems involving mathematical models.
Chaos theory
T01-J05 For administration, commerce or information retrieval
241
242
T: Computing and Control
T01-J05A [1987] Non-Specific Administration, business and commercial Tool See T05-L codes also for EFT, point-of-sale and automatic teller machines. From 2002 see T01-N01A for on-line business systems.
Cash, cash-transaction, point-of-sale, meter, postage, management
T01-J05A1 Financial/Monetary
[1992]
Includes banking, billing, Point of Sale (POS), and metering.
T01-J05A2 [1992] Administration and Management Tools Includes management, resource allocation, business, education, government, marketing and law. Also includes decision support, MIS, stock control, workflow control and project management.
T01-J05A2A Business Models
[2002]
Includes business to public administration relationship models, problem solving/identifying solutions, requirements, and end-to-end thread, see T01-N01A2 for Internet Business models and T01-J05A2 prior to 2002.
T01-J05A2B [2002] Workflow Management Includes execution and automation of a business process, see T01-J05A2 prior to 2002.
T01-J05A2C Data Analysis
[2002]
Includes assessing the financial health of a company, processing of market data to predict the future demand of a product/service, surveying and polling in order to obtain data, cost model and TCO, see T01-J05A2 prior to 2002.
T01-J05A2D [2002] Inventory Monitoring/Management Includes cash register/terminal maintaining or updating a record of goods, see T01-J05A2 prior to 2002.
T01-J05A2E [2002] Insurance and Risk Analysis Includes processing and assessing insurance claims, evaluation of risk factors in a loan determination, see T01-J05A2 prior to 2002.
T01-J05A2F
[2002]
Investment portfolio select ion, planning analysis and trading This code covers evaluation of securities or other types of investments, and trading in commodities and securities, see T01-J05A prior to 2002.
T01-J05A2G [2005] Intellectual Property and Copyright management See T01-N01A2G for on-line systems. See also W04 for audio/video aspects.
T01-J05A2H [2005] Personnel Management Includes internal business administration, health and safety, employment tribunal, organisation chart, people performance management, payroll, pensions, benefits, recruitment, career development, etc. See T01N01A2H for online personnel management.
Peoplesof
T01-J05A2L [2007] Legal and Regulatory Includes legal services such as litigation and contracts as well as accountability and compliance with government regulations.
T01-J05A2M [2011] marketing and Advertising Includes all off-line advertising and marketing aspects.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-J05A3 [2005] Tools for Government This code is intended for electronic public administration and management tools used by governmental bodies or agencies to implement government-to-citizen (G2C), government-to-business (G2B) and/or government-to-government (G2G) service(s). Includes commerce, voting/election, immigration, law enforcement, licensing, taxation, records management etc. See T01N01A3 for on-line systems and T05-F for voting.
IRS, legislation, ID, social services, Citizenship
T01-J05B [1987] Information Handling Includes directory structures, filing, and storage, See T01-J10 also for image and pictorial data storage and accessing. For data recording see appropriate T03, W04 codes.
Database, file, directory, storage
T01-J05B1 [1992] Content analysis and indexing Includes abstracting, linguistic processing, and thesauri.
T01-J05B2 Storage
[1992]
Includes directory, file organisation and record classification.
T01-J05B2A [1997] Image filing/archiving T01-J05B2B [1997] Data and directory structures Includes hashing, tree structures.
T01-J05B2C Metadata
[2007]
T01-J05B3 Search and retrieval
[1992]
Includes algorithms for reducing time required for searching large data bases e.g. clustering, query formulation, searching and selecting, Presentation of results. For on-line searching see T01-N03A2.
T01-J05B4 Database
[1992]
Includes current awareness, information networks, question-answering, fact retrieval, database.
T01-J05B4A Distributed database
[1997]
T01-J05B4B
[1997]
Relational database T01-J05B4C [1997] Object-Oriented database T01-J05B4D Deductive database
[1997]
T01-J05B4F [1997] Image and video databases T01-J05B4M [1997] Database Management Includes database updating, version control, concurrency and access control.
T01-J05B4P [1997] Database Applications For database software applications or systems that use databases.
T01-J05B9 [1992] Other Data bank sharing, library automation T01-J05C Information analysis
[1997]
T01-J06 Processing system for medicine
243
244
T: Computing and Control
T01-J06A For medicine
[1983]
See also S05 codes for electrical medical equipment in general. For initial diagnostic, S05-D06A. For continuing monitoring, S05G02B2A. From 2005 see T01-N01E for on-line systems. For non-medical biological processing see T01-J13A only.
Diagnose, patient, biological, medical
T01-J06A1 [1997] Medical information systems See also S05-G02G. For medical records, S05-G02G1. For administration including appointments, S05-G02G2. From 2005 see T01-N01E1 for on-line systems.
T01-J06B*
[1983-2001 ]
For vehicle or missile guidance *This code is now discontinued, see T01-J07D from 2002, See X22-E06 for land vehicle onboard systems and W06-B01B1 and W06C01B1 for aircraft and ship based systems. Navigation in general is covered by S02-B and W06-A codes.
Aircraft, flight, navigation, map, guide, course, track following, collision avoidance
T01-J06B1* [1997-2001] Geographical Information Systems *This code is now discontinued, see T01J07D3A from 2002. For map generation see T01-J10C2A
GPS
T01-J07 [1983] For industrial process control (T01-J09)
Manufacture, parameter, factory automation (FA)
T01-J07A [1987] Data collection/acquisition See W05-D codes for measurement and control signal transmission systems.
Process variable, nuclear physics, meteorology
T01-J07A1 [1997] Portable data input devices See T01-M06A1 for portable computers.
T01-J07A3 [1997] Multiple sensor data acquisition T01-J07B
[1992]
Computer control of manufacturing/industrial machine and quality control Includes computer aided manufacture, computerised robotics/mechatronics see also T06-A, T06-D and X25-A codes.
CAM, industrial robot
T01-J07B1 Quality control
[1997]
T01-J07B2 [2005] Semiconductor manufacture control This code covers aspects of semiconductor manufacture and cleaning processes. See also U11-C (especially U11-C15C).
T01-J07C* [1992-2001 ] Vehicle microprocessor systems *This code is now discontinued, see T01-J07D1 from 2002. Includes aerospace, shipping. See also T01-J06B and T06-B01 for vehicle guidance. See also X22 codes.
Heating system control
T01-J07C1* Transmission
[1992-2001 ]
*This code is now discontinued, see T01J07D1A from 2002. See also X22-G01 for vehicle transmission systems per se.
T01-J07C2* [1992-2001 ] Multiplex control system *This code is now discontinued, see T01J07D1B from 2002. Vehicle multiplex systems per se are covered by X22-K, and signal transfer aspects in W05-D02 and W05-D07D.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-J07D [2002] Vehicle/Aircraft/Missile process control systems
T01-J07D3A [2002] Geographical Information Systems (T01-J06B1)
(T01-J06B)
For map generation see T01-J10C2A.
Includes microprocessor systems for aircraft, vehicles, and missiles. See X22 and W06 for aircraft and ship based systems. Navigation in general is covered by S02-B and W06-A codes.
GPS
Aircraft, flight
T01-J07D1
[2002]
Vehicle microprocessor system (T01-J07C)
Includes aerospace, shipping. See also T01J06B and T06-B01 for vehicle guidance. See also X22 codes and T01-J07C1 prior 2002. See T01-J07D3 for vehicle Guidance .
Heating system control
T01-J07D1A Transmission
[2002]
(T01-J07C1)
See also X22-G01 for vehicle transmission systems and T01-J07C2 prior 2002.
T01-J07D1B [2002] Multiplex control system (T01-J07C2)
Vehicle multiplex systems per se are covered by X22-K, and signal transfer aspects in W05D02 and W05-D07D. See also T01-J07C2 prior 2002.
T01-J07D3 For guidance
[2002]
(T01-J06B)
See X22-E06 for land vehicle on-board systems and W06-B01B1 and W06-C01B1 for aircraft and ship based systems. Navigation in general is covered by S02-B and W06-A codes. Also see T01-J06B1 prior 2002.
Aircraft, flight, navigation, map, guide, course, track following, collision avoidance
T01-J08 [1983] For electrical equipment (T01-J09)
Computer-control, component, frequency, test, digital signal processors, DSP
T01-J08A [1992] Equipment support processing This code is intended to highlight that a device uses a processing system when nothing is particularly novel about the processing system. Some applications have specific codes in T01 e.g. T01-J07D for vehicles or T01-J07B for industrial machinery, which should always be used in preference to this code. This does not apply to the sub-levels of this code (i.e. T01-J07D1 and T01-J08A3 could be used together to show a vehicle microprocessor system based around a DSP).
Microprocessor based system, ASIC
T01-J08A1 [1997] Using external, general purpose computer e.g. Personal Computer T01-J08A2 [1997] Using Digital Signal Processors Covers processor converting analogue signals to digital. See also U22-G codes.
DSP
T01-J08A3 For game machine
[2011]
Includes all processing aspects of integrated game devices/machines. See also T05-H05E and W04-X02.
Pachinko machines, Arcade games, pinball game machines, etc
245
246
T: Computing and Control
T01-J08B Digital filters
[1992]
Corresponding math function in T01-J04B2. See also U22-G01 codes.
T01-J08C [1992] Communication controller See T01-H07 for inter computer communication.
T01-J08F [1997] Testing or monitoring of equipment function and parameters See T01-G for microprocessor and computer testing.
T01-J08F1 [2006] Performance and data logging T01-J08X Other
[1992]
T01-J09* Other
[1980-2011 ]
*This code is now discontinued. Includes multimedia up to 1996, see T01-J30 from 1997.
T01-J10 For image processing
[1987]
(T01-J09)
See also T04-D for image recognition and preprocessing, and under application in e.g. W04P codes for video processing, respectively. Control of photographic film cameras is found in T01-J08A and S06-B.
T01-J10A Image acquisition
[1987]
T01-J10A1* Data compression
[1992-1 996]
*This code is now discontinued. See T01-J10D from 1997. Codes remain valid before 1997; see also T01-D02, T01-J10B for image compression prior to 1997.
T01-J10A2 [1992] Image memory management Covers use of memory system for processing in conjunction with a data presentation/computer graphics system e.g. manipulating the address or contents of image or text information stored in memory. For display memory organisation and structure for storing an image and manipulating image data between the display memory and the display system see T01-C04. See also T01J05B for information storage and retrieval.
T01-J10B Image processing
[1987]
Covers digital image processing arrangements using a personal/mobile computer, e.g. image enhancement, analysis, objects processing, optical character recognition (OCR), edge detection, facsimile, and video. If processing is in peripheral or other device then see T04-D. T04-D07 can be applied to highlight applications. (T01-J10 and T04-D are only used together when the novelty does not describe how/when the processing is carried out).
Pel, pixel
T01-J10B1 Image enhancement
[1992]
Includes use of histogram, deblurring, noise filtering and edge detection.
T01-J10B2 Image analysis
[1992]
Includes determination of characteristic parameters and scene analysis.
T01-J10B2A For recognition
[2002]
Includes character and image recognition, OCR, and object recognition.
T01-J10B3 Object processing
[1992]
T01-J10B3A [1997] Object enlargement, reduction and rotation
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-J10B3B [1997] Object colour processing and colour system conversion T01-J10C [1987] Image generation Graphics, function generator, fractal image generation T01-J10C1 Generating graphs
[1992]
T01-J10C2 [1992] Generating shapes, curves, lines T01-J10C3 In text
[1992]
Includes form filling and format. Processing ideographic/pictographic languages and characters. Font generation and manipulation.
Graphic character representation
T01-J10C4 3-dimensional
[1992]
Includes solid modelling, mesh, surface determination, tessellation, voxel, and shading.
T01-J10C4A Virtual reality
[1997]
Generating and displaying of virtual reality images.
T01-J10C4B [1997] Computer tomography
T01-J10D [1997] Image digitisation/coding/compression See T01-J10A1 and T01-J10B prior to 1997. See also T01-D02.
T01-J10E Image storage
[1997]
(T01-J05B, T01-J10A2)
Image filing and archiving. See T01-J10A2 for image memory management. See also T01J05B2A for image filing, and T01-J05B4F for image and video databases. Also includes Video storage
T01-J10G Applications
[1992]
Includes film, TV, tomography, robotic eye, facsimile, automatic focussing image processing.
T01-J10X Other
[1992]
See T01-H07C3B between 1997 and 2002. See T01-N01D1B post 2002.
T01-J11 [1992] Productivity Tools and Applications Includes WYSIWYG, typesetting and editing.
T01-J11A [1992] Word processing (WP) T01-J11A1 [1997] Spelling/dictionary, grammar-checking, parsing
T01-J10C5 [1992] Stored modelling data, animation and graphic packages Texture mapping
T01-J11B [1992] Desk top publishing (DTP)
T01-J10C7 [1997] Composite image formation
T01-J11C [1997] Electronic and intranet documentation
Combining two or more objects or images.
T01-J10C9 Other
[1992]
(T01-J09)
Ventura®, PageMaker®, QuarkXpress®
See T01-N03B2 for on-line aspects.
247
248
T: Computing and Control
T01-J11C1 [1997] Using Mark-up languages and navigating documents using hypertext Includes page description languages.
HTML, SGML, XML
T01-J11C2 Help documentation
T01-J11D [1997] Document delivery system and office automation T01-J11E [2005] Presentation Software Presentation software, includes multimedia presentation software, see also T01-J30 and W04-W.
PowerPoint ® [2005]
Organiser/scheduler See also T01-J05A2B for business schedule organising. See T01-N03A3 for networked aspects.
calendar
T01-J11G Spreadsheets
[1997]
T01-J12 [1992] Program management, GUI/WIMPS/HCI Covers software and processing aspect of interactive operator interface windows applications security, and pull down menus.
T01-J12A Prompting
[1992]
Includes menu driven system where options are presented for selection by user. See also T01-C02 for means of selection.
Menu driven, front of screen [1997]
T01-J11C3 [2007] Parsing markup language documents
T01-J11F
T01-J12B Window/split screen
[1992]
T01-J12B1
[1997]
User interface management system T01-J12C Security
[1992]
(T01-X)
Preventing unauthorised access to files and processing systems such as anti-hacking and copy protection; electronic security systems for computers. See also T01-H01C2 for illegal memory access prevention.
T01-J12C1 Authentication
[2006]
See also W04-V04A3 for voice authentication.
T01-J12C1A Using Password
[2006]
Covers password systems for gaining access to computer system. See T01-N02B1B for network based password systems.
T01-J12C1B Using Biometrics
[2006]
Covers biometric systems for gaining access to computer system. See T01-N02B1H for network based biometric systems. See also T04-D07F for biometric image recognition and S05-D01C5A for measuring systems.
T01-J12C2 [2006] Security System Administration T01-J12D Icons, Widgets
[1992]
Covers use of graphic object displayed as a symbolic reference for a process or file which may be selected by user. Includes cursor and pointer manipulation. See also T01-J10C.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-J13 Scientific Analysis
[2005]
Processing systems used to support scientific analysis. See S03 for analysis acquisition systems.
T01-J13A Biological analysis
[2005]
Biological analysis includes DNA analysis and other biological systems. See also T01-J06A for medical applications.
T01-J14
[1992]
Language translation See T01-J16C3 for intelligent natural language processing.
T01-J15 [1987] Computer aided design and simulation Includes computer modelling and simulators. See also T01-J10C for image generation. (See also T01-E04 for random number generation).
Net list, Net library
T01-J15A [1987] Design and simulation of electrical circuits and hardware See also U11 or V04. Includes CAD systems for mask design.
T01-J15A1 [1987] Logic circuit, CPU design T01-J15A2
[1987]
T01-J15A3 [1992] Computer simulation of electrical and electronic cir cuits (T01-J15A1)
Includes use of graph models, petri net and analog modelling.
GPSS, SPICE, VHDL, Computer timing analysis
T01-J15A4 Network design
[1992]
Includes positioning and routing.
T01-J15B Design verification
[1997]
Includes fault finding techniques.
T01-J15H [1997] Simulating non-electronic systems Includes simulation of e.g. thermodynamics and weather systems, also includes electrical systems not covered by T01-J15A/B, see also T01-J04E for mathematical modelling.
T01-J15X
[1987]
CAD for non-electronic applications Includes any electrical systems not covered by T01-J15A/B.
T01-J16 [1992] Artificial intelligence (AI) (T01-J09)
Covers knowledge processing, inexact reasoning e.g. fuzzy logic.
T01-J16A Expert systems
[1992]
Comprising a system of an integrated collection of facts and relationships, including knowledge base and table searching, question and answering. Includes knowledge base, rule base and table searching.
Teiresias, rulebase
T01-J16B Fuzzy logic systems
[1992]
Includes circuits for performing logic with more than two levels e.g. non-binary or analog logic systems. See also T02-A04B6 for hardware details, and U21-C03B1B for logic circuits. For implementation details search appropriate codes, e.g. X22-A03K for vehicle engine control using fuzzy logic.
T01-J16C [1992] Knowledge processing Forward chaining
249
250
T: Computing and Control
T01-J16C1 Neural networks
[1992]
Includes the use of parallel distributed processing elements constructed in hardware or simulated in software. For implementation details search appropriate codes, e.g. T06A05A for neural network based control systems. For analogue aspects and implementations see T02-A04A5.
SPANN (sequence processing artificial neural network)
T01-J16C2 Learning
[1992]
Includes use of a specific method or system to adjust the rules, i.e. connection weights, e.g. concept learning algorithm.
T01-J16C3 [1992] Natural and pictorial language processing Includes where presentation of data to the user includes non-verbal representations or symbol, or statements in standard English language syntax. Non intelligent language translation is covered by T01-J14.
Semantics, abstracting concepts, phrases
T01-J16C4 Genetic algorithms
[1992]
Includes creating new solutions by dividing and splicing the old and determining the fitness of the new. Also includes artificial life. Duplicating the laws of nature e.g. inheritance and evolution.
T01-J16C6 Intelligent searching
[1997]
Includes heuristics, hill climbing, depth first and breadth first searching, simulated annealing, travelling salesman etc..
T01-J16C9 Other AI
[1992]
T01-J17 [1992] Digital function generators (T01-X)
Trigonometric, Look-up table
T01-J18 [1997] Computer processing for speech/audio (T01-C08A, T01-J08, T01-J09)
T01-J20 [1987] Software development Covers only Software programming techniques and production / compilation / debug aids. For Software implementations search T01-J, T01-N codes e.g. T01-J12B for windowing software, T01-N03B for Internet constructional software. For Program code patents see T01-S.
T01-J20A [1992] Programming techniques Includes functional, automatic, computergenerated, concurrent, sequential, objectoriented, procedural and network programming. For Object-based systems see T01-F07. For Object-oriented database see T01-J05B4C.
Object orientated programming (OOP), architecture neutral/dependent distribution format (ANDF),(ADDF)
T01-J20B [1992] Software Development Tools, Systems Analysis Languages, methodologies, Development environment, Systems analysis.
Structured, top-down, work bench
T01-J20B1 [1997] Software Development Kit Integrated Development Environment. Programming Tools. API for software development only. For use of API in program execution see T01-F05A. Program Compilers and Assemblers. Software source code libraries. For dynamic link libraries (DLLs) see T01-F05A.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-J20B2 [1997] Systems Analysis, Documentation Systems Analysis and Design, Specifications, Source code development version management. From 2007, for version management of other software e.g. BIOS, embedded software, application package, network security software see T01-F05B2, T01N02B1E, T01-N02B3 as appropriate.
T01-J20B2A [1997] Software registration and Anti-piracy For incorporation of Software registration and Anti-Piracy coding mechanisms at development stage of software. See T01-J20X before 1997. See T01-J05A2G, T01-N01A2G for Intellectual Property and Copyright management.
T01-J20C [1992] Software Test, Verification, Debug, Optimization (T01-G09)
Software test, verification and debug within and without Integrated Development Environment. Test data generation. Quality Assurance. Optimization of source code. Software simulation.
T01-J20D [1992] Anti-Virus & Security program development Development of Anti-Virus, Anti-Spyware programs. Analysis of Virus signatures. From 2007, see T01-N02B3 for applications of AntiVirus software.
T01-J20X [1992] Other software details For Software copyright protection see T01J20B2 from 1997 - 2006, and T01-J20B2A from 2007.
Software protection
T01-J21 [2006] Non-vehicle navigation For vehicle guidance see T01-J07D3, covers all other guidance systems. See also S02-B08.
T01-J21A [2006] Geographical information systems Includes updating or displaying geographical information.
T01-J21B Position fixing
[2006]
Processing details used to fix position of user, see also W01/W02 for communication system position fixing and W06 for position fixing in general.
T01-J21C
[2006]
Route planning T01-J30 [1997] Multimedia computer systems For details of media systems see W03-G03C1. See T01-J09, T01-J10 prior to 1997.
T01-J30A Educational aids
[2002]
Includes use of multimedia systems for education and training purposes, CAI, tuition support systems, and student. Educational equipment is also assigned W04-W codes, also see T01-P01 prior to 2002. From 2005 see T01-N01B codes for on-line systems.
T01-J30B For computer games
[2002]
See W04-X02C for video games, and T01-J10C for image generation aspects, see T01-P02A prior to 2002.
T01-J30B1 [2002] For toys and novelties See T01-P02 prior to 2002.
T01-J30C Media Players
[2005]
Includes computer-based media players that (see also T01-H01B), videos and audio files. See also T01-N03A1B for on-line systems and W04 for media.
251
252
T: Computing and Control
T01-J30D [2005] Computer processing for sports and training equipment Covers use of digital computing in sports and exercise equipment. See also W04.
T01-J30E [2006] E-book reader software T01-J30F [2006] Image/Video/Audio editing software See T01-J12 for GUI aspects and W04 for details of image/video/audio being edited.
T01-J31 [2011] Computer processing for physically handicapped persons Includes processing equipments for blind, dumb etc
T01-J40 [1997] Virtual reality systems (T01-J10C4, T01-J10C9)
T01-J40A Games
[2002]
(T01-J10C4, T01-J10C9, T01-J40)
Search T01-J40 together with T01-P02A to prior to 2002.
T01-J40B [2002] Training/Sports Aids Equipment (T01-P02B, T01-J40)
See also W04-X01 codes for electrical aspects of sports equipment in general , search T01J40 together with T01-P02B to prior to 2002.
T01-J40C [2006] Augmented reality systems Combining virtual reality displays with real world views allowing a user to see both at the same time. See also T01-J10C codes for image generation aspects. See also W04-W07E codes for virtual reality in general, as well other W04 codes for virtual reality and display aspects, e.g. W04-Q01K for head up displays.
T01-J45 [2012] For evaluating software application or package Covers evaluating the performance and load testing of a software application using a framework or by a CPU
T01-J50 Trial period software
[2012]
Includes software intended to be used for a defined period of time, search together other T01-J or T01-N codes for type of software
T01-K [1983] Clock signal generation/distribution (T01-X)
See also U22 codes for clock generators and distributors, e.g. U22-A04A2 and U22-D06 respectively.
Oscillator, synchronisation, timing
T01-K01 [1997] Varying clock rate/frequency (T01-K)
Clock generators with variable or programmable frequency, e.g. for slowing/increasing clock frequency.
Programmable frequency, variable clock rate
T01-L [1987] Computer equipment details (T01-X)
T01-L01 [1987] Power supplies, stand-by arrangements Mains supply are covered by U24-D&E and X12-H&J. See X16 for battery systems and X15 for solar power/renewable resources.
Back-up, automatic switching, regulator, stabiliser
T01-L01A [2005] Primary power supply Note that for portable devices the battery is the primary power source and would be coded here (as well as T01-M06A1).
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-L01B [2005] Back up power supply UPS, battery back up T01-L01C Solar power supply
[2011]
See also X125 for details of solar power system.
T01-L02 [1987] Constructional details See V04-T for constructional details of electronic appts. in general.
Stand, support
T01-L02A Cooling
[1997]
See also V04-T03 codes. [1997]
Housing (T01-L02)
Includes peripheral installations in computer housings e.g. internal drives, trackballs etc. See also V04-S codes.
Housing, casing, cabinet [1997]
(T01-L02)
For mounting of PCBs in computer housing and devices being mounted on the PCB. .See V04-t02 for PCB racking.
Racking, PCB, mounting
T01-L02D EM shielding
[1997]
Includes proofing against earthquakes, etc. Search together with other T01-L codes as appropriate (e.g. T01-L02B for shock absorber in housing)
T01-L03 Connectors
[2005]
Includes cables, wiring, etc. for computers. See also V04 (particularly V04-M30E) and X12.
See V04-U for EMI shielding. [2002]
Includes devices which prevent the theft of computer equipment.
[1987]
From 2005 see T01-L03 for connectors.
T01-M [1992] Computer/processing architecture These codes are used for novel architectures, and in conjunction with other T01 codes as additional descriptive detail or as a more general description. See T02 for analogue or hybrid systems. For computer systems using redundancy, see T01-G03 and T01-G05B codes.
T01-M01 [1992] Single processor computer unit Covers processor arrangements where instructions are received from an external source. See T01-M05 for pre-programmed architectures.
Microprocessor, CPU
(T01-L02)
T01-L02E Prevention of theft
T01-L02G [2011] Shock-proof and absorbtion
T01-L09 Other
Cooling, ventilating
T01-L02C PCB mounting
Includes noise reduction for forced cooling (e.g. fans and liquid cooling pumps etc).
Connector, wiring
(T01-L02)
T01-L02B
T01-L02F [2006] Computer system acoustic noise reduction
253
254
T: Computing and Control
T01-M02 [1992] Multiprocessor systems
T01-M02A1C Internetworking
[1997]
(T01-J02)
Covers architecture details of internetworking
Covers use of multiple processors to process logically- or functionally-divided jobs or tasks, and to execute programs or program segments concurrently, asynchronously or simultaneously. Multi-tasking is covered by T01-F02 codes.
computer architecture details of interconnections. Internets are also covered in W01-A06B7, interconnection details in W01A06G and communication details are covered within T01-N02A2.
Master-slave
T01-M02A Distributed
[1992]
T01-M02B Cooperative
[1992]
(T01-J02B)
(T01-J02A)
Covers use of separate computers that are linked through communications network to process task/job.
Plain, true, distributed
T01-M02A1 Computer networks
Internet, intranet, WAN, LAN
T01-M02C Parallel/array
[1992]
(T01-J02C) [1992]
Computer network interfacing is covered by T01-C03A. Inter-computer communication is covered by T01-H07C. See also W01-A06 codes for network details and networks in general.
LAN, WAN
T01-M02A1A [1997] Network-only computers (T01-M02A1)
Includes computers designed to operate using software accessed via a network e.g. Internet.
Internet, network computer, network terminal
T01-M02A1B [1997] Client-server systems (T01-M02A)
Covers architecture details of Client-Server systems. Computer networks in general are covered by W01-A06 codes. Data communication within Client-Server Networks are covered by T01-N02A2C. Use of servers is coded in T01-N02A3C.
Client-server, back-end, front-end
Computer architectures designed to carry out multiple arithmetic operations simultaneously or concurrently.
Systolic, hypercube
T01-M02C1 [1992] Characterised by instruction/data relationship Architectures classified by the presence of single or multiple streams of instructions and data.
SIMD (single instruction multiple data), SISD (single instruction single data), MIMD (multiple instruction multiple data), MISD (multiple instruction single data)
T01-M02C2 [1992] Pipeline/vector computer Instruction pipelining is covered by T01-F03B.
T01-M02C3 [2005] Superscalar computers For processors that execute multiple scalar operations in parallel. Includes Very Long Instruction Word processors. See T01-M02C prior to 2005.
VLIW, 2nd Generation RISC, Trace Scheduling
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-M02D [1997] Master-slave systems (T01-M02)
Master-slave
T01-M03 Data/demand driven
(T01-M06A1) [1992]
Architectures for executing only executable code components required to provide requested data.
T01-M04 [1992] Reduced instruction set computer See T01-F03B for pipelined execution of machine instructions.
RISC
T01-M05 [1992] General microcomputing architectures (T01-J)
Covers processor arrangements where instructions are pre-programmed or hardwired into the processor before processing is carried out. See also T01-F06 for program arrangements.
ASIC
T01-M06 [1992] Characterised by type T01-M06A Mini/micro/PC
[1992]
Includes PDA with phone functionality (Internet browsing, e-mail, etc.) for phones with computer functionality see W01. Pre1997, search T01-J01, T01-J05, T01-J09, T01M06A1.
Palm-top, hand-held
T01-M06A1B
Covers personal computers. For use as descriptive code with other T01 codes. [1992]
Includes laptop, notebook, hand-held and calculator. For processing aspect of calculator see also T01-J01.
[1997]
Docking stations (T01-M06A)
T01-M06A1C [2006] E-book reader hardware Hardware specifically for displaying E-books. Includes details of screens , controls and design intended to simulate a conventional paper book. See also T01-N01B5 for online aspects , U14 for novel display aspects T01M06A1A , T01-L02B ,V04 for novel casings.
E-book reader
T01-M06A1D Wearable computer
[2006]
T01-M06A3 Desktop/mini-tower
[1997]
(T01-M06A)
T01-M06A5
(T01-X)
T01-M06A1 Portable
T01-M06A1A [1997] Hand-held: notepads, palm-tops, personal organisers
[2006]
Consoles This code covers computer systems designed as one self contained unit, e.g. video game console.
T01-M06A9 [1992] Other (personal computer types) T01-M06B Mainframe
[1992]
(T01-X)
Covers systems handling large base of timesharing terminal users.
255
256
T: Computing and Control
T01-M06C Supercomputer
[1992]
(T01-X)
T01-M06D Optical system
(T01-H07C) [1992]
See also T01-E05A for digital optical processing elements, and T02-A03 for analogue and hybrid optical processing elements.
T01-M06E [1992] Superconductor system (T01-X)
See also T01-E05C for superconducting elements. See also U14-F02 codes.
T01-M06Q Quantum System
[2005]
Using quantum devices for processing. Prior to 2005 see T01-M06C/X. See T01-E05Q for processing systems using quantum mechanics.
Quantum well gate
T01-M06S Servers
[2005]
Covers architecture and construction of servers. Use of servers in computer networks is covered in T01-N02A3C, client-server systems communications in T01-N02A2C and architecture of client-server systems in T01M02A1B. Constructional details are also coded in T01-L section.
T01-M06X [1992] Other (computer types) T01-M09
[1992]
Other (inc. virtual machines) Virtual machines are also coded in T01-F05. See also T01-F05G3 for virtual systems, and T01-F02 for multiprogramming.
Emulation
T01-N [2002] Internet and information transfer T01-N01 Applications
[2002]
Documents describing specific applications of network communication and Internet systems.
T01-N01A Financial/Business
[2002]
Includes Internet banking, billing, point of sale (POS) and metering, see T01-J05A1 and T01H07C5E prior to 2002.
T01-N01A1 EFT/Banking
[2002]
Includes Internet Banking, See T01-J05A1 and T01-H07C5E prior 2002 .
Internet Bank, Electronic funds transfer
T01-N01A2
[2002]
Internet Business models Includes Business Models for the Internet, See T01-J05A and T01-H07C5E prior 2002, and T01-J05A2 for non-Internet related Business models.
T01-N01A2A [2002] E-shop, e-auction, e-mall, and eservices Includes On-line ordering, transactions of goods and services, and virtual market place, See T01-J05A together with T01-H07C5E prior to 2002.
On-line shopping, auction, e-commerce
T01-N01A2B E-procurement
[2002]
Includes seeking suppliers, electronic tendering. See T01-J05A2 together with T01H07C5E prior to 2002.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-N01A2C [2002] Advertising and Marketing Includes network based systems such as web marketing, common marketing, consumer buying habits, feedback and banner advertising. See also T01-N01A1 and T05-L02 if involving financial incentives (coupons) and W05-E03E for display aspects.
T01-N01A2D Virtual communities
[2002]
Includes discussion forums and message posting. See T01-J05A together with T01H07C5E prior to 2002.
T01-N01A2E [2002] Value chain service provider and Integrator Includes logistics, production management, web based shipping support, web hosting and intregrated on-line management.
T01-N01A2F [2002] Information Brokerage Includes financial advice, consultancy, stock/commodities/futures market monitoring/trading (see also T01-N01A1 and T05-L02 for trading). See T01-J05A2 with T01-H07C5E prior to 2002.
On-line broker
T01-N01A2G [2005] On-line Intellectual Property (IP) and Copyright management See T01-J05A2G for off-line systems including protecting copyright of downloaded files. See also W04 for audio/video aspects.
T01-N01A2H [2005] On-line Personnel Management Includes internal business administration, performance management, payroll, pensions, benefits, recruitment, career development, etc. See T01-J05A2H for offline personnel management.
T01-N01A2J [2005] On-line insurance and risk analysis Includes on-line processing and assessing insurance claims, evaluation of risk factors in a loan determination.
T01-N01A2L [2007] Legal and Regulatory Includes leagal services such as litigation and contracts as well as accountablility and compliance with government regulations.
T01-N01A2M
[2010]
Carbon trading Covers emissions trading, previously coded as T01-N01A2F.
cap and trade, kyoto protocol
T01-N01A3 E-Government
[2005]
This code is intended for network based electronic public administration and management tools used by governmental bodies or agencies to implement governmentto-citizen (G2C), government-to-business (G2B) and/or government-to-government (G2G) service(s). Includes commerce, e-voting, immigration, law enforcement, licensing, taxation, records management etc. See T01J05A3 for off-line systems and T05-F for voting.
E-Gov, G2C, G2B, G2G, E-voting
T01-N01A4 [2007] On-line non-profit organization Includes charities.
T01-N01B [2002] Entertainment and Educational See T01-H07C together with T01-H07C5E prior to 2002, from 2005 expanded to cover on-line educational systems.
257
258
T: Computing and Control
T01-N01B1 Gaming
[2002]
Includes network, on-line gaming and on-line gambling (see also T01-N01A1, T05-L02 & W04). See T01-H07C3B, T01-H07C3D and T01-H07C5E prior to 2002. See T01-J30 for off-line systems.
Internet gaming, MUD, multi user dungeon, MMOG, MMORPG, massive multi-user on-line game
T01-N01B2 Chat rooms
[2002]
See T01-H07C3D together with T01-H07C5E prior 2002.
On-line chat
T01-N01B3 On-line Education
Computerised voice mail
T01-N01D Data Transfer
[2002]
Includes downloading file from remote site (FTP). See T01-H07C3 and T01-H07C5E prior to 2002. [2002]
Multimedia (T01-J09, T01-H07C3D)
T01-N01B3A [2005] Remote examination/testing [2005]
Covers on-line systems for news updates including e-mail subscription services (together with T01-N01C).
T01-N01B5 E-books
[2002]
Includes electronic mail for use by computer systems connected to a network. Facsimile services are covered by S06 codes, telex systems by W02 codes and message switched networks by W01-A codes. See also W01A06E1, W01-A06G2, and W01-A06X.
T01-N01D1 [2005]
Covers Educational systems using a computer network and use of computer networks in an educational environment. See T01-J30A together with T01-N01D prior to 2005. See also T01-N01A2D for virtual classrooms, etc.
T01-N01B4 News systems
T01-N01C E-mail
[2006]
Documents describing E-book (electronic book) per say including file format aspects see also T01-N01A2G for copyright control aspects T01-J11C for electronic documents in general.
E-book, Electronic book
T01-N01B9 [2002] Other Internet Entertainment
Combination of text, data, image, sound, or computer programs. Audio/video aspects of multimedia systems are also assigned W04K10. See T01-H07C3D prior to 2002.
T01-N01D1A [2002] Audio, sound transfer See T01-H07C3A prior to 2002.
Internet radio
T01-N01D1B [2002] Video and Image transfer (T01-H07C3B)
Includes computerised video conferencing. See T01-H07C3B and T01-H07C5E prior to 2002. See also W01-A06E1A for data conferencing and broadcasting and W02F01E3 interactive Internet broadcasting.
JPEG, MPEG
T01-N01D2 File Transfer
[2002]
(T01-H07C3C)
For transfer of files other than multimedia. Includes downloading non-internet executable programs, as well as web page transfer. Includes the transfer of Instant Message (IM) data between users in real time.
WWW, URL
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-N01D3 [2002] From remote site or server (T01-H07C3E)
Includes networks where applications are run on server under the control of a client system. See T01-H07C3E prior to 2002.
Applet, Java, thin-client
T01-N01D3A [2012] Network only systems Includes network systems where applications are run using a virtual system from remote locations
Cloud Computing, Citrix ®, Virtual Desktop
T01-N01D4 [2005] Network File Caching For storage of regularly accessed files such as web graphics. See also T01-N02A3C for server based caching, T01-N03A1 for browser based caching, see also T01-H03A before 2005.
T01-N01D5 Multicasting
[2006]
T01-N01E On-line Medicine
[2005]
T01-N02A Communication
[2002]
Includes computer communications within a network.
T01-N02A1 [2002] Communication Protocol (T01-H07P, T01-H07C)
Covers Novel aspects of TCP/IP and novel uses of other protocol types for transfer over a network. See also W01-A06F for protocols in general and W01-A06F2 for network protocols. See T01-H07P prior to 2002, T01H07C prior to 1997. Bus transfer protocols are found in T01-H07B.
T01-N02A1A Addressing
[2005]
Covers network addressing as opposed to routing. For setting and determining destination of packets, not route that they will travel. Includes Domain Name system, network identification and Universal Resource Locators. See also W01-A06F2.
URL, IP address
See also S05 codes for electrical medical equipment in general. For initial diagnostic, S05-D06A. For continuing monitoring, S05G02B2A. From 2005 see T01-N01E for on-line systems. For drug delivery/ordering systems see also T01-N01A2 codes.
T01-N01E1 [2005] On-line Medical information systems See also S05-G02G. For medical records, S05-G02G1. For administration including appointments, S05-G02G2.
T01-N02 [2002] Communications and Control (T01-H07C5A)
See T01H07C3A prior to 2002. See T01-J08C for communication controllers and W01-A06 for data transmission systems in general
T01-N02A1B [2005] Ad-hoc network systems Includes setting up dynamic networks. See also under application, e.g. T01-N01B2 for chat rooms, T01-N01A2C for advertising. See also W01 for network codes, e.g. W01-A06C4A for Blueetooth network or W01-A07H2A for Bluetooth interface.
wireless network, relay area network, RAN, localised community messaging network.
T01-N02A2 [2002] Network Communication (T01-H07C5A, T01-H07P)
For communications between computers in a network, see T01-H07C5A and T01-H07P prior to 2002.
259
260
T: Computing and Control
T01-N02A2A LAN
[2002]
(T01-H07C5C)
Includes computer communication over a private network i.e. interconnected distributed communities of computer based data terminals within a single building or a localised group of buildings. See T01-H07C5C prior to 2002, and also see W01.
Intranet, local area network
T01-N02A2B WAN
[2002]
(T01-H07C5E)
Includes computer communication over a public network i.e. networks which link computers, data terminals or Local Area Networks which are physically located in different locations or establishments, also see T01-H07C5E prior to 2002 and see W01.
Internet, wide area network, Gateway, PSTN, TCP/IP
T01-N02A2C Client/Server system
[2002]
(T01-H07C5S)
Includes computer communication using a client/server relationship, see T01-H07C5S prior to 2002.
T01-N02A2D SAN
[2005]
Code covers storage area networks. See also T01-H01B codes for storage media type, T01N02B codes for access and W01-A06B5B for network aspects.
T01-N02A2E [2005] Peer-to-peer networks Covers network communication between stations without using a central server. See also W01-A06B8C and W01-A06E2B.
Viral network, p2p
T01-N02A2X [2002] Other Network communication system Includes other types of computer communications not already covered in T01N02A2.
T01-N02A3 Hardware
[2002]
Includes physical hardware such as computers and servers used for accessing a network, see T01-H07C5S prior to 2002.
T01-N02A3A [2002] Dedicated systems for accessing the Internet, e.g. set top box Includes systems designed specifically for accessing the Internet, also see W04.
T01-N02A3B [2002] Computer based routing (T01-H07C5A)
Includes routing and management of network traffic, also see W01 and see T01-H07C5A prior to 2002.
T01-N02A3C Servers
[2002]
Includes processing performed on the server and claimed server devices, see T01-M06S for architecture and construction (along with T01L). See T01-H07C5S prior to 2002.
T01-N02B Control
[2002]
Includes control of computer software.
T01-N02B1
[2002]
Access and Control Includes control of access to file and folders.
Permissions, access control list, ISP
T01-N02B1A [2002] File management and access See T01-F05G5 if done by an operating system. Includes watermarking (see also T01D02A from 2005) and digital certificates for file authentication for file transfer see also T01-N01D.
Hash values, digital certificates
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-N02B1B [2002] User Privileges/Password systems Includes access file/folders and restricted areas using a password, see T01-J12C prior to 2002.
Security, login, Permissions, access control list
T01-N02B1C
[2005]
Unsolicited Advertising Protection Includes spam and pop up protection, see also T01-N01C for e-mail.
Spyware, adware, browser hijack
T01-N02B1D Firewalls
[2005]
Includes devices or software for controlling access to network data or resources from external network connections and for controlling access to external network resources or data by internal network clients.
Firewall, intrusion detection , port forwarding, port blocking , NAT , Stateful packet inspection
T01-N02B1E [2006] Network operating system management Management of network operating systems. Installation and/or updating of software involving transmission over network. For network security software updates see T01N02B3.
T01-N02B1F Internet portals
[2006]
T01-N02B1G Internet gateway
[2006]
T01-N02B1H [2006] Biometric authentication Covers biometric authentication for computer networks. See T01-J12C1B for off-line systems. See also T04-D07F for biometric image recognition and S05-D01C5A for measurement systems.
T01-N02B2 Monitoring
[2002]
Includes monitoring computer/network communications and hardware, see T01H07C5Aprior to 2002.
T01-N02B2A User monitoring
[2002]
Includes monitoring a user(s) activity on a computer/network.
Cookie
T01-N02B2B [2002] System and Fault monitoring Includes monitoring systems which are used to monitor computer hardware operation, log events, report failures also, on-line(internetbased) monitoring and on-line diagnosis of any electronic system, see T01-H07C5A prior to 2002. For monitoring of electrical appliances over the internet see T01-N01D and W05. Event monitor, system log, event viewer
T01-N02B2C [2005] Transmitted content analysis Monitoring contents of transmitted files, including emails.
Packet Sniffing. Chat room monitoring
T01-N02B3
[2006]
Testing network vulnerability Anti-Virus, Anti-Spyware Software applications. Testing server security and setting updates for security programs. For security program update via network transmission see T01-N02B1E. Before 2007 see T01-J20D for Anti-Virus software applications.
T01-N02B5
[2006]
Web site management Incorporation of multimedia content in websites. Changing content viewed by different visitors to site.
T01-N03 Internet Software
[2002]
Search together with T01-S03.
261
262
T: Computing and Control
T01-N03A User Applications
[2002]
T01-N03A1 Browser
[2002]
Includes browsers used to browse the Internet, search together with T01-S03 for software browsers, previously coded in T01-J12B prior to 2002.
T01-N03A1A
[2002]
Content management/Parental control Includes controlling the content viewed using a browser.
Net nanny
T01-N03A1B Media player
[2002]
Includes software which allows multimedia content/information to be viewed/played.
T01-N03A1C ICQ/Chat windows
[2002]
Includes pop-up chat windows.
T01-N03A2 [2002] Search Engines & Searching Search together with T01-J05B3 and T01H07C5E prior to 2002.
T01-N03A3 [2005] Meeting co-ordination and organiser/calendar applications Covers applications to arrange meetings with groups of people through software. Covers a personal calendar application linked to an email program. See T01-J11E for off-line see also T01-N01C email.
T01-N03B1 [2002] Internet executable programs Includes executable programs, e.g. applets, flash needed to view content. Covers only novel aspects see T01-N01D3 or T01-N03A1 for applications.
Applet, flash, Java bean
T01-N03B2 Mark up languages
[2002]
Includes page description language used in creating, editing, and navigating electronic documents, see T01-J11C1 prior to 2002.
Hypertext, HTML, XML
T01-N03B2A Editors
[2002]
Includes editors used to edit mark up language e.g. Microsoft® FrontPage.
T01-N03B2B [2007] Parsing markup language documents T01-N03B3 Scripting Languages
[2005]
Covers patents concerned with web based scripting languages which are neither compiled nor mark-up languages.
PHP, ASP, JavaScript, PERL, CGI
T01-N03B4 Format conversion
[2005]
Covers conversion of media from one network standard to another one. Includes converting e-mail (T01-N01C) to e.g. Facsimile (S06) or SMS (W01), also includes converting web browser formats such as SGML, XML and HTML (T01-N03B2).
T01-P*
[1992-2001 ]
Computer educational aids and toys T01-N03B [2002] Constructional Software Includes software used to design web sites/page.
(T01-X)
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-J30 and T01-J40 from 2002.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T01-P01* Educational
[1992-2001 ]
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-J30A from 2002. Includes use of computers for education and training purposes, question and answer systems, computer aided instruction, CAI, tuition support systems, student testing and computerised marking systems (see also T04 codes). Educational equipment is also assigned W04-W codes.
T01-P02* [1992-2001 ] Toys, games and novelties *This code is now discontinued, see T01-J30B1 from 2002. Covers all computer games and computerised toys. See W04-X codes for electrical aspects of games and amusements.
T01-P02A* [1997-2001] Computer video games (T01-P02)
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-J30B and T01-J40A from 2002. See W04-X02C for video games, and T01-J10C for image generation aspects.
T01-P02B* Sports equipment
[1997-2001]
(T01-P02)
*This code is now discontinued, see T01-J40B from 2002. See also W04-X01 codes for electrical aspects of sports equipment in general.
T01-S
[1997]
Software content These codes are used to indicate documents that have a significant software content, and which contain either a program listing, or in which software is used. T01-S codes are used in conjunction with other T01 codes to indicate software aspects.
T01-S01
[1997]
Software listings Software in the form of a program listing.
T01-S01A [1997] Machine-oriented low-level languages (T01-S)
Documents containing listings written in e.g. binary, machine, assembler and firmware languages.
T01-S01B [1997] High-level languages (T01-S)
Documents containing source code written in high level language, e.g. C, C++, Java, Visual Basic etc.
T01-S01C [1997] Pseudo-code and Algorithms (T01-S)
Documents in which algorithms, rather than software is disclosed.
T01-S02 Software patents
[1997]
Covers documents in which an invention is described and claimed in terms of software, but in which no program listing is included.
T01-S03 [1997] Claimed software products Claimed products based on software, and stored on e.g. CD-ROM, in which the use of a computer program or software components is stated in an independent claim.
T01-X Miscellaneous
263
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T02: Analogue and Hybrid Computers
T02-A04A9 Other (applications)
T02-A Analogue computers
T02-A04B Processing Operational amplifier
T02-A01 Hand-manipulated Slide-rule, linear, circular
T02-A04B1 Multiplication or d ivision
T02-A02 Mechanical or fluid-pressure computers Pneumatic, hydraulic, gearing T02-A03 Using optical or electrooptical, elements See also T02-B and T01-E05A. Optical components per se are found in V07.
Transform, correlation, acoustic-optical
T02-A03A Implementations
[1992]
Includes diffraction grating and Fourier analysis implemented using optical elements.
T02-A03B Optical computer
[1992]
Digital optical computers are coded in T01M06D and digital components in T01-E05A.
T02-A04 Electric or magnetic computers
T02-A04B2A Convolution SAW convolver
[1992]
T02-A04B3 Evaluating polynomials, roots, exponentials, discontinuous functions Square-root, exponent, logarithm, tangent, cotangent, sine, cosine, trigonometry T02-A04B4 Arbitrary function generation T02-A04B5 Interpolation, extrapolation, equation solving T02-A04B6 Fuzzy Logic
[1992]
(T02-A04B9)
T02-A04A Applications Modelling, simulation
See also T01-J16B and U21-C03B1B.
T02-A04A1 Economics, statistics, electric equipment, structures T02-A04A5 Neuronal
T02-A04B2 Integration or differentiation Integrator
[1992]
(T02-A04A9)
Neural networks are also coded in T01-J16C1 and digital neural elements in T01-E05B.
T02-A04B9 Other (incl. optimisation or addition) Includes correlation transforms, (coded in T02-A04B1, T02-A04B2 prior to 8701).
T02-A04X Other (incl. programming)
265
266
T: Computing and Control
T02-B Hybrid computing arrangements See also T02-A03 and T01-E05A for use of optical components.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03: Data Recording This class covers dynamic recording systems, i.e. those based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer. Record carriers themselves are included irrespective of application and are covered in T03 alone. Mechanical aspects of carrier driving and head positioning are also included in T03 for all applications, but W04 codes are assigned as well to indicate intended use for audio/video recording. All other aspects of audio and video recording, such as circuitry and signal processing, are covered in W04 only. Static stores themselves are coded in U14 and computer storage systems using them in T01H codes. Abstract storage systems (e.g. software for controlling storage) that do not contain any details of physical recording equipment, such as methods for backing up computer data, are covered in T01 and are not coded in T03. Bar-coding is not covered in T03, being covered by T04-A03B1. In class T03, recording technologies are split main areas : T03-A magnetic recording, e.g. 'hard disk ut also including floppy disks, magnetic tapes, cards and tickets. T03-B optical recording, e.g. optical disks tapes also being included. T03-C capacitive recording, electron beam
T03-D using two (or more) of the above methods, e.g. magneto'MiniDiscs ® but also including electro-optical recording and other technologies.
Apart from the above codes, the other code groups in T03 are independent of 'recording technology' and can be assigned alone - when inventions are broadly applicable - or in conjunction with the technology codes to convey more detail. For example, within the T03-F disk drive codes, T03-F02C1 represents a novel drive motor. In the T03-A codes specific to magnetic recording T03-A08A1C is assigned for any aspect of hard disk drives. Thus a novel disk drive motor for an HDD is coded as T03-A08A1C and T03-F02C1.
T03-A Magnetic recording/reproduction methods such as magneto-optical, is not included - see T03-D01 codes.
T03-A01 Record carriers Includes materials for cards with magnetic - see T04-C01 also. Magnetic record carriers per se are coded in T03 only, even if audio-video application is stated. For records prior to 2002 carriers with containers (e.g. tape cassettes) are also coded in W04 when application to audio or video recording is stated or implied.
T03-A01A Magnetic layers Prior to 2007 all magnetic materials and films are also coded in V02-A01 and V02-B01 codes respectively. From 2007 V02-B01 has been discontinued while V02-A01 codes are only applied for magnetic materials of general application. Therefore V02 is no longer routinely assigned for magnetic recording media and heads with the exception of nanostructures, which are coded in V02-B04.
Particle, bind, ferromagnetic, film, coating, layer
T03-A01A1 Magnetic materials
[1987]
Includes composition and physical details of materials.
267
268
T: Computing and Control
T03-A01A1A [1992] Metal and alloy compositions Prior to 2007 this topic was also coded in V02A01A2. This topic is no longer coded V02.
Chromium, cobalt, iron, nickel
T03-A01A1C
[1992]
Non-metallic compositions Includes ferrite materials. Prior to 2007 this topic was also coded in V02-A01B2.
Oxide, ferrous, ferric, gamma
T03-A01A1E Physical details
[1992]
Covers details such as e.g. size or shape of magnetic particles themselves - details of physical properties of magnetic layer as a whole are covered by T03-A01A8.
Acicular, diameter, needle
T03-A01A3
[1987]
Binder materials Includes composition, physical details and manufacture.
Resin, polyurethane, PVC, polymer, copolymer
T03-A01A5 [1992] Additional non-magnetic material in magnetic layer Includes lubricant (see also T03-A01B5 codes).
T03-A01A6 [1992] Multilayer magnetic coatings Layer arrangements of carrier as a whole are covered by T03-A01F.
T03-A01A6A [2006] Exchange coupling system T03-A01A7 [1992] Complete magnetic layer formula See also T03-A01A which will continue to be used for cases where precise details cannot be identified.
Recipe, formulation, composition
T03-A01A8 [1992] Physical details of magnetic layer Details of magnetic materials per se are covered by T03-A01A1 codes.
T03-A01A8A [1997] Physical and chemical details of magnetic layer Covers thickness, hardness, etc. and also inventions specifying low level of, or absence of, certain elements.
Hardness, HB, HR, HV, durability, roughness, film
T03-A01A8C [1997] Magnetic property details of magnetic layer Covers details such as specific coercivity, Curie point etc.
T03-A01A9 [1992] Other magnetic layer details T03-A01B Base layers; protective coatings Film, surface, protect, substrate, lubricate, organic T03-A01B1
[1987]
Base layers, substrate T03-A01B1A [1992] Substrate Polyester, polyethylene, terephthalate, resin, glass, aluminium, titanium, alloy T03-A01B1B Base layers
[1992]
Covers layers applied to substrate before magnetic layer is deposited.
Under-layer
T03-A01B1X [1992] Other layers below magnetic layer Indicates layers between magnetic layers, normally used with T03-A01A6, which indicates multilayer magnetic coatings.
Intermediate
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-A01B3 Backing layers
[1987]
Covers layers on opposite side of substrate to magnetic film.
Back-coating layer, reverse
T03-A01B5
[1987]
Protective coating and lubricating layers T03-A01B5B takes precedence over T03A01B5A if the position of the lubricating layer is not disclosed or determinable.
Film, anti-abrasion, slide, friction
T03-A01B5A [1992] Lubricating layers part of magnetic layer See T03-A01A5 also.
T03-A01B5B
[1992]
Lubricating layer separate from magnetic layer Covers layer subsequently applied to carrier surface.
Disk
of a hard disk (T03-A01C1A). See also T03A01G.
Contact-start-stop, zone
T03-A01C Characterised by form Codes in this section are applied to indicate the type of carrier only and are used in conjunction with other T03-A01 codes as appropriate. To distinguish recording apparatus in general by carrier type, see T03N codes.
T03-A01C1 Disk
[1987]
T03-A01C1A Hard disk
[1992]
Covers disk with rigid substrate.
Stack, cylinder, bulk store
T03-A01C1C
[1992]
Flexible disk
T03-A01B5C [1992] Protective coating layer Antistatic layers are covered by T03-A01B5D.
Anti-corrosion, nitride
T03-A01B5D [1992] Antistatic layers and materials For antistatic measures and materials in general see X25-S codes.
Charge, triboelectric, conductive dispersion, carbon black
T03-A01B7 Heat transfer layers
T03-A01B5X [1992] Other layers above magnetic layer
Covers floppy disks.
T03-A01C3 Tape
[1987]
T03-A01C3A [1992] For helical scan recording T03-A01C5 Card
[1992]
(T03-M01)
[2008]
This code covers heat transfer layers chiefly for thermo-assisted magnetic record carriers, for which T03-A01T is also assigned.
Thermal, laser, heating, spot
T03-A01C7 Drum
[1992]
T03-A01C8 [1992] Characterised by intended application Codes in this section are only used if the carrier is specified (not necessarily claimed) to be primarily for a specific purpose.
269
270
T: Computing and Control
T03-A01C8A Audio recording
[1992]
T03-A01C8B [1992] Video recording VTR, camera-recorder, camcorder, electronic still picture camera, Mavica T03-A01C8C [1992] Computer data recording This code is not used for hard disks, the assumption being made that such carriers are chiefly intended for this purpose.
T03-A01C8X [1992] Other recording application T03-A01C9 [1992] Other magnetic carrier Includes work piece adapted to store limited amount of data e.g. for identification purposes. This code, when assigned with T03M02 indicates photographic film with an integral magnetic carrier. (See also S06-B codes).
T03-A01D [1987] Vertical recording medium This code is used with other T03-A01 codes as appropriate.
Perpendicular, thickness direction
T03-A01E [1992] Superconducting magnetic record carrier This code is used with other T03-A01 codes as appropriate. See T03-A06K for other aspects of using superconductors in magnetic recording. General aspects of recording using superconductors (other than in magnetic recording) are covered by T03-C07. Superconductive devices and materials in general are covered by U14-F codes. (X12-D06 codes are assigned for high-power aspects of superconductors).
T03-A01F Layer arrangements
[1992]
(T03-A01X)
This code deals with emphasis on sequence of layers without particular reference to any one. Multilayer magnetic coatings are covered by T03-A01A6.
T03-A01G [1992] Additional recording area and physical recording format (T03-A01X)
This code covers the physical arrangement of the record carrier into separate areas, either for dedicated (e.g. servo tracks) or general use. Recording formatting on a physically continuous recording surface is covered by T03-A06F1.
Hard sectoring, index, format, pre-format, reference
T03-A01G1 [1992] Separate magnetic tracks (T03-A01X)
T03-A01G3 [2008] Carrier with discrete magnetic recording areas Includes magnetic carrier with patterned magnetic layer, such as nano-imprinted type. For hard disk carriers search with T03-A01C1A and other T03-A01 codes as appropriate. Manufacture of such carriers is covered by T03-A02G3 and other T03-A02 codes as appropriate.
Pattern, depression, pit
T03-A01G5 [1992] Using other recording method (T03-A01X)
Covers the use of non-magnetic storage, e.g. a magnetic carrier with an optical or capacitive servo track.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-A01H Leader
[1992]
(T03-A01X)
Includes compositions, details of optical transparency, etc. See T03-E05A5 for leadersensing mode control in tape drives.
Colour, light, transmission, autostop
T03-A01R [2006] Recycling and destroying magnetic carrier This code is used for recycling and destroying of magnetic record carriers only. Recycling and destroying of optical carriers is covered by T03-B01R and of magneto-optical carriers by T03-D01R. Where an invention is applicable to recycling or destruction of several types of carrier or the type is not disclosed the general code T03-H02R is assigned instead. For recycling of recording or playing equipment see V04-X01C.
T03-A01T [2008] Thermo-assisted magnetic record carrier Covers magnetic carriers which are locally heated to facilitate high-density recording. Equipment using this type of recording is assigned T03-A06N1 codes, (T03-A06M codes from 2007-2012), and other T03 codes as appropriate.
HAMR, heat assisted magnetic recording
T03-A01X Other magnetic carrier details Marking, cinefilm magnetic soundtrack T03-A02 Record carrier manufacture For manufacture restricted to a specific type of carrier, search with T03-A02E codes.
T03-A02A [1987] Applying magnetic film to substrate Includes apparatus (with T03-A02D1) and methods for liquid deposition, sputtering, evaporation, and other techniques. Prior to 2007 see V02-H02 codes also for magnetic film application. Therefore V02 is no longer routinely assigned for manufacture of magnetic recording media with the exception of nanostructures, which are coded in V02H02G. Manufacturing processes other than magnetic layer deposition are covered by T03A02B codes. (See note for T03-A02B8).
Vapour deposition, vacuum deposition, plating, coating
T03-A02A1 [1992] Coating by liquid method, including plating Prior to 2007 magnetic film deposition by plating was also coded in V02-H02C. Electrolytic, electroless, spray, dip
T03-A02A3 [1992] Coating by sputtering, vapour deposition Vacuum T03-A02A3A Sputtering
[1992]
Prior to 2007 this topic was coded in V02H02B as well. Sputtering apparatus of general application is also coded in X25-A04 and V05-F codes.
T03-A02A3B Vapour deposition Heat, vessel, evaporate
[1992]
T03-A02A3X Other
[1992]
Includes techniques such as plasma spraying.
Flame, jet
T03-A02A5 [1992] Treatment of deposited layer
271
272
T: Computing and Control
T03-A02A5A During deposition
[1992]
T03-A02B1C Polishing
[1997]
Includes e.g. magnetic orientation.
(T03-A02B1A)
Field, orient, direction
It is assumed that this code relates to substrates unless T03-A02B1B is also assigned to indicate base-layer treatment.
T03-A02A5C After deposition
[1992]
Includes e.g. heat treatment.
Drying
T03-A02B [1992] Substrate and non-magnetic layer processing Codes in this section are used to describe manufacturing processes (or equipment when used with T03-A02D codes) other than for magnetic layer deposition, which is covered by T03-A02A.
T03-A02B1 [1992] Manufacture of substrate and base layers T03-A02B1A
[1992]
Manufacture of substrate per se Includes shaping, stamping etc. but not manufacture of substrate material, which is covered by T03-A01B1A. Prior to 1997, this code covered texturing and polishing of substrates (chiefly for hard disks, in which case T03-A02E1A is also assigned). From 1997 these topics are transferred to T03-A02B1C and T03-A02B1D. Both codes are assumed to relate to substrates, unless T03-A02B1B is also assigned to indicate base layer treatment.
Moulding, rolling, punching, extruding, stretching
T03-A02B1B
[1992]
Base layer application and treatment Covers manufacture and deposition of base layers prior to magnetic layer deposition. Manufacture of base layer materials per se is covered by T03-A01B1B.
T03-A02B1D Texturing
[1997]
It is assumed that this code relates to substrates, unless T03-A02B1B is also assigned to indicate base-layer treatment.
CSS, flying height, slider, roughness
T03-A02B3 [1992] Backing layer manufacture Covers production of back-coat layers, but not materials manufacture which is covered by T03-A01B3.
T03-A02B5 [1992] Protective and lubricating layer manufacture Covers deposition of layers only, for compositions see T03-A01B5 codes.
T03-A02B7
[1992]
Additional manufacturing processes Covers manufacturing steps carried out after basic carrier manufacture, e.g. cleaning, tape slitting (previously coded in T03-A02 and T03M02), etc., but not loading into carrier case which is covered by T03-H01 codes. Equipment performing these processes is coded in T03-A02D3.
Post-treatment
T03-A02B8 [1992] Multistep manufacturing processes This code is used for inventions covering a number of manufacturing steps without apparent emphasis on any one, and therefore takes precedence over T03-A02A codes if magnetic layer deposition is mentioned as only one of several process steps.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-A02B8A [1992] Multistep manufacturing process for whole carrier This code is used for inventions describing the complete manufacturing process only.
T03-A02B9 [1992] Other manufacturing processes Includes packing and shipping of manufactured carrier. Also includes writing of servo tracks during manufacture.
T03-A02C [1992] Quality control, testing (methods and equipment) QC, evaluate, inspect T03-A02C1 [1992] Checking manufacturing process Monitoring, control, instrumentation T03-A02C5 [1992] Checking finished or partially finished carrier Flaw, inspection, testing, still-picture, contactstop-start, CSS, lifetime T03-A02C5A [1992] Using optical or other inspection See also appropriate code in S03, e.g. S03E04F2, which covers optical flaw detection.
Chemical, corrosion, humidity, heat, wear, exfoliation, abrasion, durability, asperity
T03-A02C5B [1992] By test recording Error, bit error rate, BER, check T03-A02D [1992] Manufacturing equipment
T03-A02D1 [1992] For manufacture of carrier per se This code is used with other T03-A02 codes as appropriate, to indicate specific purpose. For example, use T03-A02A codes with T03A02D1 for equipment used to apply magnetic layer to the carrier substrate; for general aspects of equipment for magnetic disk manufacture use T03-A02D1 with T03-A02E1.
T03-A02D3 [1992] For subsequent processing Includes equipment for treatment carried out after manufacture of carrier per se, e.g. slitting of tape (previously coded in T03-A02 and T03-M02), and general handling aspects.
Stack, wind, conveyor, feed
T03-A02D5 [1992] For bulk storage, e.g. pancake Reel, drum T03-A02E [1992] Characterised by type of carrier Codes in this section are used (with other manufacturing codes as appropriate) to indicate the type of carrier being manufactured only. Prior to 1992 use T03-N codes.
T03-A02E1 Disk
[1992]
T03-A02E1A Hard disk
[1992]
T03-A02E1C Flexible disk
[1992]
T03-A02E3 Tape
[1992]
T03-A02E5 Card
[1992]
T03-A02E7
[1992]
Drum
273
274
T: Computing and Control
T03-A02E9 [1992] Other magnetic carrier T03-A02G [2008] Manufacture of carrier with separate recording areas Includes manufacture of magnetic carrier not having magnetic recording film over the whole area.
T03-A02G1 [2008] Manufacture of carrier with separate magnetic recording tracks Includes manufacture of magnetic carrier with separate magnetic track regions. For hard disk carriers search with T03-A02E1A and other T03-A02 codes as appropriate.
T03-A02G3 [2008] Manufacture of carrier with discrete magnetic recording areas Includes manufacture of magnetic carrier with patterned magnetic layer, such as nanoimprinted type.
Pattern, depression, pit, stamper
T03-A02G5 [2008] Manufacture of carrier including nonmagnetic recording areas Includes manufacture of magnetic carrier with separate recording area using other technology, such as optical, for which T03-B codes are also assigned. Magneto-optical record carriers are not included here, being covered by T03-D01A8 codes.
T03-A03 Heads Prior to 2007 see also V02-A02 codes for magnetic materials. Prior to 2002 if audio/video application is indicated see also W04-B02A. For erase heads search with T03A06E1. From 2002 heads for audio/visual recording are no longer coded in W04-B02. Audio/visual applications are indicated by W04-B10, W04-B12, W04-B14 and W04-B16 codes.
Field, transducer, coil, flux, bias, inductance, yoke, core, ferromagnetic, pick-up, read, write
T03-A03A Heads with multiple active gaps Multichannel, multitrack, film, glass, erase T03-A03A1 [1992] For operation on same track T03-A03A5
[1992]
For operation on different tracks For array type heads T03-A03A7 takes precedence.
Stereophonic, DCC
T03-A03A7 [1992] Array-type multiple head Matrix T03-A03B Other inductive head structures This code is used for inductive head structures not catered for by other T03-A03 codes which take precedence, or when precise detail cannot be determined.
T03-A03C Flux-sensitive heads Includes magneto-resistive aspects (covered in T03-A03C3).
Read-only
T03-A03C1 [1992] Combined with write head Composite, disk drive T03-A03C3 [1992] Using magnetoresistive material All heads with thin film construction are additionally coded in T03-A03E. For biasing arrangements see T03-A03J9 also. Magnetoresistive elements used in non-head devices such as MRAM are coded in U12B01B. Prior to 2007 thin film heads were also coded in V02-B03 but this code is now discontinued.
T03-A03C3A
[1997]
Using giant magnetoresistance effect GMR, spin valve, Barkhausen
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-A03C3C [2005] Tunnel junction magnetoresistive head See also T03-A03C3A for tunnel junction giant magnetoresistive head.
T03-A03C3G [2006] Ballistic magnetoresistive head T03-A03C3X [2006] Other magnetoresistive head types Colossal T03-A03C5 [1992] Using semiconductor-type device See also U12-B01 codes.
Hall effect
T03-A03C9 [2005] Flux sensitive head details T03-A03C9A
[2005]
Magnetic layers Pinned layer, free layer T03-A03C9C Spacer layer
[2005]
Includes conductive non-magnetic layer between magnetic layers.
T03-A03C9E Tunnel barrier layer
[2005]
Includes insulating non-magnetic layer between magnetic layers.
T03-A03C9G Exchange layer Anti-ferromagnetic
[2005]
T03-A03C9J Shielding layer
[2005]
Used for internal shielding layers of magnetoresistive heads only. For other shielding aspects see T03-A03J7A.
T03-A03C9L Layer arrangements
[2005]
Covers emphasis on sequence of layers without particular reference to any one.
T03-A03C9N [2005] Biasing arrangements Circuitry for biasing magnetic heads is covered in T03-A06G.
T03-A03C9X Other
[2005]
T03-A03D [1987] Vertical recording head This code is used with other T03-A03 codes as appropriate.
Perpendicular
T03-A03E Thin film heads
[1987]
Assumed to be for inductive type head structures unless applied in conjunction with T03-A03C codes. This code is intended for magnetic heads wholly of film-circuit type construction, i.e. including thin film coil windings (for details of which search with T03A03J5). Magnetic heads in which only the core and related magnetic circuit components are of thin film construction are not included. Cores for such heads are covered by T03A03J1C, and for thin film circuit type heads by T03-A03J1E. Metal-in-gap heads are covered by T03-A03F codes. Prior to 2007 magnetic were also coded in V02-B03, which has now been discontinued. For film circuits in general, see U14-H codes, which are not assigned for thin film magnetic heads.
T03-A03E1 Lead layers
[2006]
Covers layer arrangements for internal head connections. External head connections are covered in T03-A05C8.
T03-A03F Metal-in-gap head MIG
[1992]
275
276
T: Computing and Control
T03-A03F1 Gap-filling material
[1992]
Details of gap materials and structure for magnetic heads in general are covered by T03-A03J3C.
T03-A03J [1992] General magnetic head details Covers details of inductive type heads. For details of magnetoresistive heads see T03A03C9 codes. Codes in this section are used alone or in conjunction with other T03-A03 codes as appropriate.
T03-A03J1 Head cores
[1992]
Carrier-contacting surfaces, including polepieces, are covered by T03-A03J3.
T03-A03J1A [1997] Magnetic material composition Prior to 2007 see also V02-A02 codes for further details of materials.
T03-A03J1C [1997] Thin film core (for non-film head) This code relates to magnetic heads with filmtype cores, other parts of the head, such as windings, being of conventional construction. Prior to 2007 see also V02-B codes, especially V02-B03. From 2007 these codes are discontinued. Heads which are entirely of film circuit construction are covered by T03-A03E, their cores being covered by T03-A03J1E. Metal-in-gap heads are covered by T03-A03F codes.
T03-A03J1E Thin film head cores
[1997]
This code is intended for core details of magnetic heads which are entirely of film circuit type construction, also coded in T03A03E. See T03-A03J1C for magnetic film cores for otherwise conventional heads. (Prior to 2007 V02-B03 is also assigned for all aspects of thin magnetic films used for heads).
T03-A03J3 [1992] Carrier-interfacing surface Covers mechanical aspects and magnetic details such as pole pieces, but not cores, which are covered by T03-A03J1.
T03-A03J3A Pole pieces
[1992]
Includes flux guides. Details of cores are covered in T03-A03J1.
T03-A03J3C
[1992]
Gap details Metal-in-gap head details are covered by T03A03F codes.
T03-A03J3E Head face
[1992]
Covers mechanical aspects of carriercontacting surface surrounding active part of head, such as shape, friction-reduction, etc.
Hardness, roughness, smooth, projection, asperity
T03-A03J3J Heating device
[2007]
(T03-A03J9)
Covers arrangements for hearing carrierinterfacing surface of head to control fly height. Also coded in T03-A05C1. Arrangements for thermo-assisted magnetic recording (where portion of carrier is heated as part of the recording process) are not coded here, being covered in T03-A06M instead.
T03-A03J5 Windings
[1992]
HF coils in general are covered by V02-F01 codes. Prior to 2007 HF coils for magnetic heads were also coded in V02-F05, which has now been discontinued.
T03-A03J7 [1992] Casing, shielding, substrates From 1997 codes in this section include substrates, previously covered in T03-A03J9.
T03-A03J7A [1997] Casing and external shielding
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-A03J7C [1997] Internal shielding layers Includes shielding layers within film-type heads (see T03-A03E). For shielding layers within magnetoresistive heads see T03A03C9J.
T03-A03J7E Substrate
[1997]
(T03-A03J9)
T03-A03J8 [2006] Internal head connections See T03-A03E1 for internal head connections for thin-film heads (e.g. magnetoresistive or inductive heads). External head connections are covered in T03-A05C8.
T03-A03J9 [1992] Other general head details Prior to 1997 this code included head substrates, now covered by T03-A03J7E and prior to 2005 also included biasing arrangements for magnetoresistive heads which are now covered in T03-A03C9N. Circuitry for biasing magnetic heads is covered in T03-A06G.
T03-A04 Head manufacture, testing, demagnetisation, cleaning T03-A04A Manufacture, testing
[1987]
Prior to 2007 see also V02-H codes and V02H05. From 2007 manufacture and testing of magnetic heads is covered in T03 only.
T03-A04A1 Head manufacture
[1992]
T03-A04A1A Assembly
[1992]
T03-A04A1B Film deposition
[1992]
T03-A04A1C Coil winding
[1992]
T03-A04A1D Casing manufacture
[1992]
Includes manufacture of shield and mounting arrangements.
T03-A04A1E [1992] Mechanical or chemical treatment Includes e.g. burnishing, etching etc.
T03-A04A5 Head testing
[1992]
Includes test recording and non-electrical testing and inspection methods (also coded in e.g. S03).
T03-A04B [1987] Demagnetisation, cleaning See V02-D for demagnetisation in general.
Abrasion
T03-A04B1
[1992]
Demagnetising magnetic heads Degaussing, coil, solenoid, decay T03-A04B3 [1992] Cleaning magnetic heads Cleaning of record carriers and of recording equipment in general is covered by T03-H02B and T03-H02C respectively.
Aerosol, cartridge
T03-A04B3A [1992] Cleaning compositions Solvent T03-A04B3B [1992] Dummy carrier for cleaning Includes cleaning cassettes, floppy disks adapted for cleaning, etc.
Cleaning tape
T03-A04B3C Brush
[1992]
277
278
T: Computing and Control
T03-A05 Head mounting and positioning For records prior to 2002 audio/video head mounting and positioning is also coded in W04-B03. From 2002 W04-B03 is no longer used, audio/visual applications being indicated by W04-B10, W04-B12, W04-B14 and W04-B16 codes.
Drive, motor, stepper, track, control, rotating, read, write, slide, carriage
T03-A05A Azimuth correction, track centering, alignment maintenance Error detection, angle, pitch T03-A05A1 [1987] Dynamic adjustment, i.e. dependent on recorded signals. Includes use of piezoelectric elements for head deflection.
Control, pilot
T03-A05A1A [1992] Head adjusting element See also V06-M06D for piezoelectric actuator. Includes shape memory alloy elements with self heating or auxiliary heater.
SMA, bimorph
T03-A05A1B [1997] Head position adjustment based on maximum read signal level Covers dynamic arrangements positioning head for optimum output, without necessarily using dedicated servo information for track following (covered by T03-A05A1C).
Peak, maximise
T03-A05A1C [1992] Track-following system, servo For combined track accessing and following servo system see T03-A05B1A which is used as the default 'servo' code for magnetic recording and takes precedence over this code. For track following servos in general see T03-G02C1. For layout of servo tracks on magnetic carriers see T03-A06F codes. Details of physically separate servo tracks (magnetic and non-magnetic) created during formation of magnetic layer on carrier are covered in T03-A01G.
T03-A05A1D [1992] Speed control for moving head Covers rotary-head speed control. See T03E03A7 for helical scan tape speed control.
T03-A05A1E [2008] Head positioning for dual actuator systems Includes control of a secondary actuator, e.g. on the main head arm of a disk drive, for fine positioning. For details of head adjusting elements per se see T03-A05A1A.
Piezoelectric
T03-A05A1G [2005] Using non-magnetic servo information Includes use of optical servo tracks.
T03-A05A1X [1992] Other dynamic adjustment T03-A05A3
[1992]
Adjustment not dependent on recorded signal alignment, setting up Includes temp. compensation and manual adjustment of e.g. azimuth. See T03-K07 codes for testing also.
Screw, spring, pitch
T03-A05B
[1992]
Track selection (T03-A05X)
Covers arrangements to position head over desired track.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-A05B1 By recorded signal
[1992]
(T03-A05X)
Includes track accessing servo. See T03G02B1 for track accessing servos in general.
Index, count, track crossing
T03-A05B1A [1992] Switching to track following servo action This code is used as the default 'servo' code for magnetic recording. Inventions specific to track following servos only for magnetic recording are covered by T03-A05A1C.
T03-A05C [1992] Head support structure (T03-A05X)
Includes details of head to medium interface such as air bearing, contouring, gimbal, suspension and load arm. Use with T03-A05F codes for disks.
T03-A05C1 [1992] For head-to-carrier spacing adjustment (T03-A05X)
Raise, lift, lower
T03-A05C1A Slider
[1992]
[1992]
[1992]
T03-A05C8 [2005] Connections to read/write head Includes wiring formed on head support arm. Prior to 2005 this was covered by T03-A05C3 and T03-A06C.
T03-A05D
[1992]
Specific head positioning details for helical-scan tape (T03-A05X)
T03-A05D1 [1992] Layout of heads i.e. disposit ion (T03-A05X)
T03-A05D3 [1992] Signal coupling arrangements (T03-A05X)
Codes in this section are concerned with signal transfer between the rotating heads and stationary part of equipment.
T03-A05D3A
[1992]
See V02-F02 codes also.
T03-A05D3C
Covers details of arm per se such as shape, mounting etc.
Swage [1992]
(T03-A05X)
Includes motors per se - see V06-M codes also. See T03-A05D7 for helical-scan head motor drive.
Bearings
T03-A05C5C Linear drive
(T03-A05X)
(T03-A05X)
T03-A05C5 Motor drive
[1992]
Inductive e.g. transformer
(T03-A05X)
T03-A05C3 Head support arm
T03-A05C5A Rotary drive
[1992]
Optical (T03-A05X)
T03-A05D3E Radio frequency
[1992]
(T03-A05X)
T03-A05D3G Brushes (T03-A05X)
See V04-L01 codes also.
[1992]
279
280
T: Computing and Control
T03-A05D3X [1992] Other rotary signal coupling (T03-A05X)
T03-A05D5 Rotary head drum
[1992]
(T03-A05X)
Covers details of head drum per se, such as shape, materials, etc.
T03-A05D7 [1992] Rotary head motor drive (T03-A05X)
Includes motor per se. Motor-driven positioning for non-rotary heads in general is covered by T03-A05C5 codes.
T03-A05E [1992] Head positioning for longitudinallyscanned tape T03-A05F [1992] Head positioning for d isk Codes in this section are used either alone or with other T03-A05 codes, if the use of T03A05F codes conveys additional information. See also T03-A08 codes, now assigned for all aspects of magnetic recording equipment. Prior to 1997, T03-A05F codes may be used to discriminate equipment type when head positioning is involved.
T03-A05F1 [1992] Non-contacting during operation Hard disk, stack, CSS T03-A05F5 [1992] Contacting during operation Floppy, flexible, diskette T03-A05G [2005] Parking, latching arrangements Includes load-unload ramps in hard disk drives, for which T03-A08A1C is also assigned. Prior to 2005 this topic was covered by T03A05X.
LUL
T03-A05X Other head positioning aspects T03-A06 Recording, reproducing or erasing methods/circuits See T03-P codes for signal processing for recording in general, and W04-F and W04G01 codes for video and audio recording signal processing in general.
T03-A06A Direct, FM, PM or boundary displacement analogue recording Frequency, phase, modulate, pulse T03-A06B Other analogue recording T03-A06C Digital recording Code, decode, pulse, bit, mark, space T03-A06C1 [1992] Recording/write circuitry T03-A06C3 Read circuitry Sense, threshold, peak
[1992]
T03-A06D Equalisation
[1992]
(T03-A06X)
T03-A06E
[1992]
Erasing (T03-A06X)
Coil, magnet
T03-A06E1 In equipment (T03-A06X)
Oscillator, head
[1992]
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-A06E3 Bulk
[1992]
(T03-A06X)
See V02-D for demagnetising in general. Prior to 1992 T03-H02 was used for bulk erasure.
T03-A06F Format
[1992]
(T03-A06X)
Covers signals recorded as magnetic information on carrier only. See T03-A01G codes for physical aspects of record carrier formatting, e.g. hard sectoring. See W04B01A codes for formatting aspects relevant to audio/video recording.
T03-A06F1 Track layout
[1992]
(T03-A06X)
T03-A06G Biasing
[1992]
(T03-A06X)
Arrangements for biasing magneto-resistive heads are covered in T03-A03C9N (prior to 2005 this was covered in T03-A03J9).
T03-A06H [1992] Skew correction, timebase correction (T03-A06X)
See W04-F02B and W04-G01 codes for video and audio recording aspects.
T03-A06K [1992] Superconductive magnetic recording See T03-A01E for superconductive magnetic record carriers per se.
T03-A06M* [2005-2012] Thermo-assisted magnetic recording *This code is now discontinued. Prior to 2013 it was used to indicate localised heating, usually by a laser, of an area on a magnetic record carrier to be written on. From 2013 this technology is transferred to T03-A06N1 within the category of energy-assisted magnetic recording.
T03-A06M1* [2007-2012] Thermo-assisted magnetic recording methods *This code is now discontinued. Prior to 2013 it was used to indicate recording methods using heat assistance. From 2013 this technology is transferred to T03-A06N1A within the category of energy-assisted magnetic recording.
T03-A06M3* Heat source
[2007-2012]
*This code is now discontinued. Prior to 2013 it was used to indicate novel aspects of the heat source for heat-assisted recording. (Also covered in V08 for novel details of lasers and U12 for semiconductor lasers). From 2013 this technology is transferred to T03-A06N1C within the category of energy-assisted magnetic recording.
T03-A06M5* Optical system
[2007-2012]
*This code is now discontinued. Prior to 2013 it was used to indicate novel aspects of the optical system for heat-assisted magnetic recording. From 2013 this technology is transferred to T03-A06N1E within the category of energy-assisted magnetic recording.
T03-A06N [2013] Energy-assisted magnetic recording This code and its subdivisions cover the use of a separate energy source to enable writing to a magnetic record carrier using a lower magnetic field strength, i.e. to lower the coercivity of a storage bit while it is being written. The technology is assumed to apply to vertical/perpendicular recording and the general code for that topic, T03-A06V, is not normally assigned for energy-assisted magnetic recording. For application to hard disk drives search with T03-A08A1C. Note that magneto-optical recording is not included and is covered by T03-D01 codes .
281
282
T: Computing and Control
T03-A06N1 [2013] Thermo-assisted magnetic recording Covers thermo-assisted ('heat-assisted') magnetic recording. Between 2005 and 2012 this topic was covered by T03-A06M codes.
HAMR
T03-A06N1A [2013] Thermo-assisted magnetic recording methods Covers thermo-assisted ('heat-assisted') magnetic recording methods. Between 2005 and 2012 this topic was covered by T03A06M1 codes.
T03-A06N1C [2013] Heat source for thermo-assisted magnetic recording This code covers novel aspects of the heat source for heat-assisted recording, e.g. a laser. (Also covered in V08 for novel details of lasers and U12 for semiconductor lasers). Prior to 2013 this technology was covered by T03A06M3.
T03-A06N1E [2013] Optical system for thermo-assisted magnetic recording This code covers novel aspects of the optical system for heat-assisted recording. Prior to 2013 this topic was covered by T03-A06M5.
Lens, near-field optics, solid immersion
T03-A06N3 [2013] Microwave-assisted magnetic recording Search with T03-A03 codes for magnetic head details, e.g. T03-A03C3A for heads based on giant magnetoresistance effect or T03A03C3C for tunnel junction magnetoresistive heads. From 2014 oscillators based on spin transport electronics effects are also assigned U23-A05.
GMR, MAMR, oscillating field, spin torque oscillator, STO, TMR
T03-A06N3A [2013] Microwave-assisted magnetic recording methods
T03-A06N9 [2013] Other energy-assisted magnetic recording Covers the use of a separate energy source, other than heat or microwave energy, to lower storage bit coercivity during writing.
T03-A06V Vertical recording
[2007]
This code is used for highlighting the relevance of vertical recording methods where neither a novel vertical recording medium or novel vertical recording head is involved. Novel vertical recording media and heads are not routinely coded here, being covered by T03A01D and T03-A03D respectively. Note that energy-assisted magnetic recording (as covered from 2013 by T03-A06N codes) is assumed to involve use of vertical/perpendicular magnetic recording and so T03-A06V is not routinely assigned for that topic.
T03-A06X Other recording circuitry and methods T03-A07 Re-recording
[1987]
(T03-A09)
Prior to 2006 this section included write/erase protection. From 2006 hardware aspects of write/erase protection for all types of recording are transferred to T03-H07 while signal format and signal processing methods are covered solely in T03-P07. T03-A codes are now used in addition to T03-H07 or T03P07 codes to indicate applicability to magnetic recoding.
Copy, master, duplicate
T03-A07A* [1992-200 5] Preventing overwriting, erasure or copying *This code is now discontinued. See T01-H01C and T01-J12C for computing aspects.
T03-A07A1*
[1992-200 5]
Preventing accidental loss of data *This code is now discontinued.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-A07A1A* [1992-200 5] By hardware detail e.g. erase tab etc. *This code is now discontinued. Prior to 2006 the code was used with T03-N03 for tape cassette systems and with T03-N01 for disks.
T03-A07A1B* [1992-200 5] By signal format, by recorded data *This code is now discontinued. See T03-P07 for general non-magnetic recording signal processing aspects of data erasure or copying prevention.
Pilot, inhibit
T03-A07A3* [1992-200 5] Preventing unauthorised deliberate access or copying *This code is now discontinued.
T03-A07A3A* [1992-200 5] By hardware detail, e.g. disk drive lock *This code is now discontinued.
T03-A07A3B* By signal format
[1992-200 5]
*This code is now discontinued. T03-A07B [1992] Copying; re-recording Covers authorised copying of magnetic recordings.
T03-A07B1 [1992] Duplication of pre-recorded information at post mfg. stage, e.g. time code carrier Includes servo track writing post manufacture, e.g. in hard disk drive. Duplication of whole carrier information is covered by T03-A07B3 codes.
Pre-formatting, servo, index, SMPTE
T03-A07B3 [1992] Duplication from one carrier to another T03-A07B3A [1992] Making many copies fr om one master
T03-A07B9 [1992] Other copying, re-recording T03-A08 Magnetic drive
[1992]
Codes in this section are used with either T03E or T03-F codes as appropriate to indicate carrier positioning aspects. Portable standalone drives are also coded in T04-P. Prior to 1997, these codes were used to indicate these aspects only, but are now widened in scope to be applied for any novel aspect of magnetic drives which would be included in T03. To further discriminate the type of equipment concerned, codes from the T03-N section should be used where T03-A08 codes are not sufficiently specific.
T03-A08A Disk drive
[1992]
See T03-F codes also.
T03-A08A1 [1992] Single disk drive module From 2012 T03-A08A1G is introduced for portable hard disk drives that are used for external storage. Hard disk drives of normal form factor for use within computers, servers, etc., are covered by T03-A08A1C and cardtype or similar small form factor drives are covered by T03-A08A1E. In 2002 the title of T03-A08A1 was amended to better reflect its intended coverage of single units which may drive one or more magnetic disks. Storage systems based on multiple magnetic disk drive modules used together are covered by T03A08A5 codes.
T03-A08A1A Floppy disk drive
[1992]
T03-A08A1C Hard disk drive
[1992]
This code is used as the default reference for a 'hard disk drive'. Card type, or similar small form factor magnetic disk drives used within equipment are covered by T03-A08A1E and external hard disk drives by T03-A08A1G (from 2012), both of which are assigned instead of T03-A08A1C.
283
284
T: Computing and Control
T03-A08A1E [1997] Card type, small form factor magnetic disk drive This code covers compact and/or thin drives, assumed to be of hard disk type unless other codes indicate otherwise, that are mounted inside the equipment using the stored data. Portable hard disk drives that are external to the computer or other equipment with which they are used are covered by T03-A08A1G.
PCMIA
T03-A08A1G
[2012]
Portable hard disk drive
Back-up, desk-top, external storage
T03-A08A5 [1992] Multiple disk drive modules From 2002 the title of this code has been amended to better reflect its intended coverage of multiple disk drive units (assumed to be for hard disks unless T03-A08A1A also assigned).
Stack
T03-A08A5A [1997] RAID system Redundant array inexpensive disks [1992]
See T03-F and T04-A03A/T04-J codes also.
T03-A08E Tape drive
Drives with multiple heads mounted in a fixed relationship with respect to each other are not routinely coded here.
T03-A09 Other T03-A10 [1992] Interfacing with magnetic recorder T03-A10A
[1997]
Interfacing hardware
This code covers hard disk drives that are selfcontained and used as external drives, e.g. for connection to a PC via a USB or similar interface. T04-P is also assigned for external computer storage disk drives. Standard hard disk drives and compact drives of e.g. cardtype that are mounted inside equipment are covered by T03-A08A1C and T03-A08A1E respectively.
T03-A08C Card drive
T03-A08M [2007] Multiple head actuator type drive
[1992]
See also T03-E codes. This code is intended solely for drives intended for computer storage applications, e.g. tape streamers. It is not applied for details of audio or video tape recorders.
Includes plugs, sockets, cables etc.
T03-A10C Interface circuitry
[1997]
T03-A10E Control aspects
[1997]
See T01-C01 and T01-H01 codes also. Use with T03-A08A5A for RAID aspects.
T03-A10E1 Data transfer aspects
[1997]
T03-A10E3 Control of storage
[1997]
Includes file allocation, etc.
FAT
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-B Optical recording/reproduction For records prior to 2002 audio/video applications are assigned W04-C codes also. From 2002 carriers and head/record carrier driving aspects of audio/video optical recording are no longer coded in W04. For audio/video applications of optical recording drives see W04-C10 codes. Hard formatting aspects specific to audio/video recording are also covered in W04-C01F while signal formatting aspects are covered in W04-C05. Optical reading/writing circuitry is coded in W04-C06. These codes are not used for cinematography per se (S06-B05), but optical soundtrack recording, e.g. magneto-optical (T03-D01 codes), is not assigned T03-B codes unless stated to be applicable to optical recording also.
Disk, storage, compact, laser, beam, light
T03-B01 Record carriers and their manufacture For records prior to 2002 all aspects of record carriers per se are assigned W04-C01 codes also, irrespective of stated application. From 2002 W04-C01 codes are no longer used. Codes for carrier type (T03-B01D section) are assigned when possible, to indicate this aspect only. (Prior to 1992 use T03-N codes). From 2002 T03-B01D codes can be used to indicate audio/video carrier applications. From 1997, T03-B01H is used for layer arrangements without particular reference to any one (previously assigned the general T03-B01 code).
T03-B01A Substrates Mould, transparent
[1987]
T03-B01A1 Compositions
[1992]
Includes glues, resins used for bonding multiple substrates.
PMMA, polycarbonate, resin
T03-B01A5 Structure; shape
[1992]
T03-B01A5A [1992] Double substrate Double-sided, dual-substrate T03-B01B
[1987]
Light sensitive layers Photo-sensitive, photochromic, contrast, reflection, pit T03-B01B1 [1992] Light sensitive materials Spiropyran T03-B01B1A [1992] Light absorbing materials Includes IR-absorbing compounds.
T03-B01B5
[1992]
Characterised by recording process Codes in this section are only assigned when some aspect of the light sensitive layer is novel, not to routinely indicate carrier type, which is catered for by T03-B01D codes.
T03-B01B5A Ablation
[1992]
Covers methods involving depletion of material, such as hole burning.
Ablative, evaporation, metal film, surface tension
T03-B01B5C Deformation
[1992]
Includes formation of bubbles.
Polymer, metal, bi-layer, gas, scatter
T03-B01B5E Interaction
[1992]
Includes alloying or segregation of material.
Exothermic, chemical reaction, alloy, separate, crystallisation, bi-layer
285
286
T: Computing and Control
T03-B01B5G Phase transition
[1992]
Includes change between crystalline and amorphous states.
Phase-change, liquid crystal
T03-B01B5J
[1992]
Combination of methods Includes use of more than one recording mechanism for multilevel recording of data. From 1997, multiple light sensitive layer arrangements and (single) layers sensitive to more than one wavelength, previously coded here, are respectively transferred to T03B01B5N and T03-B01B5P.
High density, tri-level
T03-B01B5L Reversible process
[1992]
See T03-B01D8 for rewritable optical carrier in general.
Erasable, rewritable, photochromic
T03-B01B5N [1997] Multiple light-sensitive layer (T03-B01B5J)
T03-B01B5P [1997] Layer sensitive t o different light wavelengths (T03-B01B5J)
T03-B01B5X [1992] Other recording processes T03-B01C [1987] Protective layers, (anti-) reflective layers Coating, film T03-B01C1
[1992]
Internal reflective or antireflective layers This code takes precedence over T03-B01C3 and is used for indeterminate cases.
T03-B01C3 [1992] External reflective or antireflective layers T03-B01C5 [1992] Protective (ext.) layer Anti-abrasion, scratch-resistant, antistatic T03-B01C7 [1992] Protection subsequently applied to carrier Includes plastic air-occlusion film applied to surface of compact disk.
T03-B01C8 Labelling layers
[2007]
(T03-B01C9)
Includes optical and thermo sensitive layers for recording human readable information as well as layers suitable for printing e.g. by ink jet (see T04-G02). Layers for recording data are covered in T03-B01B and are not coded here. See T04 for details of printing not carried out by the optical drive.
T03-B01C9
[1992]
Other T03-B01D Record carrier type
[1992]
Codes in this section are used in conjunction with either those for features of carriers per se, or those for manufacture, to indicate the type of the carrier only.
T03-B01D1 Disk
[1992]
T03-B01D1A [2002] For audio/video storage (W04-C01)
T03-B01D3 Card
[1992]
Includes cards with circular tracks and centrehole to allow recording/playback in optical disk recorder.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-B01D3A [2002] For audio/video storage (W04-C01)
T03-B01D4 [2006] Super resolution carrier Includes layer arrangements on carrier, e.g. mask layers, to increase resolution beyond wavelength of read/write laser. Super resolution arrangements involving optical components of head are covered in T03B02B6 and are not coded here.
Super RENS, Super Resolution Near Field Structure
T03-B01D5 Tape
[1992]
T03-B01D5A [2002] For audio/video storage [1997]
Includes double-substrate arrangements (also assigned T03-B01A5A) and carriers with multiple light sensitive layers on one substrate (see also T03-B01B5N).
T03-B01D7 Non-erasable carrier
[1992]
This code is only used when this aspect of the carrier is stated, and not merely instead of T03-B01D8. Search in conjunction with T03B01D8 for hybrid carrier arrangements with erasable and non-erasable areas.
Direct read after write, DRAW, write once read many times, WORM, compact disk, CD
T03-B01D7A Read only
[1997]
Includes CD-ROM.
T03-B01D7C WORM
[1997]
Covers carrier enabling writing, but not erasing.
Archive
For details of recording layers see T03B01B5L. Search in conjunction with T03B01D7 for hybrid carrier arrangements with erasable and non-erasable areas.
T03-B01E Manufacture
[1992]
Use with T03-B01D codes to indicate manufacture of a particular type of carrier.
T03-B01E1
[1992]
Equipment T03-B01E1A Stamper
[1992]
From 1997, this code will be used to cover stampers per se only -see note for T03B01E3E.
Press, punch, form, substrate, roll, sheet
(W04-C01)
T03-B01D6 Multilayer carriers
T03-B01D8 [1992] Erasable and rewritable carrier
T03-B01E1B Coating equipment
[1992]
Covers equipment for applying any type of layer to substrate.
Evaporate, coat, deposit, spray, sputter, vacuum, vapour
T03-B01E1M [2006] Mastering equipment Includes equipment for writing to glass master and performing other mastering processes. See V05 codes for novel aspects of electron beam writing equipment.
Electron beam writer
T03-B01E3 [1997] Characterised by process Codes in this section are used with other T03B01E codes as appropriate to provide additional information on the processes involved in an invention.
287
288
T: Computing and Control
T03-B01E3A [1997] Fabrication and recording of master Includes production of master from raw material and also process of recording data on it which carriers will finally store.
Glass, cut, tape master, hard disk, subcode
T03-B01E3C
[1997]
Production of intermediate copies Plating, sputtering, coating
T03-B01E3E Production of stamper per se Stampers per se, and materials for them, are coded in T03-B01E1A. From 1997, their manufacture will be described by use of T03B01E3E together with T03-B01E1 or T03B01E5 as appropriate. (Prior to 1997, T03-
T03-B01E3G Pressing
[1997]
Includes bonding of multiple substrates and setting resins as well as sheet stamping methods. See T03-B01E3X for punching hole in substrate after pressing.
Injection moulding
T03-B01E3J [1997] Applying coatings after pressing Includes labelling where label is part of carrier (also coded in T03-H02A1A and X25-F08 when there are significant electrical details). Chiefly covers application of reflective and protective films after pressing process. T03B01E1B will continue to be assigned (in addition to T03-B01E3J) where novel coating equipment is involved.
T03-B01E3L [2011] Polishing and cleaning This code covers polishing and cleaning of an optical recording medium or a stamper or similar (e.g. with T03-B01E3E) as part of a manufacturing process. Polishing, cleaning or reconditioning of already-manufactured optical carriers by a user is not included and is covered by T03-H02B with T03-B01D codes assigned also as appropriate to denote the form of the carrier, e.g. T03-B01D1 for disk cleaning or scratch repair.
T03-B01E3P [1997] Packing and shipment covered by T03-L01A1), labelling, etc. Electrical details of packing and labelling of carrier containers are also assigned X25-F codes.
T03-B01E3S [2002] Multistep manufacturing process This code is used for inventions covering a number of manufacturing steps without apparent emphasis on any one.
T03-B01E3X [1997] Other optical carrier manufacturing processes T03-B01E5 Methods
[1992]
T03-B01E7 Testing, monitoring
[1992]
T03-B01E7A [1992] Of manufacturing process Instrumentation, check, measure T03-B01E7B [1992] Of carrier during manufacture T03-B01E7C Of complete carrier
[1992]
Includes test recording and inspection by e.g. optical testing methods.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-B01F Recording format
[1992]
Covers physical aspects only such as groove/land structure and other aspects fixed at time of disk manufacture, as well as geometry of recordable and non-recordable pits. See T03-B05 for signal aspects of recording formats, including spatial arrangement of data on carrier and between carrier layers.
Sector, servo, index
T03-B01F1 [1992] To increase storage density Capacity, data T03-B01F1A
[2007]
Multivalue data formats Includes recording marks that are able to contain several pieces of information by using variations in length, width or depth, to store data values with base greater than two.
T03-B01F5 [1997] Details of grooves, pits, etc. T03-B01F5A Relating to tracking
[1997]
Track following and accessing is covered in T03-B02A3 codes, also assigned where appropriate.
T03-B01H Layer arrangements
[1997]
Covers details of sequence layers making up record carrier without specific reference to any one layer.
T03-B01R [2006] Recycling and destroying optical carrier This code is used for recycling and destroying of optical record carriers only. Recycling and destroying of magnetic carriers is covered by T03-A01R and of magneto-optical carriers by T03-D01R. Where an invention is applicable to recycling or destruction of several types of carrier or the type is not disclosed the general code T03-H02R is assigned instead. For recycling of recording or playing equipment see V04-X01C.
T03-B02 Heads and head/light source positioning T03-B02A Positioning, focusing
[1987]
Codes in this section cover both lens positioning for focusing, and positioning of the head as a whole for track selection and alignment.
T03-B02A1 [1992] Lens positioning for focusing Positioning of the head moving across the carrier is covered by T03-B02A3 codes.
T03-B02A1A Drive element per se
[1992]
Includes voice coil motor. (See V06-M04 also).
VCM
T03-B02A1C [1992] Focus detection and control Includes focus servo arrangements.
Feedback, error, lens, position
T03-B02A3 Head positioning
[1992]
Covers positioning of head as a whole, for track selection or following, not focusing, which is covered by T03-B02A1 codes.
289
290
T: Computing and Control
T03-B02A3A Drive element per se
[1992]
Includes linear motor. (See V06-M06B also).
Coil, pulse, step
T03-B02A3B [1992] Movable mounting structures Includes rail assembly allowing head movement.
Guide, slide
T03-B02A3C [1992] Track selection and access Includes track-accessing servo arrangements. (For track access servo in general, see T03G02B1 codes).
Index, seek, kick pulse, step, initialise
T03-B02A3D Track following
[1992]
Includes track-following servo arrangements. (For track-following servos in general see T03G02C1).
Alignment, feedback, off-track, shift, compensate, tilt
T03-B02A3E [1992] Interchangeable servo system Includes track accessing servo switching to track following mode. This code takes precedence over T03-B02A3C and T03B02A3D.
T03-B02A4 Tilt correction
[2005]
Covers arrangements involving movement of lens or using other optical systems e.g. liquid crystal element. Search in conjunction with T03-B06 codes for compensation by signal processing.
T03-B02A5 [1992] Compensation system Includes arrangements compensating for temperature change or vibration, in either focus or track access/following system.
Shift, disturbance, distortion, jitter
T03-B02A7 Light source control
[1992]
Includes control of bias circuit for semiconductor laser (see also U12-A01B4 and corresponding codes in V08).
Monitor, current, feedback, LED, photodiode, APD sensor
T03-B02A8 [1997] Using multiple heads, head positioning for double-sided disk From 2007 this code has been expanded to include multiple head systems not exclusively used for double-sided disks. Previously this code covered only head positioning for double-sided disks.
T03-B02A8A [2007] Head positioning for d ouble-sided disk All general aspects of multiple head drives are also covered in T03-B10M. Includes dual-head systems and arrangements for single head to move to other side of disk. Search using T03B02A8 for all records prior to 2007.
T03-B02A8C [2007] Reading multiple formats T03-B02A8E [2007] Increasing access speed T03-B02A8G [2007] Simultaneous reading of multiple tracks T03-B02B Head
[1992]
The codes in this group cover constructional aspects of optical heads per se. Head positioning is covered by T03-B02A codes.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-B02B1 Light source
[1992]
This code covers novel light sources themselves, such as laser diodes, specific details of which are covered by U12-A01B codes and also codes in V08. It does not refer to assemblies including the light source and associated optical elements external to it which are covered by T03-B02B if no specific detail is given, or by other T03-B02B subdivisions as appropriate. Light sources are normally assigned T03-B02B1 only but in cases of specific application to reading or writing, subdivision codes are assigned instead. Frequency doubling or other multiplying optical arrangements are covered by T03-B02B7E (coded as T03-B02B1 and T03-B02B7 prior to 1997). Light source control aspects are coded in T03-B02A7.
LED, laser, solid, gas
T03-B02B1A [1992] For recording Writing, erasing, overwrite T03-B02B1B For reading
[1992]
T03-B02B3 [1992] Photodetector for focus and read Photodiode, diode, APD, quadrant, sensor T03-B02B5
[1992]
Lenses T03-B02B6 [1997] Aperture, Rayleigh, wavelength, refraction T03-B02B7 [1992] Optical systems, optical elements Includes other optical elements e.g. lightguides for transferring reading or writing light, (see V07-F01 codes for novel aspects). Lenses are covered by T03-B02B5. 'Superresolution' optical aspects are indicated by assignment of T03-B02B6 with T03-B02B5 or T03-B02B7 codes as appropriate.
T03-B02B7A Beam splitter Prism
[1997]
T03-B02B7C [1997] Polarising arrangements T03-B02B7E
[1997]
Harmonic generators (T03-B02B1, T03-B02B7)
Covers arrangements effectively reducing wavelength of recording or reading light.
T03-B02B7G Diffraction gratings
[2005]
T03-B02B7M Multiple optical path
[2006]
Includes systems for reading different types of optical disk.
T03-B02B8 [1992] Optical recording head cleaning, head manufacture, head testing From 2012 the scope of this code has been expanded to include manufacture and testing of optical heads, respectively covered by subdivisions T03-B02B8C and T03-B02B8E, in addition to optical head cleaning, for which T03-B02B8A is now the main code. Note that T03-B02B8 codes refer to the optical head itself, as defined by T03-B02B codes, and not head positioning aspects as covered by T03B02A codes. Prior to 2012 T03-B02B8 covered only arrangements for cleaning sources, detectors, and optical system with cleaning of e.g. an optical disk player lens by a dummy carrier being covered by T03-B02B8A. From 2012 T03-B02B8A is used as a general reference for head cleaning. Cleaning of recording equipment in general is covered by T03-H02C.
291
292
T: Computing and Control
T03-B02B8A [1992] Optical recording head cleaning, including use of dummy carriers From 2012 the scope of this code has been expanded to cover general arrangements for cleaning optical recording and playback heads, such as lens cleaners, in addition to its previous coverage of dummy carriers for cleaning. Prior to 2012, T03-B02B8A was used for cleaning using dummy carriers such as cleaning disks and T03-B02B8 served as a general 'optical head cleaning' code. (Prior to 1992 T03-B02 and T03-H02 were assigned for optical head cleaning).
Wipe, pad, brush, solvent, lens
T03-B02B8C [2012] Optical recording head manufacture Between 2006 and 2011 search T03-B02B codes with T03-M08 (general manufacturing code) for optical recording head manufacture. From 2012 T03-M08 is no longer assigned for this topic.
T03-B02B8E [2012] Optical recording head testing Between 1992 and 2011 search T03-B02B codes with T03-K07 codes (general testing code) for optical recording head testing. From 2012 T03-K07 codes are no longer assigned for this topic. When optical testing is involved codes in e.g. S02-J04 or S03-E04 subgroups are also assigned as appropriate.
T03-B02C [1992] Static carrier reading and writing system Covers arrangements for reading or writing where relative movement of light source/sensor with respect to recording medium does not involve physical movement of either record carrier or a head apparatus. Instead relative movement takes place, for instance, by optical beam scanning with electro-optical or electromechanical scanning, or use of an switched optical array. Does not cover optical static stores, which are covered by U14-A02 codes.
T03-B03* [1992-200 4] Record carrier positioning *This code is now discontinued and from 2005 novel aspects of optical record carrier positioning are assigned the appropriate T03B10 code in conjunction with T03-F or T03-E codes.
T03-B03A* For disks
[1992-200 4]
*This code is now discontinued. Prior to 2005 T03-N01 was also assigned and T03-F codes were applied for specific details.
T03-B03C* For cards
[1992-200 4]
*This code is now discontinued Prior to 2005 T03-N05 was also assigned and also T03-F codes for specific details. Codes in T04, e.g. T04-A03B and T04-J are assigned for this topic.
T03-B03E*
[1992-200 4]
For tape *This code is now discontinued Prior to 2005 T03-N02 and/or T03-N03 or T03-N04 were also assigned along with T03-E codes, which are still assigned for specific tape drive details.
T03-B05 [1992] Signal recording format and methods T03-B05A Recording methods
[2005]
Includes arrangements for recording label information using data recording equipment on visible light sensitive layer. For this topic see also T03-H02A.
T03-B05A1 [2005] Optimisation methods Includes use of test recording area. Use with appropriate code, e.g. T03-B02A7 for controlling light source power.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-B05F Format
[2005]
Covers arrangement of data only, physical aspects such as hard sectoring of data, are covered by T03-B01F. Index signal recording and related aspects are also in T03-J01 codes.
Constant, angular, linear, velocity, CAV, CLV
T03-B05F1 [2007] Data arrangement within recording layers Covers two dimensional data layout.
T03-B05F5 [2007] Data arrangement between recording layers Covers arrangement of different data types between different layers, e.g. layer used for interactive data such as Java info in Blu-Ray disks.
T03-B05F9 [2007] Other data arrangements T03-B05K [2005] Determining format or type of carrier inserted E.g. distinguishing between CD and DVD or between CD-R and CD-RW in drive capable of handling multiple formats.
T03-B06 [1992] Reading/writing circuitry This code is used with T03-P codes when signal processing aspects are involved.
Laser, diode
T03-B06A
[1992]
Writing T03-B06C Reading
[1992]
T03-B07 [2007] Re-recording, duplication (T03-B01E3X, T03-B05A)
Includes equipment and methods for duplicating optical carriers by recording on writable media. Production of optical carriers by pressing is covered in T03-B01E and is not coded here.
T03-B08 [1992] Interfacing with optical recording equipment T03-B09 Other optical recording/reproduction aspects Includes editing/recording techniques esp. for optical recording, track flaw detection, noise elimination etc., when not relevant to other T03-B codes.
T03-B10 Optical drive
[2005]
Portable standalone drives are also coded in T04-P. From 2005 optical drives are coded in this section in accordance with carrier type and are no longer assigned a corresponding T03-N code. Prior to 2002 optical drives are coded in T03-N as appropriate and W04-C10. From 2002 W04-C10 codes are applied only for audio/video recording applications and therefore between 2002 and 2005 optical drives with no audio/video aspect were assigned a T03-N code in conjunction with the appropriate T03-B codes to denote novel aspects.
T03-B10A [2005] Disk drive CD, CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD-ROM, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, DVD+R, DVD+RW, HD-DVD, BD-ROM, BD-R, BD-RE, Blu Ray, UMD
293
294
T: Computing and Control
T03-B10A1 Multilayer disk
[2005]
From 2002 to 2005 drives for optical disk with multiple recording layers, e.g. DVD-9, DVD-10 and DVD-18 formats, are assigned W04C10A2 where the invention has significant audio/video recording aspects. From 2005 W04-C10A2 is no longer used and all multilayer aspects of drives are coded here. Optical disk drives for audio/video recording which are also used for recording other data formats are coded in W04-C10A3A.
T03-B10C Card drive
[2005]
T03-B10E Tape drive
[2005]
T03-B10M [2007] Multiple head type drive T03-B12 [2005] Holographic recording This code is applied in conjunction with other T03-B codes to denote the relevant aspect. Prior to 2005 holographic recording was assigned T03-C09 as well as in T03-B codes.
T03-C Other dynamic recording/reproducing methods Audio/video applications are coded in W04-D codes also. For records prior to 2002, where application to audio/video recording is not stated, only capacitive record carriers and recording equipment are routinely assigned W04 codes also (in W04-D section). From 2002 W04-D codes are only applied where audio/video applications are specifically mentioned. For static stores see U14-A codes.
T03-C01 Capacitive
[1992]
Includes ferro-electric probe storage.
PVC, carbon, conductive, lubricant, stylus, diamond, shank, antistatic
T03-C03 Using electron beam
[1992]
See also V05-F08C3 and other V05-F codes for equipment aspects, as appropriate.
T03-C05 [1992] Using tunnelling effects See also V05-F08C3 and V05-F01A5, and other V05-F codes for equipment aspects, as appropriate.
T03-C05A
[1997]
Record carriers and their manufacture T03-C07 [1992] Using superconductive element See T03-A01E for superconducting magnetic record carriers, and T03-A06K for superconductive magnetic recording systems. Superconductive materials and devices in general are coded in U14-F codes, (X12-D06 codes are assigned for high-power electrical aspects of superconductors).
T03-C09 [1992] Other recording methods T03-D Recording/reproducing using combination of methods Audio/video applications are assigned in W04-D codes also.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-D01 [1987] Magneto-optical recording T03-D01 codes cover recording intended to be read as changes in reflected light due to the Kerr effect and not recording based on temporary lowering of coercivity by a heat source that is read magnetically, as in heatassisted magnetic recording (covered by T03A06N1). Prior to 2002 all aspects of magnetooptical recording were assigned W04-D codes. From 2002 carriers and mechanical aspects of magneto-optical recording are no longer coded in W04. Carriers intended specifically for audio/video recording are coded in T03D01A1K. Audio/video applications of magnetic-optical recording drives are assigned W04-D20 codes. Inventions are assigned T03-D01 codes when specific reference is made to magneto-optical recording. However, it should be noted that T03-B should be considered also for general aspects, such as optical systems, which may also be relevant to magneto-optical recording, and to allow for cases where the magnetooptical aspect cannot be ascertained.
Photomagnetic, Kerr effect, disk, substrate, film, rare earth, amorphous, optomagnetic
T03-D01A Record carriers
[1992]
Prior to 1997, this code included disclosures dealing with a sequence of layers without emphasis on any specific one. This subject matter is now transferred to T03-D01A4.
T03-D01A1 Carrier type
[1992]
Codes in this section are used to indicate carrier type for both novel carrier details and novel manufacturing aspects. For these aspects, T03-N codes are not assigned from 1992.
T03-D01A1A
[1992]
Disk T03-D01A1C Card
[1992]
T03-D01A1E Tape
[1992]
T03-D01A1K [2002] For audio/video recording T03-D01A2 Substrate
[1992]
T03-D01A3 [1992] Reflective, antireflective, and dielectric layers The title of this code has been expanded to reflect the previous inclusion of dielectric layers, now covered by T03-D01A3E.
T03-D01A3A Antireflective layer
[1992]
T03-D01A3C Reflective layer
[1992]
T03-D01A3E Dielectric layers
[1997]
This code is mainly intended for layers internal to the carrier. Spacing layers between two magnetic layers are covered by T03-D01A5G. External protective layers are covered by T03D01A7 codes.
T03-D01A4
[1997]
Layer arrangements in general This code is used for inventions where structures involving several layers are claimed, without particular emphasis on any one. See other T03-D01A codes for novel details of specific layers.
T03-D01A5 Magnetic layers
[1992]
See V02-A01 codes for magnetic compositions also, and V02-B01 for magnetic film in general.
T03-D01A5A Recording layers
[1992]
295
296
T: Computing and Control
T03-D01A5C Reference layers
[1992]
T03-D01A5E [1997] Exchange coupling system (T03-D01A5A, T03-D01A5C)
T03-D01A5G Spacing layers
[1997]
Covers layers consisting of metallic or nonmetallic material separating two magnetic layers. Dielectric layers in general are covered by T03-D01A3E.
T03-D01A5J [2005] Domain wall displacement system Covers systems which transfer high density recorded marks from memory/recording layer to displacement/reproduction layer via switching layer through exchange coupling force, then causing exchange coupling force to disappear through heating and shifting domain wall in reproduction layer to increase size of mark so as to allow reading by standard wavelength laser.
Memory layer, switching layer, displacement layer, control layer, reading layer, magnetically amplifying magneto optical system (MAMOS)
T03-D01A7 Overcoat layer
[1992]
T03-D01A7A [1992] Lubrication aspects of overcoat layer T03-D01A8 [1992] Record carrier manufacture and testing Prior to 2002 this aspect was also coded in W04-D01A1, irrespective of application. From 2002 W04-D01A1 is no longer used. Use T03D01A1 codes to discriminate carrier type (T03N codes not assigned from 1992).
T03-D01A8A [1992] Substrate manufacture T03-D01A8C [1992] Reflective layer deposition
T03-D01A8E [1992] Magnetic layer deposition Also coded in V02-H02 codes for novel aspects of equipment or process. Magnetic layer deposition for purely magnetic record carriers is covered by T03-A02A codes.
T03-D01A8G [1997] Overcoat and lubricating layer deposition T03-D01A8J Carrier testing
[1992]
For non-recording testing aspects see S02/S03 codes, e.g. S03-E04F2 for optical flaw testing.
T03-D01A9 Recording format
[2005]
Covers physical aspects only, e.g. details of grooves and pits. See T03-D01E7 for signal aspects of recording format.
T03-D01B* [1992-200 4] Record carrier positioning *This code is now discontinued. From 2005 novel aspects of magneto-optical record carrier positioning are assigned T03-F or T03E codes in conjunction with the appropriate T03-D01K code.
T03-D01B1* For disks
[1992-200 4]
*This code is now discontinued. Prior to 2005 T03-N01 was also assigned along with T03-F codes for specific details.
T03-D01B5* For tape
[1992-200 4]
*This code is now discontinued. Prior to 2005 T03-N02 and/or T03-N03 or T03-N04 were also assigned. See T03-E codes for tape drive details.
T03-D01C Optical head details
[1992]
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-D01C1 Optical elements
[1992]
Includes light guides (see V07-F01 codes also).
T03-D01C1A Lenses
[1992]
T03-D01C1C
[1992]
Beam splitter, polarizer
T03-D01D3 [1992] Track selection and accessing Includes motor drive for head positioning. See also V06-M and V06-N codes as appropriate.
T03-D01D3A Track accessing servo
[1992]
Track access servo systems in general are covered by T03-G02B1.
T03-D01C1E [1997] -resol Numerical aperture, NA, Rayleigh, refraction
T03-D01D3C [1992] Switching to track following servo action
T03-D01C1G Harmonic generator
T03-D01D5 Track following
[1992]
T03-D01D5A Track following servo
[1992]
[1997]
Covers arrangements effectively reducing wavelength of recording or reading light.
T03-D01C3 Light source
[1992]
See U12 and V08 codes as appropriate for details of lasers and their control.
T03-D01C3A Light source control
[1992]
T03-D01C5 Photodetector
[1997]
See U12-A02B codes for semiconductor device respects.
Photodiode, diode, APD, quadrant, sensor
T03-D01D [1992] Optical head positioning T03-D01D1 Focusing
[1992]
T03-D01D1A
[1992]
Focus servo T03-D01D1C Motor drive
[1992]
Includes voice-coil motors and their control. See also V06-M04 and V06-N codes.
Track following servo systems in general are covered by T03-G02C1.
T03-D01D7 [1992] Motor drive for track select ion and following Includes motor per se and also drive circuitry not specifically part of track access or track following servo systems, these being covered by T03-D01D3A and T03-D01D5A respectively.
T03-D01E [1992] Erasing, rewriting, writing, interfacing methods and circuits The title of this code has been expanded to reflect its wider use since 1992 to include reading and writing circuitry (now covered by T03-D01E3 codes) and interfacing aspects (T03-D01E5 codes).
T03-D01E1 [1992] Erasing/rewriting methods Includes methods intended to reduce access time.
297
298
T: Computing and Control
T03-D01E1A [1992] Reducing unnecessary erasure Includes monitoring of unrecorded areas to allocate data accordingly.
T03-D01E3 [1997] Writing and reading circuitry See also T03-P codes where broader signal processing aspects are involved.
T03-D01E3A Writing
[1997]
T03-D01E3C Reading
[1997]
T03-D01E5 Interfacing aspects
[1997]
Includes actual interfacing circuits and also storage control aspects, e.g. file allocation, etc. See also T01-H codes for computer storage systems.
FAT
T03-D01E7 [2005] Signal recording format, methods T03-D01E9 [1997] Other magneto-optical recorder aspects T03-D01F Magnetic system
[1992]
T03-D01F1 Magnetic head
[1992]
Includes manufacture of head (see V02-H05 also). Magnetic heads for purely magnetic recording are covered by T03-A03 codes.
T03-D01F1A Head movement
[1992]
Covers spacing/movement of head relative to disk surface. Optical head positioning is covered by T03-D01D codes.
T03-D01F3 [1992] Bias magnet, initialisation system Novel permanent magnets are also coded in V02-E01, electromagnets in V02-E02 codes.
T03-D01F3A Position adjustment
[1992]
Includes movement towards disk surface.
T03-D01H Recording method
[1992]
Codes indicating recording method are assigned to indicate equipment type, and thus may be used with any other T03-D01 code provided the type of recording is disclosed.
T03-D01H1 [1992] Magnetic field modulation Covers systems with constant intensity (unmodulated) light beam.
T03-D01H5 [1992] Light beam modulation Covers systems with constant (unmodulated) magnetic field.
T03-D01K
[2005]
Magneto-optical drive Portable standalone drives are also coded in T04-P. From 2005 magneto-optical drives are coded in this section in accordance with carrier type and are no longer assigned a corresponding T03-N code. Prior to 2002 magneto-optical drives are coded in T03-N as appropriate and W04-D20. From 2002 W04D10 codes are applied only for audio/video recording applications and therefore between 2002 and 2005 optical drives with no audio/video aspect were assigned a T03-N code in conjunction with the appropriate T03D01 codes to denote novel aspects.
T03-D01K1 Disk drive
[2005]
T03-D01K3 Card drive
[2005]
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-D01K5 Tape drive
[2005]
T03-D01R [2006] Recycling and destroying magnetooptical carrier This code is used for recycling and destroying of magneto-optical record carriers only. Recycling and destroying of magnetic carriers is covered by T03-A01R and of optical carriers by T03-B01R. Where an invention is applicable to recycling or destruction of several types of carrier or the type is not disclosed the general code T03-H02R is assigned instead. For recycling of recording or playing equipment see V04-X01C.
T03-D03 [1992] Electro-optical recording Includes photorefractive ferroelectric carrier system with e.g. static electric field and modulated light beam. For details of head and carrier positioning see T03-E, T03-F, and T03G codes, as appropriate.
T03-D03A [1992] Record carriers and their manufacture Prior to 2002 W04-D01A codes were also applied. From 2002 W04-D01A codes are no longer used.
T03-D09 [1992] Other combination recording methods T03-E Tape(/filament) transport For records prior to 2002 tape transport for audio/video recording was also coded in W04B04B or W04-E02B. From 2002 tape transport aspects are no longer covered in these equivalent codes in W04, but are assigned W04-B10A or W04-B12A as appropriate if specific to video or audio tape recorders respectively. T03-N codes are assigned as appropriate to indicate equipment type.
Motor, rotor, drive, belt, gear, tape deck
T03-E01 Spools; cassette changing; loading; threading Spools within cassette housings are coded in T03-H01B, or T03-H01C only. Winding tape onto spools during manufacture is covered by T03-H codes only. Includes retention of cassette/spool in position during recording/playback.
Engage, guide, cam, gear, eject
T03-E01A Spools Hub, reel, flange, leader
[1992]
T03-E01B [1992] Cassette changing Load, eject, slot, slide, carriage T03-E01B1 [1992] Changing/ejecting mechanism within apparatus T03-E01B1A Cassette door Flap, damping, spring
[1992]
T03-E01B5 [1992] External feeding apparatus From 2006 external tape feeding for library systems is no longer included here, being covered by T03-Q01 and T03-Q07A. Prior to 2006 search with T03-E01B5 and T03-Q01 for external feeding arrangements for tape libraries.
T03-E01B7 [1992] Handling different sized cassettes Cassette adaptors per se (e.g. for enabling insertion of small cassette into standard machine) are covered by T03-H01B6.
T03-E01C Looping, threading
[1992]
299
300
T: Computing and Control
T03-E01C1 For helical scan tape
[1992]
Includes arrangement to withdraw loop of tape from cassettes. Also coded in T03-N02 and T03-N03. Prior to 2002 audio/video applications of this technology were also assigned W04-B04B7A which is discontinued from 2002 and thus no longer assigned.
T03-E02 Other tape guidance Includes capstan and rotary head guides, vacuum arrangements and pressure pads.
T03-E03 Controlling, regulating or indicating speed T03-E03A Speed control Servo, feedback
[1992]
T03-E05A [1992] Based on sensed carrier features e.g. autostop T03-E05A1 [1992] Sensing recorded data T03-E05A3 Sensing tape tension
[1992]
T03-E05A5 [1992] Sensing non-magnetic feature on tape e.g. leader Includes optical detection. (Leader per se is covered by T03-A01H and T03-A01C3).
Light transmission, transparent
T03-E05A7 [1992] Sensing speed of carrier Includes detection of drop in speed, e.g. at end of tape, to halt operation.
T03-E03A1 [1992] By measurement of carrier speed Tachometer, pulse counting
T03-E05A9 [1992] Other control based on sensed carrier features
T03-E03A5 By recorded data
T03-E05B Manual control
[1992]
T03-E03A7 [1992] In conjunction with helical-scan head See also T03-A05A1D for helical scan head speed control, also coded in T03-N02.
T03-E04 Tape tension control; speed changing; reversing Fast forward, rewind, selector, motor T03-E05 Control of operating mode For records prior to 2002 audio/video applications are coded in W04-B04B5 codes. From 2002 these codes are no longer assigned.
Select, switch, function, play, rewind, fast forward, display, pause, cue, autostop, solenoid
[1992]
Includes operating controls, keys, switches, etc.
Pushbutton
T03-E05C
[1992]
Remote control See W04-E04A for remote control specific to audio or video recording.
Optical, IR, ultrasonic, radio, wire
T03-E06 Driving spools Includes motor, gearing and pulley systems, torque adjustment.
Reel, belt, tension, friction
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-E06A Motor
[1992]
This code is used as a general code for tape drive system motors.
T03-E07 Driving tape Includes capstan/pinch roller systems.
T03-E08 Other driving arrangements Includes braking arrangements. Spool rotation preventing devices within cassettes are covered by T03-H01B7A.
Clutch, reel, torque
T03-F Disk, drum, etc. drive and positioning This section deals mainly with disk drive arrangements (general), but also covers analogous systems for card, drum, or other used below). Search with T03-N codes to discriminate type of equipment, and with specific codes from other sections, e.g. T03A08, T03-B03, etc.
Motor, floppy, hard, card, drum, cylinder
T03-F01 Automatic disk changing Includes all types of loading/ejection mechanism where disk is not placed in final recording/reproducing. position by hand.
Load, arm, cartridge, eject, feed
T03-F01A
[1992]
Loading mechanism and drive Includes disk tray.
T03-F01A1 Disk shutter opener
[1992]
Disk cartridge shutters per se are covered by T03-H01A5. Includes arrangements to extract disk from cartridge within drive for playback/reproduction.
Pin, tab, lever
T03-F01A5 Ejection system
[1992]
This code covers arrangements peculiar to the ejection of carriers, and not merely part of the reciprocating system for loading/unloading, which is covered by T03-F01A.
T03-F01A7 [1997] Handling different disk size or type T03-F01B [1992] Disk positioning and centering Hub, locate T03-F01C [1992] Disk changing control system Monitor, controller, circuit T03-F01D [1992] Manual loading of carrier T03-F01E [1992] Loading from carousel container for several carriers Covers arrangements enabling simultaneous loading of several carriers, which are then played or recorded on, sequentially or nonare covered by T03-F01F1. Carousel container per se is covered by T03-H01A2.
T03-F01F [1992] Automatic feeding of single carrier from e.g. stack T03-F01F1 [1992] Feeding from stack within recording apparatus Includes jukebox systems. Feeding systems from external stack (apart from library systems) are covered by T03-F01F5. Library systems are covered by T03-Q codes.
301
302
T: Computing and Control
T03-F01F5 [1992] Feeding from stack or system external to equipment per se From 2006 library systems are no longer included here, being covered by T03-Q codes.
T03-F01X [1992] Other feeding arrangements T03-F02 Driving; control of drive and operating function; other Motor details are coded in V06.
T03-F02A Drive control
[1992]
Covers circuitry supervising and monitoring operation. Aspects specific to disk changing are covered by T03-F01C. See V06-N codes for motor control circuits.
T03-F02A1 Speed control
[1992]
T03-F02A5 Motor tilt control
[2005]
T03-F02C Drive components
[1992]
Covers only those mechanical or electromechanical elements concerned with driving carrier.
T03-F02C1
[1992]
Drive motor See V06-M codes also for motor details.
Spindle motor
T03-F02C3 [1992] Turntable, spindle, bearings, disk clamping T03-F02C3A [1997] Disk clamping arrangements (T03-F01B, T03-F02C3)
Covers arrangements to clamp disk onto shaft. Clamp arrangements for drive braking are covered by T03-F02C5.
T03-F02C3C Bearings
[1997]
T03-F02C5 [1992] Braking arrangements Arrangements to fix disk(s) on driving shaft are covered by T03-F02C3.
T03-F02E [1992] Carrier pressure arrangements Includes arrangement to press floppy disk against magnetic head.
T03-F02G [1992] Ventilation, cooling, air filters Includes fans, heatsinks, etc. Cooling of electronic equipment in general is covered by V04-T03 codes.
T03-F02G1 Air filters
[1992]
Air filters of general application are covered by T03-H02C. Prior to 1992 see T03-F02 and T03-H02.
T03-F02J [1992] Multi-carrier type drive This code is used with other T03-F codes as appropriate and covers arrangements specific to driving several carriers simultaneously.
T03-F02L*
[1992-200 4]
Casings, constructional details *This code is now discontinued and since 2005 codes in this section are no longer used. Constructional aspects of disk drives are now assigned T03-L05 codes in conjunction with T03-A08A, T03-B08A or T03-D01K1 as appropriate, or in conjunction with T03-N01 for general cases.
T03-F02L1*
[1997-2004]
Casings, housings *This code is now discontinued.
T03-F02L5* Internal construction
[1997-2004]
*This code is now discontinued.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-F02X [1992] Other disk drive details Includes internal connectors, e.g. between drive assembly and PCB. Prior to 2005 this code included external interfacing connectors, which are now covered in T03-M07. Includes arrangements for lubricating carriers within disk drives. For lubricating arrangements for motor bearings see T03-F02C3C along with V06.
T03-G General head arrangements To be used where appts. is non-specific or common to several types of recording. For specific applications see the relevant code group, e.g. T03-A05 for magnetic, and T03B02A for optical recording.
Disk, drive, arm, carriage, position, motor, mount, rotating, transducer, align, stepper, slide, pick-up
T03-G01 For adjusting head/record carrier spacing Air, bearing, lower, pressure, raise T03-G02 For track selecting/aligning Covers mechanical and electromechanical arrangements.
T03-G02A [1992] Head position actuator T03-G02A1 Drive motor
[1992]
See V06-M codes for details of motor per se.
T03-G02A5
[1992]
Mounting, support Includes support arms, bearings etc.
T03-G02B Track selection
[1992]
T03-G02B1 Track access servo
[1992]
T03-G02B1A [1992] Switching to track following action T03-G02C Track alignment
[1992]
T03-G02C1 [1992] Automatic alignment, track following servo T03-G02C5 [1992] Manual alignment; setting up For testing aspects see T03-K07 codes also.
T03-G02E [1992] Preventing servo crosstalk or unwanted interaction Includes arrangements to prevent crosstalk between e.g. track following servo and focus servo in optical or magneto-optical disk systems, (see T03-B and T03-D01 codes also as appropriate).
T03-G09 Other head arrangements Includes other head locking/positioning appts. and head/carrier pressure maintaining appts.
T03-H Record carriers and accessories in general T03-H01 Containers Codes in this section relate to containers, casings, sleeves etc. in which record carrier is driven. Storage containers in which the carrier is removed for playing are covered by T03-L01 codes.
Sleeve, cover, cartridge, housing material, fabric, fiber
303
304
T: Computing and Control
T03-H01A For disks
T03-H01A6K [2002] For audio/video recording
Prior to 2002 disk containers for audio/visual recording applications were also coded in W04-E02A1. From 2002 these codes are no longer used and T03-H01A6K is applied for disk containers specifically intended for audio/visual recording. (G11B-023)
Floppy, hard, compact, envelope, jacket, fold, flexible
T03-H01A1 Materials
[1992]
Covers composition of container.
T03-H01A2 [1992] For multiple disk container Includes carousel arrangement in which carriers can be driven for recording or reproduction. See T03-F01E also for carouselchanging aspects.
T03-H01A3 Structure
[1992]
T03-H01A4 [1997] Liner for disk container T03-H01A5 [1992] Protective arrangement e.g. shutter Disk drive arrangements for opening shutters are coded in T03-F01A1.
T03-H01A6 Disk type
[1992]
T03-H01A6A Magnetic
[1992]
T03-H01A6B Optical
[1992]
T03-H01A6C Capacitive
[1992]
T03-H01A6D Magneto-optical
[1992]
(W04-E02A1)
T03-H01A6X Other disk type
[1992]
T03-H01A7 Disk hub
[1992]
T03-H01A8 [1992] Manufacture and assembly Covers manufacture of component parts of container and mounting carrier inside it.
T03-H01A9 [1992] Other disk container details T03-H01B Cassettes for end-to-end webs/filaments Prior to 2002 this topic was also coded in W04-B04B1 and W04-E02B1. From 2002 these codes are no longer used and audio/visual applications are indicated using T03-H01B4. Cassettes are assumed to be for magnetic tape unless other codes indicate otherwise.
Tape, guide, insert, reel, spool, end, leader
T03-H01B1 Materials Polycarbonate, plastics
[1992]
T03-H01B3 Construction
[1992]
Covers shape, internal arrangement of component parts, etc.
T03-H01B4 [2002] For audio/video recording (W04-B04B1 and W04-E02B1)
T03-H01B5 [1992] Protective arrangement e.g. tape cover Search with T03-N02 for helical scan cassettes.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-H01B6 Cassette adaptor
[1992]
Arrangements in a recorder to allow loading of different sized cassettes are covered by T03E01B7.
T03-H01B7 Spools, spool locks
[1992]
Magnetic head cleaning is covered by T03A04B codes only.
Disk, tape, cassette, head, compact, housing, cartridge, filter, fluid
T03-H02A
Spools not part of a cassette are covered by T03-E01A.
T03-H01B7A
T03-H02 Record carriers, cleaning
[1992]
Spool locks Preventing spool rotation by tape drive components (e.g. brakes) is covered by T03E08.
T03-H01B8 [1992] Loading with tape, manufacture of cassette per se Includes manufacture and assembly of cassette.
T03-H01B8A [1992] Loading cassette with tape Includes arrangements for cutting tape and attaching leader, gripper or buckle etc. For novel gripper or buckle arrangements per se, see T03-H01B9.
Pancake
T03-H01B8C [1992] Manufacture of cassette per se Includes moulding of cassette halves.
T03-H01B9 [1992] Other end-to-end cassette details Includes labels (with T03-H02A1A). Includes attachments to tape leader for gripping etc..
T03-H01C Cassettes for endless webs/filaments Loop, continuous, spool, message recorder, telephone answering, announcement T03-H01X Other container details
[1992]
General aspects of carriers, including labels Prior to 2002 labels for audio/video recording carriers and cassettes were coded in W04E03A. From 2002 this code is no longer used and audio/video applications of labels are coded in T03-H02A8. Includes labels applied to carrier itself and to housing, e.g. cassette case, jewel box, etc.
T03-H02A1 [1997] Labels and authentication marks T03-H02A1A Labels
[1997]
Includes labels applied to carrier itself and to housing, e.g. cassette case, jewel box. For labelling during manufacture of optical media see T03-B01E codes and X25-F08 (if there are significant electrical details).
T03-H02A1C [1997] Authentication markings for record carrier Includes both human-readable and machinereadable markings, such as bar coding (see T04-A and T04-C codes also). Identification of counterfeit recordings by added signals is not included being covered in T03-P07C, and for audio and video recording in W04-G01L3 and W04-F01L3 respectively.
T03-H02A3 [2002] Integrated circuit storing carrier information This code is intended for ICs incorporated in with the possibility of reading contents information, or similar, either by recording equipment itself, or by an accessory system.
305
306
T: Computing and Control
T03-H02A8 [2002] For audio/video recording (W04-E03A)
T03-H02B Cleaning of carriers
[1992]
This code is used to highlight the cleaning or re-conditioning of record carriers by an end user and not as a step in a manufacturing process. For cleaning, re-conditioning and similar processes as part of record carrier manufacture see codes for manufacture of the particular carrier type, e.g. T03-A02 codes for magnetic carriers, T03-B01E3L and other T03B01E codes for optical carriers, or T03-D01A8 codes for magneto-optical carriers.
T03-H02C [1992] Cleaning equipment, including air filters Air filters specifically designed for disk drives are coded in T03-F02G1 only. Prior to 1992 search T03-F02 and T03-H02. Cleaning of magnetic and optical heads is not included and is respectively covered by T03-A04B3 codes and T03-B02B8 codes (from 1992).
T03-H02R [2006] General carrier recycling and destroying arrangements This code is used for recycling and destroying of record carriers in general, i.e. where the invention is applicable to several types of carrier or the type is not disclosed. It is not assigned when recycling or destroying of a specific type of carrier is involved, for which T03-A01R (magnetic carriers), T03-B01R (optical carriers) or T03-D01R (magnetooptical carriers) is assigned. For recycling of recording or playing equipment see V04-X01C.
T03-H07
[2006]
Preventing overwriting, erasure or copying Covers hardware-based methods of write/erase protection, e.g. erase tab, diskdrive lock. See T03-P07 for erasure/ copy prevention using signal formats/signal processing.
T03-H07A [2006] Preventing accidental loss of data T03-H07C [2006] Preventing unauthorised deliberate access or copying T03-H09 Other record carrier and accessory aspects Including spool manufacture, tape winders/rewinders and disk-sleeve insertion appts.
T03-J Indexing; synchronising; measuring tape travel This section includes codes for counters, gap inserting, cue recording, and carrier storage marking/indication. Labels for carriers are covered by T03-H02A1A. For audio/video applications see W04-H and W04-K codes also.
Pulse, code, position, track, time, counter, indicate, display
T03-J01 [1992] Index signal recording and detection T03-J01A Time code SMPTE
[1992]
T03-J01C [1997] Indexing information relating to carrier contents recorded separately or interleaved with main recorded information, but usually by same recording process in either case. Labels providing such information in human-readable form are covered by T03-H02A1A.
TOC
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-J01C1 [1997] User-recordable contents index information and thus implies use of recordable, rather than -
UTOC
T03-J01E [2006] Error management information T03-J03 Synchronising
[1992]
T03-J03A [1997] Synchronising data with carrier speed or head position Codes in this section cover both control of carrier speed based on data rate, and modification of data rate based on head or carrier drive aspects. Details of clock circuits and systems are in T03-J03C.
CAV, CLV, angular, linear, wobble
T03-J03A1 [1997] Controlling carrier speed based on recording data rate See also T03-E03A5 and T03-F02A1 for tape and disk drive aspects respectively. Arrangements modifying data rate based on carrier speed or position of head on carrier, e.g. differing linear velocity along radius of a disk, are covered by T03-J03A3 and T03J03A5 respectively.
T03-J03A3 [1997] Modifying data rate based on carrier speed Covers arrangements to modify data rate based on measured speed of carrier.
T03-J03A5
[1997]
Modifying data rate based on head position Includes arrangements to modify data rate based on change in linear velocity of tracks on a disk along its radius.
T03-J03C Clock system details
[1997]
See appropriate codes in e.g. U22 and U23 for actual oscillator and clock extraction circuits.
Phase, PLL
T03-J03C1
[1997]
Clock generation and recording Crystal, resonator, feedback, ring T03-J03C5 Clock recovery
[1997]
This code is intended for read circuitry establishing a clock signal from recorded data itself.
T03-J05 [1992] Measuring carrier travel T03-J05A [1992] Measuring tape travel Includes tape counters. Search with T03E05A1 for arrangement for stopping e.g. in response to gaps in recorded information.
Automatic music search system, AMSS, display
T03-K Editing; monitoring Includes dubbing, splicing, displays, disk speed monitoring, etc. For audio/video applications see W04-H and W04-J codes also. See T03-P01A for digital recording error correction.
Control, check, monitoring
T03-K01 Editing, splicing tape Dubbing
[1992]
T03-K01A Splicing Tape, join, repair, bond
[1992]
T03-K03
[1992]
Operation displays VU, volume unit, meter, mode, indicate
307
308
T: Computing and Control
T03-K05 [1992] Recording equipment control and circuits (general) Includes control systems compensating for ageing effects, temperature change, etc.
T03-K05A [1992] Adaptive control systems T03-K07 [1992] Recording equipment testing Electronic circuitry testing in general is covered by S01-G01 codes.
T03-K07A [1992] Testing during manufacture Production line, evaluate, reject T03-K07C [1992] Complete equipment testing Includes self-test facilities and performance testing of finished equipment.
Test tape, test disk, error check
T03-K07E [2006] Detecting carrier defect Covers arrangements to protect drive from damage. For detection of defects using BER measurements search along with T03-P01A. Arrangements to store information concerning the location of carrier errors, e.g. bad sectors, in order to speed up read and write processes are not coded here, being covered in T03-P01A and T03-J01E instead. Prior to 2006 this topic was covered in T03-P01A and T03-J01C.
T03-K09 [1992] Other monitoring details T03-L Recording housings Codes in this section relate to storage housings for record carriers, and also constructional details of recording equipment.
Disk, cassette, storage, magnetic, tape, floppy, cover, lock, support, case, compact, compartment, stack
T03-L01 [1987] Cases and storage racks or boxes for record carriers T03-L01 codes relate to casings and housings for record carriers, from which the carriers can be removed, and are not assigned for casings and housings of equipment, which are covered by T03-L05A. T03-L01 codes cover cassette boxes, racks, storage boxes for floppy disks, hard disks, tape reels etc. but not casings inserted into recording equipment in which the carrier is driven during recording/playing process, which are covered by T03-H01 codes. Prior to 2002 record carrier containers for optical recording carriers and other carriers specifically used for audio/video recording were also assigned W04-L01 codes. From 2002 these codes are no longer used and T03-L01K codes are used to indicate the type of carrier that the container is used for, and where appropriate, its application.
T03-L01A [1992] Record carrier container Includes packaging aspects, e.g. shipping containers.
T03-L01A1 [1992] For disks Compact, CD case, sleeve T03-L01A3 For tape
[1992]
Search with T03-N03 for cassettes, and also T03-N02 for helical scan cassettes.
Video rental
T03-L01C [1992] Storage racks and cases Includes arrangements for home or office use, mounting in car, etc., and also display stands for use in e.g. shop.
Retail, store
T03-L01C1 [1992] For disks Floppy, computer, data, file, box
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-L01C3 For tape
[1992]
T03-N02, T03-N03 are also assigned as appropriate.
Spool, reel, cassette, drawer, rack, box
T03-L01K
[2002]
Carrier type T03-L01K1 Magnetic
[2002]
T03-L01K3 Optical
[2002]
T03-L01K5 Magneto-optical
[2002]
T03-L01K8 [2002] For audio/video recording (W04-L01)
T03-L01N [2007] Novelty housings, containers, combined with other article Covers record carrier containers used for additional function. Includes record carrier cases and racks combined with other article, e.g. drinks can. Use in conjunction with other T03-L codes to indicate type of container.
T03-L05
[1987]
For recording equipment; constructional details of recording equipment T03-L05 codes relate to recording equipment per se and mounting details. T03-L01 codes are only assigned in addition when a storage rack is an integral part of an automatic feed system, for example. (For library systems T03Q codes are also assigned plus T03-E/T03-F as appropriate). Housings and constructional details specific to audio/visual recording equipment is also coded in W04-L05.
T03-L05A [1987] Cabinets, casings, stands
T03-L05B Construction
[1987]
Includes mounting of components, internal layout, cooling etc. See V04-T for constructional details of electronic appts. in general.
T03-L05N [2005] Noise and vibration reduction using constructional techniques This code covers constructional arrangements to reduce acoustic noise and vibration generated by the recording and reproducing equipment itself. Arrangements to reduce electrical noise in recorded or reproduced signals are covered by T03-P05.
T03-L05S [2005] Shock absorbing and damping This code covers constructional arrangements to reduce the effects of externally-applied shocks and vibration on the recording and reproducing equipment. Arrangements to reduce acoustic noise and vibration produced by the recording or reproducing equipment itself are covered by T03-L05N.
T03-M General T03-M01 For flat record carriers This code was used to indicate card-type carrier systems prior to 1992. From 1992, T03N05 will be assigned instead.
Card, strip
T03-M02 For web and other record carriers Prior to 1992, this code was chiefly used to indicate certain magnetic tape manufacturing processes (with T03-A02), such as slitting. From 1992 these are covered by T03-A02B7 and T03-A02E3, and T03-M02 is now mainly used for non-standard web carriers such as photographic film with e.g. magnetic recording aspects, (also assigned T03-A01C9).
Tape
309
310
T: Computing and Control
T03-M05 Power supply details
[2005]
T03-M07 [2005] Interfacing, connectors Covers external interfacing and connectors, e.g. between drive and other equipment, only. Interfacing for magnetic drives and optical drives is covered in T03-A10 and T03-B08 respectively, and is not coded here. See V04 codes also.
T03-M08 [2006] General equipment manufacturing details This code covers the manufacture of recording and playback equipment in general and is not assigned where more specific codes are available, such as T03-A04A1 codes for magnetic head manufacture and (from 2012) T03-B02B8C for optical head manufacture. T03-M08 is not assigned for manufacture of 'bought-in' components used in recording equipment, or for record carrier manufacture which is covered by specific codes in e.g. T03A02 (magnetic carriers), T03-B01E (optical carriers), T03-C (capacitive and other carriers), T03-D01A8 (magneto-optical carriers), T03D03A (electro-optical carriers) and T03-D09 (other 'combined method' carriers).
T03-M09 Other general recording aspects
T03-N Recorder types
[1983]
Notes : (1) Codes in this section are applied to indicate equipment type only, and do not themselves indicate novel features; (2) It is not intended that the codes be used in isolation, but rather to restrict the scope of other T03 codes; (3) From 1992, T03-N codes have not been assigned to record carriers per se which can be assigned codes from the following sections: T03-A01C, T03-A02E, T03-B01D, T03-D01A1; (4) Prior to 2005 T03-N codes were assigned to all inventions involving a record carrier drive used for a given type of record carrier. From 2005 codes in this section will be only be applied where the recording method, e.g. magnetic. optical etc., is unknown or the invention is of a general nature. T03-A08, T03B08 and T03-D01K codes are applied for inventions involving a particular method of recording; (5) Carriers in casings (e.g. cassettes, diskettes as covered by T03-H codes) are also assigned T03-N codes.
T03-N01 Disk T03-N02 Helical scan T03-N03 Cassette T03-N04 Reel-to-reel T03-N05 Card recorder
[1992]
(T03-M01)
See also T04 and T05-H02 codes for cardfreed systems.
T03-N06 Drum recorder Magnetic
[1997]
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T03-P [1987] Signal processing for recording (general) Codes in this section may be used in conjunction with other T03 codes, or alone. For audio applications see W04-G01A also, and for video recording see W04-F codes.
T03-P01 Digital recording
[1987]
T03-P01A Error detection
[1987]
See U21-A06 for error detection in coding systems in general.
Decode, code, block, interleave, Reed Solomon, cyclic, correct, memory
T03-P01B [1992] Compression and decompression codes See T01-D02 for computer application of data compression and U21-A05A2 in general.
Compaction
T03-P01D [2005] Equalisation, thresholding and digital signal processing Covers signal processing circuitry for detection and reading of signals. Can be used in conjunction with T03-A06C3 and T03-B06C for specific application to magnetic and optical recording respectively. Prior to 2007 inventions specific to magnetic or optical read circuitry were assigned T03-A06C3 or T03B06C only. See also U22-G codes for digital signal processing.
T03-P01F Formatting aspects
[1997]
Formatting aspects of magnetic record carriers, with emphasis on layout of tracks, are covered by T03-A06F codes.
T03-P02 [1987] Analogue Demodulate, AM, FM, PM
T03-P05 Noise reduction
[1992]
This code covers arrangements to reduce electrical noise in recording or reproducing signals. Error detection and correction in digital recording is covered by T03-P01A. Reduction of acoustic noise (sound energy) generated by the equipment is not included and is covered by T03-L05N.
T03-P07 [1992] Signal processing to restrict or monitor access, writing, erasing or copying W04-F01L and W04-G01L codes cover analogous arrangements specifically for audio and video recording and in these cases T03P07 codes are not assigned. Prevention of overwriting, erasing or copying using hardware techniques, for all types of recording, is covered in T03-H07. Prior to 2006 T03-A07 codes covered anti-copying aspects specific to magnetic recording.
T03-P07A [1997] Signal processing to prevent unauthorised access or copying T03-P07C [1997] Signal processing to identify occurrence of copying T03-Q Library systems
[1992]
Covers systems for bulk storage of data, especially with automated retrieval.
T03-Q01 Tape storage
[1992]
Covers magnetic tape storage, unless additional codes indicate otherwise.
T03-Q05 Disk storage
[1992]
T03-Q05A Magnetic disk library
[1992]
311
312
T: Computing and Control
T03-Q05C Optical disk library
[1992]
T03-Q05E [1992] Magneto-optical disk library T03-Q05X Other disk library
[1992]
T03-Q07 [2006] General aspects of recording media library From 2006 this section covers all media library loading mechanisms and control systems. Previously this topic was covered in T03-E01B5 and T03-F01 for tape and disk systems respectively.
T03-Q07A [2006] Loading mechanism and drive T03-Q07B [2006] Media changing control system T03-S [2005] Use of data recording apparatus for non-recording applications Use in conjunction with T03-B01D1 for articles incorporating optical disks, e.g. clocks, drinks coasters. Also for using storage media for holding biological/chemical samples, testing/instrumentation aspects are also coded in S03.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T04: Computer Peripheral Equipment T04-A Using digitally marked record carriers Read, card, data, print, sense, code, document, mark, encode, bar codes T04-A01 Punched card or tape punches and readers Optical, hole, punch hole, aperture T04-A02 Other digital marking (writing) Includes credit or security card marking. Digitally marked cards per se are covered by T04-C codes. Writing to IC cards is covered by T04-K02. Includes erasure of markings.
T04-A02A [1992] Electrostatic or magnetic T04-A02B [1992] Digital marking to be read using light (incl. IR,UV) Includes bar code marking, two-dimensional bar code marking.
T04-A02X Other writing
[1992]
T04-A03 Other digital mark sensing (reading) Reading of IC cards is covered by T04-K02.
Head, pick-up, sweep
T04-A03A By detecting electrostatic or magnetic field change Strip T04-A03B Using light (incl. IR, UV) Optical, beam, illuminate, laser, lens, reflect
T04-A03B1 Bar code reading
[1992]
Search with T05-L01C for point of sale application, T01-C06 for computer interfacing and T04-M02 for hand-held bar-code scanner.
UPC, POS, two-dimensional code
T04-A03B9 [1992] Other reading with light Concealed data
T04-A03X Other reading Contact, key, electrode, acoustic, ultrasound T04-A05 [2005] Card feeding apparatus Card feeding details for digitally marked record carrier. See T04-A03 for reading aspects.
T04-B Verifying correctness of digital marking Covers checking and monitoring of marking e.g. for alignment, not routine reading to determine authorisation, etc. Includes error detection.
T04-C Digitally marked record carriers Includes physical aspects, material, shape, etc. Covers only carriers with digital markings, in T04-K01. Includes punched paper cards or tape (punches/readers are in T04-A01) see also T05-H02C5.
Identify, code
T04-C01 Magnetic
[1992]
Magnetic carriers are also assigned T03-A codes, or T03-A02 codes for manufacture, cross reference with T05-H02C5A.
Strip, card
313
314
T: Computing and Control
T04-C02 [1992] Using light (incl. IR, UV) Cross reference to V07 hologram, T05-D card/badge access, T05-H cash payment, T05-C fare registering.
Optical, hologram, bar code
T04-C09
[1992]
Other record carriers Includes electrostatic cards, inductive cards and remote sensing.
T04-D Character and signal pattern recognition For data processing aspects of image acquisition and processing devices e.g. analysis, image detection, scanning, optical character recognition, camera, e.g. recognition for edge detection in peripheral. (T01-J10 and T04-D are only used together when the novelty does not describe how/when the processing is carried out). See also X25 codes, e.g. X25-A03E for robot manipulators. If novelty is in camera then see W04.
Image, detect, camera, digital, identify, scan, optical, video, facsimile, line, pixel, analysis
T04-D01 Using characters containing code marks Used for system where character conveys additional information, e.g. in stroke width, or magnetic ink character recognition systems.
MICR
T04-D02 Image acquisition Scanning, reader, image pick-up, TV camera, alignment, CCD camera T04-D02A [1992] Mechanical and optical aspects of image acquisition Lens, focus
T04-D02B [1992] Circuitry, processing of image acquisition Processing within pick-up device, else coded in image processing see T01-J10 codes.
T04-D03 Image preprocessing for image recognition Image preprocessing before recognition processing, cross reference to T01-J10B2 for image processing/image analysis.
Filtering, quantising, compression, expansion, enhancement, contour, sensing
T04-D03A Noise reduction
[1992]
Noise reduction done in peripheral unit.
T04-D03B [1992] Edge recognition and determining orientation Alignment T04-D04 Recognition Includes OCR (optical character recognition) and fingerprint identification, (see S05D01C5A also). For speech recognition, see W04-V codes only. Scanner-computer interface details are coded in T01-C06.
Compare, reference, digital, memory, match
T04-D05 [1992] Monitoring and error detection (T04-D09)
Covers monitoring of parts of recognition system only. Using pattern recognition to detect errors in a pattern is in T04-D07A.
Fault detection
T04-D07 [1992] Applications of recognition techniques See also under application.
Inspection
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T04-D07A [1992] Detecting defect in pattern Errors in the recognition system itself are covered by T04-D05. Flaw detection, also see S03-E. Includes comparison with original pattern e.g. PCB, workpieces, valuable papers etc. Cross reference to U11 for checking circuit/wiring layout, see also T01-J15A2.
T04-D07B [1992] Sorting objects by type Includes quality pass-fail tests based on e.g. colour. See also T05-K and X25-F06 for sorting.
Select
T04-D07B1
[1992]
Using patterns specifically applied as identification marks Label T04-D07C Identification of item
[1992]
T04-D07D [1992] Detecting movement or position T04-D07D1 Detecting movement
[1992]
T04-D07D3 [2011] Detecting dimensions Covers uses of recognition system to determine dimensions of an object, e.g. height, length, etc. See also S02-A03.
T04-D07D5 [1992] Detecting position or or ientation T04-D07E [1992] Hand written character recognition Cross reference to T04-F04 input of handwritten characters.
T04-D07F Biometrics
[2006]
For image recognition relating to fingerprint recognition. See T04-D04 only prior to 2006. See also T05-D01B for entry/exit registers based on human characteristics. See also S05-D01C5A where novel detection systems are included.
T04-D07F1 Facial recognition
[2006]
T04-D07F1A Eye detection
[2007]
Includes iris recognition, for red eye detection see also W04.
T04-D07F2
[2006]
Fingerprint recognition T04-D07F9 Other biometrics
[2007]
T04-D07K [1992] Using non-visible light images (e.g. IR,UV) T04-D07X [1992] Other recognition applications T04-D08 Colour systems
[1992]
T04-D09 Other recognition aspects T04-E Graph reading Includes curve followers and devices for converting position of manually operated writing or tracing member into an electrical signal. Light pens, joysticks, etc. are covered by T04-F02 codes. See T01-C02 codes for computer interfacing of manual input interfacing systems and T01-C06 for scanner interfacing.
Position, tablet, coordinate, optical, digital, screen, matrix, point
315
316
T: Computing and Control
T04-F Manual input arrangements for computers and computer controlled equipment Only used if input devices details are given. Covers manual or other physical input arrangements. Covers input for computer controlled devices. Includes keyboards/keypads, trackpads and touchscreens for personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld video games, handheld GPS systems, etc. See T01-C02 codes for interface to computer.
Position, select, switch, contact, digital, touch, coordinate
T04-F01 [1983] Keyboards and keypads For typewriter keyboards, see also S06-K. For switch and key actuation aspects, see V03C01, cross reference T01-C02A for keyboard interface. Virtual keyboards are coded in T01C02B1 only. Details of keypads for mobile phones are coded under W01-C01B8 only. If use of keypad/keyboard is not precise, no T04F code is applied, but V03 codes instead.
Layout
T04-F01A Control, circuitry
[1992]
T04-F01A1 [1992] Key operation circuitry Including scanning. See also U21-B02C.
T04-F01A5 Key coding aspects
[1992]
See also U21-A05D codes for key coding aspects.
Foreign, function key
T04-F01B Construction
[1992]
Cross reference to V03 for constructional details.
Key, membrane, pushbutton, pressure, casing, housing
T04-F02 [1983] Analogue Control, video game, indicate, matrix T04-F02A [1992] Based on absolute position Input device when pressed/touched on particular position, inputs data according to that position.
X-Y, coordinate
T04-F02A1 Light pen Optical, light pointer
[1992]
T04-F02A2 Touchscreen
[1992]
Details of touch sensors are coded under U21B02C. Constructional details of the touchscreen are also coded under T04-F02C. Details of touchscreens for mobile phones are coded under W01-C01B8H only, details of touchscreens for digital cameras and camcorders are coded under W04-M01D3E instead, and details of touchscreens for printers and copiers are coded under S06K07A1 only.
T04-F02A5 [1992] Manual input pad and stylus Includes details of digitiser tablet, graphic interface and touch pad.
Pen, matrix
T04-F02B [1992] Based on relative posit ion Input device when moved moves e.g. cursor accordingly.
T04-F02B1 Mouse
[1992]
T04-F02B1A Optical
[2005]
Mouse using optical elements instead of roller ball.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T04-F02B2 Track Pad
[2005]
Touch pad used as mouse input e.g. on laptop computer.
T04-F02B3 Joystick, gamepad
[1992]
Includes input devices used for gaming machines, e.g. joypad, driving wheel, etc. that are used in place of joystick.
T04-F02B3A*
[2002-2006]
Force feedback for joystick *This code is now discontinued. From 2007 see T04-F03.
Pen, matrix
T04-F02B5 Track ball
[1992]
T04-F02B7 [2002] Three dimensional input Includes power glove, 3-D input with strain gauges, virtual reality and acceleration measurements used as input e.g. tilt sensor used to scroll display on a PDA.
Glove, Wiimote®, Wii remote®
T04-F02C [2005] Construction, manufacturing and testing details of analogue input arrangement Includes mechanical details, manufacture and manufacturing apparatus. See also codes for type (e.g. T04-F02B1 for mouse, etc.). See T04-L01/L05 prior to 2005.
T04-F03 [2007] Haptic feedback for manual input devices Previous to 2007 see T04-F02B3A.
T04-F04 [1992] Input of hand written characters
T04-F05* [1992-1 996] Hand scanner for computer input *This code is now discontinued but remains searchable and valid for records from 1992 to 1996. From 1997 see T04-M02. See also S06 codes. Scanner computer interfacing details are covered by T01-C06 and image acquisition details are covered by T01-J10A codes.
T04-F06 [2007] Miscellaneous input devices Includes buttons and foot pads for input. See also V03 or U21 for details of device.
T04-G* Printers
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-D to K. Press/plate-type printers are in S06-C only. Includes all aspects of individual character and line printers. (Computer output interface details are in T01).
Drive, feed, roll, copy, character, line, carriage, motor, head, record, word-processor
T04-G01* Impact
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-F from 2010. Includes mechanical action. Electromagnet and solenoid drive aspects are coded in V02-E02A also.
Armature, coil
T04-G01A* Dot printers
[1983-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-F01 from 2010.
Matrix, pin, wire, needle
T04-G01B* Using type
[1983-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-F02 from 2010.
Select, hammer, daisy-wheel, disc, step, font, typeface, golf-ball
317
318
T: Computing and Control
T04-G01C* Ribbon
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-F03 from 2010.
Ink, cassette
T04-G02*
[1980-200 9]
Ink-jet *This code is now discontinued. See S06-G from 2010.
Liquid, dye, nozzle, resin, water, channel, drop, pressure, reservoir, eject, electrode, pulse
T04-G02A* Drop-on-demand
[1983-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-G01 from 2010.
Thermal ink-jet, bubble, piezoelectric, ultrasound
T04-G02A1*
[2002-2009]
Print head for ink jet drop-on-demand printer *This code is now discontinued. See S06-G03 from 2010.
Thermal ink-jet, bubble, piezoelectric, ultrasound
T04-G02B* [1983-200 9] Selective drop deflection *This code is now discontinued. See S06-G02 from 2010.
Charge, electrode, stream, gutter, continuous
T04-G02B1* [2002-2009] Print head for select ive drop deflect ion printer *This code is now discontinued. See S06-G03 from 2010.
Charge, electrode, stream, gutter, continuous
T04-G02C* Ink
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-G04 from 2010.
T04-G02D* [2002-2009] Inkjet head cleaning and general maintenance of printhead *This code is now discontinued. See S06-K06 from 2010.
T04-G02E* Recording media
[1997-2009]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-G05 from 2010. Includes pre-print application of liquid (not ink) to paper/ pre-treatment of paper for ink jet printing. See also X25-T09A for electrical details of paper manufacture.
Paper, fabrics, OHP sheet, recording pattern of LCD screen
T04-G02F* [2002-2009] Refilling of ink cartridge *This code is now discontinued. See S06G06A from 2010.
T04-G02G* Ink Chamber
[2005 -2009]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-G06 from 2010.
T04-G02H* [2005 -2009] Post ink applicat ion processing *This code is now discontinued. See S06-G07 from 2010. Includes processes for treating ink after application using e.g. heat or UV light.
T04-G02J* [2005 -2009] Applications of ink-jet printing technology *This code is now discontinued. See S06-G10 from 2010. Covers printing on non-paperlike media, e.g. CD (see also T03). Includes textile printing (see also X25-T04D), 3-D printing and other industrial applications using inkjet technology. Manufacturing LCD screens and filters (see also U14).
T04-G03*
[1983-200 9]
Thermal *This code is now discontinued. See S06-H from 2010. Includes thermal ink compositions and heat sensitive paper and ribbons.
Transfer, thermosensitive
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T04-G03A* [1992-200 9] Using thermally-sensitive paper *This code is now discontinued. See S06-H01 from 2010.
T04-G03A1* [1992-200 9] Composition of heat-sensitive layer *This code is now discontinued. See S06-H01A from 2010.
T04-G03B* [1992-200 9] Using thermal ribbon *This code is now discontinued. See S06-H02 from 2010. Includes use of thermal transfer sheets.
Cartridge
T04-G03B1* [1992-200 9] Thermal ink composition *This code is now discontinued. See S06H02A from 2010. Includes composition and manufacture of thermal ink.
Dye
T04-G03C* [1992-200 9] Printhead details for thermal printer *This code is now discontinued. See S06-H03 from 2010. For thin-film resistor heads see also U14 codes, e.g. U14-H01B.
Printhead
T04-G04* Optical (incl. laser)
[1983-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-E from 2010. For line projection onto photosensitive medium which is then electrophotographically developed. If light deflection or modulation aspects are claimed, then see V07-K codes also
Toner, laser
T04-G04A* [1992-200 9] Optical system, and driving system *This code is now discontinued. See S06-E03 from 2010.
T04-G04A1* [1992-200 9] Optics (e.g. lenses and mirrors) *This code is now discontinued. See S06-E03B from 2010.
Polygonal, galvanometer
T04-G04A2*
[1992-200 9]
Driving system *This code is now discontinued. See S06-E03C from 2010. See also V06 codes for motor details.
Scan
T04-G04B* [1992-200 9] Printhead details, including light source *This code is now discontinued. See S06-E03A from 2010. For LED heads see also U12-A01A3 or U12-A01A6.
Array, LED, shutter
T04-G04C*
[1992-200 9]
Photosensitive materials *This code is now discontinued. See S06-E01 from 2010. Includes photosenstive paper, photoconductive belt, drum, etc.
Photoconductor, belt, sheet
T04-G05* [1983-200 9] Electrode (e.g. electrosensitive/erosive) *This code is now discontinued. See S06-J from 2010. Electrostatic printing using any means other than light for charging. For electrographic details (e.g. developing. If not specifically for printing see also S02-K.
Electrostatic, dielectric, electrochromic, stylus
T04-G06* [1983-200 9] Sheet breadth control, carriage drive for sheet control *This code is now discontinued. See S06-K03A from 2010. Includes solenoids and motors, but not control circuitry.
Position, step, margin, tabulate, space, nip
319
320
T: Computing and Control
T04-G06A* Media feeding
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-K02 from 2010.
Line feed, paper
T04-G06B*
[2005-2009]
Finishing apparatus *This code is now discontinued. See S06-K05 from 2010. Includes stapling, binding, laminating, etc. See also S06-C05 for industrial process. For devices independent of printer see T04-J02.
T04-G06C* Transferring image
[2006-2009]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-K05 from 2010. E.g. in ink jet printer - jetting onto substrate and then transfer to final substrate.
T04-G06S* Shredding
[2008-2009]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06K05C from 2010. Includes details of shredder integrated into printer, e.g. for automatically shredding confidential paper after paper jam.
T04-G07* Colour printing
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-K01 from 2010.
CMYK
T04-G08* [1992-200 9] Self contained typewriters and printing devices *This code is now discontinued. See S06-K99A from 2010. Includes details of label printers, independent units, and hand held printing devices.
T04-G09* Other printer types
[1980-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-K from 2010. Includes magnetic and Braille printers (see S05-K, T04-X for other Braille aspects), electronic pen recorders.
T04-G10* [1992-200 9] Control systems for printers *This code is now discontinued. See S06-K07 from 2010. Does not include motors and solenoids for carriage and platen.
T04-G10A* Internal control
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-K07A from 2010. Includes control circuitry, power management.
T04-G10A1*
[2005 -2009]
User input and display *This code is now discontinued. See S06K07A1 from 2010. Includes mode selection keys, etc.
T04-G10C* Interface
[1992-200 9]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06K07C2 from 2010. Also coded in T01-C05A.
Serial, parallel, Centronics, RS232
T04-G10E* [1992-200 9] Control from outside printer *This code is now discontinued. See S06K07C1 from 2010. See T01-C05A for output to printer, T01-H05A for print drivers and T01J08F for diagnostic aspects of any peripheral equipment. Network printers will also require other T01 codes.
Network printer, print driver
T04-G10E1* Print Job/Queue
[2005 -2009]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06K07C1A from 2010. See also T01-C05A/T01C05A1 for output to printer and T01-H05A for print drivers.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T04-G10F* [2006-2009] Management of confidential / secure documents, e.g. prevention of illegal copying *This code is now discontinued. See S06K07A3 from 2010. Prevention of illegal printing of private documents, etc, recognizing or printing copy prevention mark on documents, output to authorised operator. See also T01 for image processing aspects, and T05-J for testing of securities, banknotes, etc.
T04-G10G* [2007-2009] Monitoring of printing *This code is now discontinued. See S06-K07B from 2010.
T04-G11* General Construction
[2005-2009]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-K03 from 2010.
T04-G11A* [2005-2009] Construction and manufacturing details of printer *This code is now discontinued. See S06-K03 from 2010. Includes mechanical details, manufacture and manufacturing apparatus. See T04-L01/L05 prior to 2005.
T04-G11B* Recycling Systems
[2005-2009]
*This code is now discontinued. See S06-K04 from 2010. See also X25-W04 for electrical aspects of recycling systems in general.
T04-H Visual display units Includes displays for computer related equipment such as fo (personal digital assistants) and portable contrast control, white balance control etc, see also W03 codes.
Screen, video, cursor, terminal, processor, VDU, graphic, line, monitor
T04-H01 CRT control arrangements For CRT per se see V05-D codes. CRT TV display aspects are covered by W03-A08A codes.
Image, deflect, raster, pixel
T04-H01A For single beam tubes T04-H01A1 [1983] Character and stroke generators Pattern, vector T04-H01B For storage, colour or other tubes Beam index, beam penetration T04-H01B1 Colour
[1992]
T04-H02
[1985-2010]
Plotters* *This code is now discontinued. See S06-K99E from 2011. For computer interface per se see T01-C05B also.
T04-H03 Arrangements for other visual indicators Includes LED, LCD element drive arrangements. Display arrangements in general are in W05-E codes also. Plasma displays per se are coded in V05-A codes also.
Gas discharge, optical, panel, number, alphanumeric, character, symbol
T04-H03A [1983] For single character Seven segment, decoder, segment T04-H03B [1983] For several characters, e.g. matrix From 2005 all display types (except LED) will not be coded in this section without novel details of the matrix array.
Row, column, driver, address
321
322
T: Computing and Control
T04-H03C [1992] Characterised by type T04-H03C1 LED
[1992]
See also U12-A01A.
T04-H03C1A*
[1997-2010]
*This code is now discontinued, see T04-H03F together with T04-H03C1 from 2010. See also U12-A01A5B for array or U12-A01A5A for single LED. [1992]
See also U14-K01.
Liquid crystal, ferroelectric, antiferroelectric, deformed helical ferroelectric
T04-H03C2A* Driver circuitry
[1997-2010]
*This code is now discontinued. See T04-H03F together with T04-H03C2 from 2010. See also U14-K01A3.
T04-H03C3
[1992]
Electroluminescent [1997-2010]
*This code is now discontinued. See T04-H03F together with T04-H03C3 from 2010. See also U14-J03.
T04-H03C4 Plasma display panel
[1992]
See also V05 codes.
T04-H03C4A*
T04-H03C6 [2002] Digital micromirror display T04-H03C6A [2002] Digital micromirror display driver circuitry *This code is now discontinued. See T04-H03F together with T04-H03C6 from 2010.
T04-H03C7 [2006] Electrophoretic display Based on electrophoresis effect, microencapsulated EPD, partition-type EPD, charged particle display, electrochromatic display, electrostatic display.
T04-H03C7A [2006] Electrophoretic display driver circuitry *This code is now discontinued. See T04-H03F together with T04-H03C3 from 2010
T04-H03C8 [2007] Interference based MEMS display
See also U14-J03.
T04-H03C3A* Driver circuitry
*This code is now discontinued. See T04-H03F together with T04-H03C5 from 2010. See also V05.
See also V07 for mirror control.
Driver circuitry
T04-H03C2 LCD
T04-H03C5A* [2002] Field emission display driver circuitry
[1997]
Driver circuitry *This code is now discontinued. See T04-H03F together with T04-H03C4 from 2010. See also V05-A01G.
T04-H03C5 [2002] Field emission display
See also U12-B03F1 and V06-M06G.
T04-H03C9 Other display types
[1992]
Includes Braille type displays (Braille printers are coded under T04-G09).
Head mounted display
T04-H03D [1992] Back lighting for displays See also X26-U04A.
Illuminate
T04-H03E
[2005]
Projectors See also W04-Q01 for novel projector details, projectors don't receive any other T04-H codes.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T04-H03F Driver circuitry
[2010]
Search together with other T04-H02 codes as appropriate to denote application of driver circuitry.
T04-H03M [2008] Multi-display systems T04-H04 [2005] Construction, manufacturing and testing details of d isplay Covers display housings, casings, stands, supports, wiring components, etc. previously coded in T04-L. Does not include details of the display elements per se which are covered by the relevant class (e.g. U14 for LCD). Search with other T04-H codes for display types.
T04-H06 [2007] Stereoscopic and 3D displays T04-J Conveying record carriers between independent stations Including computer paper perforation and sprocket details, collators and sorting appt. For digitally marked record carriers see T04A05 from 2005. See also S06-C05 and X25F02A.
Guide, position, web, card, document
T04-J01 Media feeding
[1992]
See S06-K for paper feeding in printer, T04K02C1 for smart card feeding, and T04-A05 for card feeding.
Transport, path
T04-J02 Collating, sorting Sort, staple
[1992]
T04-K [1987] Smart media e.g. cards incorporating integrated circuit memory etc. Includes reading aspects. Constructional details are coded in U11/U14 as appropriate. See also under application (T05, W05, W06 or X25). For protective coatings see V04-R03E. See also X25-F08 if details of the actual attachment of the tag (e.g. RFID tag) to an item.
IC, memory, contactless, smart paper
T04-K01 Smart media details
[1992]
Includes all construction aspects of smart media.
Key, IC
T04-K01A [2006] Circuitry, inc. encapsulation For construction and manufacturing of the circuitry aspects of smart media. See also U11, U14 and V04 for details.
T04-K01B [2006] General construction details For all aspects of smart media construction/manufacture except circuitry which is coded in T04-K01A.
T04-K01C Antenna
[2007]
See also W02-B codes as well as V04-G06 for PCB details and U13 for integrated circuit details.
T04-K02 [1992] Reading and writing aspects Including smart card feed/conveying. See also T01-H01B3A. See also W02-C02G7 (near-field radio) or W02-G05 (transponder) for noncontact details.
PCMCIA, contact, non-contact
T04-K02A Contact
[2006]
323
324
T: Computing and Control
T04-K02B Non-contact
[2006]
Covers non-contact reading/writing, physical details of the non-contact system only should be covered in K01 and/or K03. For example the construction of the antenna in a transponder is T04-K01C and T04-K03B and would not be included here unless a communication aspect is also described. See also W02-C02G7 (smart cards) and W02-G05 codes (transponders and tags).
T04-K02C [2006] Reading/Writing apparatus Covers all aspects of the apparatus used to read from or write to smart media, rather than the media itself.
T04-K02C1 Feeding mechanisms
[2006]
[2007]
Constructional details of card reader / writer Includes non-electrical constructional details such as housing and mountings. Details of circuits, connectors, interfaces, etc. go under T04-K02C.
T04-K02C3 [2010] Control, circuitry of card reader/writer T04-K03 Media type
[2006]
T04-K03D1 USB Memory stick
[2006]
T04-K04 Security
[2006]
All security aspects including physical protection of the hardware, encryption (see also T01-D01) and fraud protection (previously coded T01-H01C1).
T04-K05 Testing smart media
[2012]
For security aspects see T04-K04
T04-L
[1987]
Constructional details of peripheral and ancillary equipment
Prior to 2006 see T04-J.
T04-K02C2
T04-K03D Memory card/stick
[2006]
(T04-X)
Includes construction of peripheral equipment not covered by T04-F01B, T04-F02C, S06-K or T04-H04. Computer housing and constructional details are covered by T01-L02. See also V04-T and V04-S.
T04-L01 [1987] Casings, cabinets of peripheral equipment Includes details of housing, stand, support. coded in T04-L07 from 1992.
Adjust, position, angle, stand, hinges
Codes used to highlight the type of media used. Search together with other T04-K codes as required.
T04-K03A Smart card
[2006]
T04-K03B RFID/transponder
[2006]
T04-K03C Paper/cardboard
[2006]
T04-L02 [2005] Power supply arrangements for peripheral equipment See also U24 and X12.
T04-L05 [1987] General constructional details leads, rails, leverage system, etc.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T04-L07
[1992]
(T04-L01)
Includes furniture aspects. See also T01-L02 for furniture specifically for computer.
Desk, cable, chair, flooring
T04-L08 [2012] Cleaning of computer and peripheral devices T04-L09 [1987] Other peripheral accessories etc. Includes details of mouse mat, arm rest, theft alarm (see also W05 codes) or document stand.
Filter, screen, antistatic, theft alarm, mouse mats, arm rest, attachments, protective cover
T04-M [1992] (Digitiser) Scanner for computer input (W02-J)
See S06-D only from 2010 for scanning arrangements for image forming devices.
T04-M01 [1997] Digitiser incl. flat bed scanner See also T04-D codes for image processing aspects, S06 as appropriate, and T01-C06 for computer interfacing details.
T04-M02 Hand-held scanner
[1997]
(T04-F04)
Includes hand-held bar-code scanner (see also T04-A03B1). Prior to 1997, hand scanners for computer input were coded under T04-F05 (now discontinued).
T04-M03 [2010] Construction and manufacturing details of scanners Includes details of casing, framework and internal mounting arrangements of components and modules.
Frames, glass, sheet, PCB
T04-M04 [2010] Control circuitry of scanners Includes internal control and power management.
Control, circuit, power supply
T04-N
[2012]
Audio input/output Includes speakers, headphones and microphones specifically for computer applications.
T04-P [1997] Drives for computer input External drive unit, see also T03.
T04-X Miscellaneous Includes card case/wallet (see also T03), office automation, cleaning appt. for computer peripherals, computer equipment for handicapped people (see also S05-K, and for Braille printer see also S06-K), and maintenance equipment, shedder, electric stapler and general packaging specifically for office equipment.
325
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T05: Counting, Checking, Vending, ATM and POS Systems T05-A Counting objects Counting of coins or banknotes is covered by T05-L07. Vehicle counting is covered by T07A01C.
T05-A01 On conveyor For electrical conveyor aspects see X25-F01 codes.
Production line, manufacture, process, monitor
T05-A02 In stack or randomly distributed Sheet, card, lamina, pile T05-B Counting mechanisms Includes mechanical, electromechanical, and electronic arrangements. These codes are not used for counting circuits in general, which are covered by U21-D codes. T05-B codes are used for counting devices per se which may be used to count objects, events, units of distance travelled, etc. For some non-electronic applications see: (1) T05-A codes for object counting (2) T05-G codes for registering/indicating (3) T05-L09 for currency counting (4) S02-B12 for distance recorders and pedometers.
Wheel, disc, register, pin, reset, restore
T05-B01 Counters with additional facilities Includes arrangements for performing an operation at predetermined count. For tape recorder see T03-J05A and W04-H03 also.
T05-C Ticket-issuing, fare-registering, franking appts. For electrical printing aspects see S06 codes also.
Meter, memory, transport, vehicle
T05-C01 [1992] Ticket and receipt issuing Includes label printing devices. See T05-H codes as appropriate for payment-operated systems and T05-K02 for mail delivery. See S06 for printing aspects
Bill, invoice, slip, cut, separate, pass, toll, mark, perforate
T05-C03 Fare registering
[1992]
Includes taximeters (see also T05-G01 and X22-E05 for electrical aspects) and charge indicating aspects of vehicle toll systems (see T05-C01 for ticket issuing aspects and T05D02 for monitoring aspects).
Distance, time, rate
T05-C05 Franking appts.
[1992]
Includes all aspects of franking equipment, such as registering of credit, security, and control. See also T01 codes e.g. T01-J05A1 for financial data processing systems, and S02-D codes for weighing. Sorting of mail is not included - see T05-K02.
Postage, meter, rate, reset, verify, stamp
T05-D Individual entry or exit registers Includes systems for control and recording of access. See W05-B01 codes for intruder alarm aspects and X25-M codes for locks.
Identify, pass, code, enter, security, authorise, door, gate, checkpoint
T05-D01 [1992] For personnel control Turnstiles per se are coded in T05-D01X.
Restricted area, banking, lobby, automatic teller/transaction machine, ATM
327
328
T: Computing and Control
T05-D01A With record carrier
[1992]
See T05-H02 codes as appropriate for cardfreed aspects in payment-based systems, see T04 for record carry types and W02-G for transponders. Includes checking/validating ticket or pre-paid card
Data, optical, magnetic, barcode, record, carrier, transponder, token
T05-D01A1 [2005] With portable electronic device Covers the use of a mobile device, e.g. PDA or mobile phone as the record carrier. See also W05-D08C and W05-D06G for remote control aspects
T05-D01B
[1992]
With human characteristic detection Includes e.g. finger or palm-print analysis by pattern recognition (see S05-D01C5A and T04-D codes also), and voice recognition (see W04-V codes also).
Recognise, ID, face, feature, retina, voiceprint
T05-D01X Other
[1992]
Includes turnstiles per se, toll-gate, barrier control, adjustable entry gate. Structural details
Stadium, arena
T05-D02 For vehicles
[1992]
Includes toll systems, automatic fee charging system while entering/exiting motorway. See also T05-C01 and T05-C03 respectively for ticket/card issuing and charge indicating aspects. For automatic vehicle identification see T07-A03. See W02-C and W05-D for communication aspects.
T05-E Checking occurrence of condition Includes pass/fail test in e.g. production line manufacturing process. Also for lottery or bingo games. Audible or visible signalling for industrial aspects refer to W05-A.
Identify, compare, inspect, authorisation, entry
T05-F Voting and lottery appts; generating random numbers See T01-E04 for digital random number generators, and U22-A01A for random pulse generators.
Game, select, display, bingo, card, ticket, ballot, cast, majority, register, betting
T05-G Registering/indicating Display, record, register, measure, indicate, monitor, check T05-G01 Vehicle working Includes on-board distance and operation recording equipment which is also coded in X22 when electrical. For taximeters see also X22-E05 (fare-indicating aspects are also covered by T05-C03). For tachographs see also X22-E05, and S02-K05/S02-K06 codes for chart recorder details, T01-H01B3 codes for electronic data storage in memory modules.
Tachograph, fuel, speed, tacho-generator, taximeter
T05-G02 Machine working Includes systems and apparatus monitoring the operation of a single machine or a group of machines, e.g. in a manufacturing environment. For computer-aided manufacturing aspects see T01-J07B also.
Safety, press, tool, factory, automation, FA, CAM, QC, quality control, idle time, down time
T05-G02A For maintenance
[1992]
Includes operation cycle counters and logging arrangements to determine maintenance intervals, remaining lifetime, etc.
Log, maintain, repair, recondition
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T05-G02B [1992] Production line process monitoring Remote monitoring of measured values in general is covered by W05-D codes.
Work-area, workstation, track, conveyor, materials handling, truck
T05-G02B1
[1992]
Using record carrier attached to workpiece Includes arrangements to identify workpiece, manufactured item, etc., using e.g. barcode, magnetic label, or other passive record carrier (See T04 codes also, e.g. T04-A03B1 for optical barcode reading). Transponder systems are covered by T05-G02B1A.
Ferromagnetic, magnetise, electrostatic, light, IR, UV, visible, human-readable, pattern recognition
T05-G02B1A [1992] Transponder interrogation systems attached to workpiece, manufactured item, etc., which can be interrogated by a central station, or equipment at a particular workstation. Interrogation-based systems of this type are also coded in W06-A04B5, and details of transponders per se in W02-G05 codes.
T05-G03 Time of events Time measurement in general is covered in S04. This code is used for arrangements to monitor both the time at which events occur and also their duration (see S04-C03 and S04-E codes also). It includes timing for sporting events (see W04-X01 codes for electrical aspects) e.g. lap time recording systems, start and finish times, etc., and also registering systems for employee attendance, time and motion study, etc.
Clock, clock in, period, elapsed time, night watchman, security, patrol, race, photo-finish, trigger, actuate, work study
T05-G03A Parking meter
[1992]
See T05-H codes also for coin- or card payment aspects. Parking control systems are covered by T07-F.
Vehicle, bay, credit, reset
T05-H Coin-, token-, or card-freed appts This section deals with direct or indirect payment-based arrangements for dispensing, or providing services. Dispensing involving volume measurement is covered by S02-C04 codes. Documents are assigned T05-H codes either by virtue of G07F IPC, which may involve inventions without electrical aspects, or based on their electrical content. In the latter case, X25-F03 codes may also be assigned e.g. X25-F03B1 for food/drink vending machines. T05-H codes may be assigned for any payment-based provision of goods or services, and hence codes for the particular application should also be searched.
Vending, slot, dispense, cash, denomination, insert, automat, unattended
T05-H01 Coin-actuated mechanisms; interlocks Includes mechanical and electrical systems. See T05-H03 for coin testing/sorting aspects.
Lock, release, activate, chute, lever, switch
T05-H02 Equipment actuated by objects other than coins Codes in this section are used with other T05H codes as appropriate.
T05-H02A [1992] Actuated by banknote T05-H02B Actuated by token
[1992]
329
330
T: Computing and Control
T05-H02C [1992] Actuated by record carrier Includes card-operated systems e.g. with data stored in magnetic strip or electronically. See also T04, e.g. T04-A03 codes.
Card
T05-H02C1
[1992]
Using dedicated record carrier Includes e.g. telephone card, pre-paid card not usable for other purposes. (See also T05H05C and W01-C07A codes)
T05-H02C3 [1992] Using non-dedicated record carrier Includes use of credit/debit banking card and multi-purpose pre-paid card.
Charge, account
T05-H02C5 [1992] Characterised by type of carrier Codes in this section are used to indicate system type only, and not necessarily novel aspects.
T05-H02C5A Magnetic card
[1992]
See T04-C01 also for card per se, and T04A03A for reading aspects.
T05-H02C5B Optical card
[1992]
See T04-C02 also for card per se, and T04A03B codes for reading aspects.
T05-H02C5C Smart card, IC card
[1992]
Integrated circuit memory cards per se are coded in T04-K01. For reading/writing aspects see T04-K02 and T01-H01B3A also. For noncontact type see also W02.
T05-H02C5X Other types of carrier
[1992]
T05-H02D [2005] Actuated by Mobile Device For equipment actuated by fund or credit transfer from mobile telephone devices or portable computing devices, via e.g. cellular phone network, Internet, Bluetooth® or local wireless network. See W01-C and T01-N01A1 and T01-M06A1, T05-L02 codes.
T05-H02E [1992] Reverse vending, e.g. for returnable container Includes arrangement returning deposit on receipt of one or more containers. Returnabledeposit systems for supermarket trolleys are covered by T05-H05A1.
Recycle, returnable, carton, box, bottle, can, crusher, deposit
T05-H02X Other
[1992]
T05-H03 Coin testing or sorting appts. combined with coin-freed appts. Includes analogous testing arrangements for token- or banknote-freed systems. Includes change giving mechanism. See also codes in S03 for e.g. optical, magnetic testing etc. and T04-D codes for pattern recognition aspects.
Select, reject, validate
T05-H04 Appts. dispensing discrete articles Includes packaged items such as canned beverages, but arrangements dispensing liquids into cups are covered by T05-H06.
Select, storage, vending, cigarette, confectionery, newspaper, contraceptive, ticket
T05-H04A [1992] Involving heating/cooking See also X25-F03B1 and X27-C for cooking aspects. Payment-freed cooking/heating appts. for food supplied by customer is covered by T05-H05. For patents involving heating and cooling, only T05-H04 is applied.
Microwave, IR, grill, conveyor, oven, meal
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T05-H04B [2011] Involving cooling/freezing For patents involving heating and cooling, only T05-H04 is applied. See also X27-F for refrigeration.
T05-H05 Appts. for hiring articles, coin-freed facilities, and services T05-H05A [1992] Article hiring apparatus Video, tape-cassette, sports equipment T05-H05A1 [1992] Returning payment or part payment on return of article Includes supermarket trolley with coin-freed lock. (Reverse vending encouraging return of containers is covered by T05-H02E).
Deposit, unlock, chain, free
T05-H05C [1992] Payment-freed provision of services Includes payment of parking meters (see T05G03A also) and public telephones (see W01C07A codes also). Automatic banking machines are coded in T05-H02 codes for card/note accepting aspects and in T05-L03 codes.
Prepayment, call box, left luggage, locker, launderette, washing machine, dryer, lighting, illumination, commentary, toilet, cable, television subscription, car wash
T05-H05E [1992] Payment-freed amusement and entertainment systems See W04-X02A also for electrical aspects of gaming machines and W04-X03A1 also for jukeboxes. See also T01-J30B for video game machines.
Gambling, prize, reward, award, win, lose, skill, AWP, amusement-with-prizes, slot machine, pinball, pachinko
T05-H06 Appts. dispensing fluids, granular material or electricity Includes quantity and tariff adjustment. Meter rental charges. Electricity consumption meters are also assigned S01-B codes. Dispensing of canned drinks is covered by T05-H04.
Beverage, sachet, ingredients, powder, mix, liquid, meter, pump, water
T05-H08 [1992] General details of vending and analogous appts Codes in this section are used alone, or with other T05-H codes as appropriate.
T05-H08A [1992] Constructional details Housing, mounting, casing, support, reinforce, door, access, lock, maintain, refill, cashbox T05-H08C Control systems
[1992]
See also T01 where significant control aspects are included.
Microprocessor, computer, logic, monitor, fault, alarm, antitheft
T05-H08C1
[2005]
Control from outside unit Covers control, management and monitoring of payment freed devices from an external unit such as a central server. Includes inventory monitoring for vending machines (see also T01-J05A2D), control of multiple gambling machines in casino (see also W04-X02A8).
Microprocessor, computer, logic, monitor, fault, alarm, antitheft
T05-J Testing coins or valuable papers Testing of coins or banknotes in e.g. vending machines is covered by T05-H03.
Banknote, denomination, value, counterfeit, currency, reject, validate
331
332
T: Computing and Control
T05-K Sorting and delivering See X25-F06 also for electrical aspects of sorting in general.
Conveyor, select, separate, divert, channel, grade, evaluate, compare
T05-K01 Coins and tokens
[1983]
See T05-H03 for coin-sorting aspects of coinfreed appts. Includes change giving apparatus and coin wrapping (see T05-L09 also).
T05-K02 [1983] Valuable papers (including mail) Franking equipment is covered by T05-C05.
Banknote, dispense, bank, note, sheet, feed, envelope, letter, post, postcode
T05-K05 [1992] Objects on conveyor, and manufactured objects T05-K09 Other
[1992]
[1992]
Includes credit/debit card reading system. See also T05-H02D codes and T05-L02 for electronic funds transfer aspects.
EFT, EFTPOS, wipe, swipe, terminal, validate
T05-L01C
[1992]
Product code reader For both checkout and inventory purposes.
Scan, laser, polygon, mirror, orient, decode, format, check, portable, data terminal
T05-L01C1 Using bar code
[2006]
See also T04-A03B1 for bar code reading in general.
T05-L01C3 [2006] Using RFID/transponder See also T04-K and W02 for RFID/transponders in general.
T05-L01C9 Other
[2006]
Includes image recognition of item (see T04D).
T05-L Point-of-sale equipment, EFT, and other currency handling systems Cash, bill, note, coin, banking, reject, refund, dispense T05-L01 [1992] Point of sale equipment Checkout antitheft alarms are coded in W05 only, e.g. W05-B01A codes.
POS, shop, store, retail
T05-L01A Cash register
T05-L01B Card reader
[1992]
See also T01-J05A1 for processing aspects
ECR, till drawer, key, lock, receipt, paper roll, printer, display, calculate, processor
T05-L01D [1992] Data transfer and network aspects Includes networks linking cash registers and central computer. See also T01 and W01-A06 codes.
LAN, WAN, local area, wide area, bus, loop, ring, interconnect, interface
T05-L01E POS Weighing Scales
[2005]
See T05-L01X prior to 2005. See also S02 for weighing apparatus in general.
Scales, weigh
T05-L01F [2005] Electronically Addressed shelf edge display Coded as T05-L01X prior to 2005.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T05-L01H POS printers
[2006]
T05-L01X [1992] Other POS equipment or systems Conveyor, automatic packing, price T05-L02
[1992]
Electronic funds transfer Includes all aspects of EFT. Telephone line data transmission aspects are also coded in W01-C05B3C. Computer/Internet aspects are also coded T01-N01A1.
T05-L03 [1992] Cash dispensing and depositing machines Includes automatic teller machines.
Bank, terminal, banknote, card, ATM
T05-L03A [1992] Cash-handling aspects See T05-K02 for banknote sorting/delivering in general.
T05-L03A1 Cash-receiving Deposit, envelope
[1992]
T05-L03A5
[1992]
[1992]
See T05-H02 codes for card operated access system details, and T05-D01 codes for control of access to enclosure.
Lobby
Includes display arrangements and selection keys.
Microprocessor, computer, controller, program
T05-L03C5
[1992]
Security system aspects Authorise, validate, personal identification number, PIN T05-L03E [1992] Constructional details Includes internal details such as component mounting, and also housing, reinforcement, etc.
Casing, support, bezel, escutcheon, display filter
T05-L05 [1992] Cashboxes, strongboxes, safes, moneyboxes See W05-B01 codes for theft/burglar alarms.
T05-L05A [1992] Strongboxes, safes Lock, combination, tumbler, time delay, release T05-L05B
[1992]
Personal moneybox, coin holders
Cash dispensing T05-L03C Security and control
T05-L03C1 [1992] General control system
T05-L07 [1992] Coin and note counting T05-L09 Other Coin wrapping, minting
[1992]
333
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T06: Process and Machine Control These codes cover general or unspecified control systems and methods. T06 codes are often applied due to the presence of guaranteed G05B (T06-A codes) and G05D (T06-B codes) IPCs, as well as G05G (T06-C codes), as long as there is some electrical content for the latter. In the absence of a guaranteed G05B or G05D IPC, if the control is 'specific', then T06 codes are not normally applied. For example, non-specific or general torque control will be coded in T06-B12, but if the patent details control of electric motor torque, e.g. for a motor vehicle power steering system, then T06 codes will not be applied (unless there is e.g. a G05D-017 IPC assigned), because the control can be much more accurately highlighted by applying specific V06-N (motor torque control) and X22-C05A (vehicle power steering) codes.
T06-A General control systems This code is used for systems for regulating specific variables which are more generally applicable.
T06-A01 Comparing elements Includes electric analogue and digital comparators. General electronic comparators are coded in U22-A04D5.
Error detectors
T06-A02 Anti-hunting and internal feedback arrangements Includes electric and fluidic antihunting measures; electric and fluidic feedback to obtain proportional, integral and differential characteristics. See also T06-A06A9 for PID control per se.
PI, PD, PID
T06-A03 Obtaining smooth (dis)engagement of automatic control; safety arrangements Includes both electric and fluidic arrangements.
T06-A04 Programme-control systems T06-A04A Numerical controllers NC T06-A04A1 Using measuring device T06-A04A2 Characterised by computer; with central computer controlling several NC machines See T01-F06 for CNC-related microprocessing.
CNC, computerised numerical controller
T06-A04A2A Total factory control
[1997]
For central factory control not using NC systems, see T06-A04B7.
FA, DNC, Direct/distributed numerical controller
T06-A04A3 [1997] Positioning or contouring control systems Also includes tool centring, measuring workpiece for machining, backlash and other types of error compensation, and control of velocity, etc.
T06-A04A4 [1997] Machine data input and handling arrangements Includes NC systems where form of data input is the characterising feature e.g. manual data input, generating data from the drawing, or using design data from a CAD/CAM system. Also includes reading, buffering or conversion of data.
T06-A04A5 [1997] Using tool path interpolation
335
336
T: Computing and Control
T06-A04A6 [1997] Monitoring and safety systems See also T06-A03 and T06-A08 for general safety and monitoring systems, respectively.
T06-A04A9 Other numerical controller aspects Includes open loop systems.
T06-A04B Non-numerical T06-A04B1 [1997] Sequence or logic controller Also includes programmable logic controllers. See also T01-F06 for program control arrangements e.g. using stored programs, such as in PLC, for control of computer peripheral. For general safety and monitoring systems, see T06-A03 and T06-A08, respectively.
PLC, relay ladder, graph set processing
T06-A04B3 [1997] Fluidic control systems T06-A04B5 [1997] Recording and playback/teaching systems T06-A04B7 [1997] Total central control of factory For central factory control using NC systems, see T06-A04A2A.
FMS, Flexible manufacturing system, CIM, computer integrated manufacturing, multimachine control, IMS, integrated manufacturing system
T06-A05 Adaptive (optimum) control systems T06-A05A [1992] Artificial Intelligence-based systems Includes expert-, rule-, or knowledge-based systems. See also T01-J16 codes.
AI, KBE, rule acquisition, inference engine, heuristic rules
T06-A05A1 Fuzzy control
[1992]
See also T01-J16B.
T06-A05C Using algorithms
[2007]
Includes adaptive control systems using algorithms to optimise system performance. E.g. includes control algorithms used in washing machines (see also X27-D01A5) to optimise wash cycle based on sensed parameters such as weight of clothes, temperature etc.
T06-A06 Automatic controllers T06-A06A Electric T06-A06A1 (Dis)continuous controllers T06-A06A1A Continuous
[1992]
(T06-A06A3)
Output of controller is continuous function of deviation from desired value. See T06-A06A3 for records from 1983 to 1991.
T06-A06A1D Discontinuous
[1992]
(T06-A06A5)
Output of controller is discontinuous function of deviation from desired value e.g. two or multi-step controllers. See T06-A06A5 for records from 1983 to 1991.
T06-A06A2 With output pulse-train signal; with multiple inputs and outputs Includes systems where the output of controller is pulse-height, -width, or frequency-modulated; multiple inputs obtained from more than one sensor and outputs applied to more than one correcting element.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T06-A06A3* Continuous
[1983-1991]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to T06-A06A1A from 1992 onwards to indicate its proper hierarchical relationship to T06A06A1. It is still searchable and valid for records of 1983 to 1991.
T06-A06A5* Discontinuous
[1983-1991]
*This code is now discontinued and transferred to T06-A06A1D from 1992 onwards to indicate its proper hierarchical relationship to T06A06A1. It is still searchable and valid for records of 1983 to 1991.
T06-A06A9 Other electric automatic controllers Includes arrangements to obtain PID and proportional, integral, or differential characteristics.
T06-A06B Pneumatic or hydraulic only T06-A07 Computer controlled systems; systems using models T06-A07A [1992] Computer-controlled systems This code is used together with other codes only if substantial computing details are disclosed. For example, CNC machine tool motor control systems would be coded only in T06-A04A. See also T01-J07B for the computing aspects of industrial process controllers.
CAE, CAI, CAM
T06-A07A1 [1992] Distributed control systems T06-A07B [1992] Systems using models T06-A08 Testing and monitoring control systems
T06-A10 [1992] Sampled-variable control systems (T06-A20)
T06-A11 [1997] Control systems-related (data) communications arrangements (T06-A20)
See also W01-A06 codes for data communications in general. RF type communications are in W02 and transmission systems for measurement and control systems are covered by W05-D codes. Only used when
MAP
T06-A20 Other general control systems aspects Includes open-loop automatic control systems; general constructional details of controllers e.g. control boards or racks for electronic controllers (see V04-T codes for electronic equipment constructional features).
T06-B Control of non-electric variables Includes normally documents with the G05D IPC, or those with substantial electrical content but no relevant provision elsewhere in EPI, e.g. flow control. Does not cover automotive vehicle controllers like torque (see X22-A03D instead), etc. unless G05D is applied. T06-B codes are primarily applied with regard to the final variable being controlled, though in some cases, an intermediate variable being controlled may also be coded, if deemed helpful. For example: in a system controlling the flow of fluid by varying the speed of a pump, T06-B04 will be the code normally applied to highlight the desired flow control aspect (if a G05D IPC is assigned or no specific application is detailed), and in most cases the intermediate speed control aspect (T06-B09) will not need to be coded.
337
338
T: Computing and Control
T06-B01 Vehicle position, course, altitude or attitude For aircraft flight controllers, see W06-B01A5.
T06-B01A Position or course in two dimensions Includes vehicles using near-field transmission system e.g. having buried conductors in floor etc. (see W02-C02 also).
Steering, tracking, robotic vehicles, navigation
T06-B01B Altitude or attitude; target seeking control See W07-A codes also for missile guidance.
Aircraft, flight, satellite
T06-B01X Other vehicle position/course control Includes 3-dimensional position or course control.
T06-B02 Position or direction T06-B02A Without feedback T06-B02B With feedback T06-B03 Material dimensions T06-B04 Flow T06-B04A Without auxiliary power T06-B04B Using electric means T06-B04X Other flow controller
T06-B05 Level T06-B06 Chemical or physico-chemical variables T06-B07 Humidity; viscosity; light intensity Only used for general or non-specific control systems. For illumination control/light dimming see X26-C codes only, for controlling light intensity of display see appropriate U14, W05 etc. display codes only, and for humidifiers per se see X27-E01B2 only.
T06-B08 Ratio T06-B08A Of two or more fluid flows T06-B08A1 Electrical T06-B08A9 Other ratio control with(out) auxiliary power T06-B08X Other ratio control T06-B09 Speed; acceleration T06-B09A Without auxiliary power; with auxiliary non-electric power T06-B09B Using electric means T06-B10 Mechanical force or stress T06-B11 Fluid pressure
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T06-B11A Without auxiliary power T06-B11X Other fluid pressure control T06-B12 Torque; mechanical power; mechanical oscillations T06-B13 Temperature Control of electric heaters is in X25-B04, central heating control in X27-E01A.
Thermostats
T06-B13A Without auxiliary power T06-B13B Using electric means T06-B13B1 Using elements with temp. dependent electric or magnetic properties
T06-C01 Controlling and controlled members Includes knobs for switches or variable resistors, etc. See V03-B09, V01-A03.
T06-C02 Limiting movement T06-C03 Manually operated mechanisms T06-C03A With single controlled member T06-C03B With several controlled members T06-C09 Other mechanical control devices or systems T06-D Applications In general, relates to items in X25, which should also be searched.
T06-B13B2 With auxiliary heater
T06-D01 Agriculture
T06-B13B9
T06-D01A
Other electric temperature control T06-B13X Other temperature control T06-B14 Several variables simultaneously T06-B20 Other nonIncludes simultaneous control of electric and non-electric variables.
T06-C Mechanical control devices or systems Included in EPI only if application is for electrical systems or devices.
[1983]
Soil working, sowing, harvesting See also X25-N01A for electrical equipment.
Tractor, depth, plough, harvester, agricultural vehicles
T06-D01B [1983] Irrigating, fertilising, culture See also X25-N01B for electrical equipment.
Sprinklers
T06-D01C Livestock industry
[1987]
Includes feeding, milking, and enclosure heating and air conditioning. See also X25N02.
Feeding control
339
340
T: Computing and Control
T06-D02 Food, pharmaceuticals and tobacco processing See also X25-P.
T06-D02A Pharmaceuticals
[1987]
See also X25-P02.
Drugs, medicines
T06-D02B
[2011]
Tobacco Includes control of tobacco processing plant.
T06-D02C Food
[2014]
Includes control of food processing plant.
T06-D03 Textile and paper manufacture T06-D03A Paper making
[1983]
See also X25-T09.
T06-D03B [1983] Fiber, yarn, etc. manufacture See also X25-T04A.
Spinning, winding, twisting, combing, carding, tension-control
T06-D03C Fabric manufacture
[1983]
See also X25-T04B codes.
Looms, knitting machines, wefting machines, warping machines, weaving
T06-D03D [1983] Sewing machine/Embroidery machines See also X25-T04C.
Embroidery
T06-D04 Separating; crushing; mixing See also X25-J for crushing and mixing. Also includes shredder.
T06-D05 Metal working; casting T06-D05A Metal working
[1983]
T06-D05A1 [1987] Shaping; rolling; hammering; bending; punching Includes shaping of materials (excluding cutting), e.g. rolling (see also X25-A02B), bending, punching and hammering (see also X25-A02D).
T06-D05A2 Pressing
[2011]
(T06-D20)
See also X25-A02A for presses per se.
Press
T06-D05B Casting
[1983]
See also X25-A01.
T06-D06 Machine tool control T06-D07 Grinding; polishing; cutting; drilling; manipulators T06-D07A [1983] Milling; grinding; polishing See also X25-A03C codes as appropriate.
Abrading, honing, lapping, planing, sanding, burnishing, blasting
T06-D07B Manipulators
[1983]
Also see X25-A03E. See T06-D08F and X25F05A instead for autonomous and robotic vehicles.
Robots
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T06-D07C [2011] Turning; boring; drilling; cutting
T06-D08F [1987] Trucks, goods or robotic vehicles
Also see X25-A03A and X25-A03B codes as appropriate.
Includes goods conveying vehicle control (see also X25-F05A codes).
Sawing, trimming, grooving, lathe
Robotic vehicles, autonomous vehicles, trucks
T06-D08 Conveying, lifting, hauling, handling materials T06-D08A Web-advancing Includes strip and coil handling. Also see X25F02 for web/strip/coil handling per se. Includes cable winding aspects. Also see X12D07X or X12-G10 for cable winding machine and cable drums/reels.
Sheets, roll, paper, filaments
T06-D08B Article feeding; tension regulating T06-D08C Conveyors See also X25-F01A for control details of conveyors.
Belts, transporting goods, shelving and retrieving, locating, addressing
T06-D08D Lifts See also X25-F04A for control details of lifts.
Elevators, car call control, escalators, cabins, cages
T06-D08E Cranes, load engaging equipment, soil shifters See also X25-F05 for cranes and X25-D01 for excavators and soil shifting.
Hoists, excavators
T06-D08X Other material handling control systems T06-D09 Metallurgy
[1983]
See also X25-A codes for metal working, and X25-Q codes for iron and steel manufacture, furnace control (see X25-X13 also), heat treatment etc.
T06-D10 Chemical processing
[1983]
T06-D11
[1987]
Mining (T06-D20)
See also X25-D02 for mining.
Conveyors, machines
T06-D12 Earth drilling
[1987]
(T06-D20)
Includes oil, gas and water wells drilling. Drilling for building construction is not covered. See also X25-E01 for drilling equipment.
Boreholes
T06-D13 Plastics
[1987]
(T06-D20)
See also X25-A06 for plastic working per se.
Extruding, injecting, moulding
T06-D14 Rubber
[2011]
(T06-D20)
Includes control of rubber processing and tyre manufacturing plant. See also X25-A07 for rubber working per se.
341
342
T: Computing and Control
T06-D15 [2014] Packaging/filling/dispenser/bottling/ labeling Includes control of packaging/dispensing machines.
T06-D20 Other applications of control systems Includes drying (see also X25-G), etc. From 2011 control of presses is transferred to T06D05A2.
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T07: Traffic Control Systems Traffic control systems specifically for rail, air/marine transport are not included, and are covered by X23 and W06 codes respectively. Some offboard roadside aspect or traffic control centre must be present to be coded in T07. Purely onboard motor vehicle aspects are coded in X22 only.
T07-A Determining road vehicle position, speed or flow T07-A01 [1992] Monitoring flow of traffic Includes measurement of number of vehicles passing within fixed time period.
Congestion, volume, closed-circuit TV, CCTV, survey, cable, pressure, detect
T07-A01A [1992] Measuring speed of traffic Includes measurement of average speed.
T07-A01A1 [1992] Measuring individual vehicle speed Includes police speed trap using e.g. radar, laser, etc. (For driver countermeasures see X22-E08 and W06-A04E3C).
Gun, check, readout
T07-A01B [1997] Detecting presence of vehicle This code is for detecting the presence of a vehicle in a known local position, e.g. using inductive loops embedded in roadway that detect change in magnetic field caused by presence of the vehicle. For detecting the presence of vehicles specifically for traffic signal control, e.g. traffic light control, see T07-C03A only. For detecting free parking space see T07-F also. For systems detecting an unknown geographic location of the vehicle see T07-A05 codes instead.
T07-A01B1
[1997]
Use with T07-E codes also.
T07-A01C Vehicle counting
[1992]
See also T07-F for counting number of vehicles entering car park.
T07-A01D [2002] Vehicle classification system Includes classification of vehicle type, e.g. car, lorry, motorbike, and e.g. monitoring of vehicle height. Includes optical systems in which light beam is interrupted when high vehicle such as truck passes by.
Classify, vehicle type, height sensing
T07-A03 [1992] Identifying and recording individual vehicle information T07-A03A [1997] Transponder interrogation Transponder interrogation systems for vehicle identification in general are covered by T04K03B, T04-K02 and W06-A04B1 codes and W02-G05 codes for novel RF details.
RFID, transponder, tag
T07-A03A1* [1997-2001] For tolls or other charging systems *This code is now discontinued; the transponder aspect is now transferred to T07A03A and the toll aspect is transferred to T07A03E from 2002 onwards. T07-A03A1 remains searchable for records between 1997 and 2001.
T07-A03C Recording images
[1997]
Includes systems triggered by detecting vehicle speeding, or travelling through stop signal.
Automatic camera, number, offence, violation
T07-A03C1 By photography
[1997]
Electrical aspects of photography are also assigned and are coded in S06-B, especially S06-B02 codes.
343
344
T: Computing and Control
T07-A03C5 By video systems
[1997]
Closed circuit TV systems are assigned W02F01 codes. See W04-M01 codes for details of video cameras.
CCTV, VCR, tape, playback
T07-A03C5A
[1997]
With pattern recognition of licence plate information See T04-D codes also.
T07-A03E [2002] Toll and charging arrangements Transponder aspects for transmission of data between toll booth and vehicle are coded in T07-A03A also. See T05-D02 also and T05C03 for charge indicating aspects. See X22X07 also for on-board vehicle aspects such as windscreen mounted transponder.
Transponder, card, debit, toll
T07-A05 [1992] Monitoring position of vehicle This code is for monitoring the geographic position of a vehicle. For position monitoring in conjunction with mobile radio systems see W02-C03C codes (e.g. W02-C03C1E). For T07-A05 to be applied there needs to be some offboard or roadside aspect. Purely onboard vehicle position determination is coded in X22-E06 instead, as well as e.g. S02-B08C and W06-A03A5C if GPS is used for the position fixing. For systems detecting the position or rather presence of a vehicle at a known point on the road, see T07-A01B instead, or T07-C03A if the aim of the presence detection is for road traffic signal control.
Location, city, zone, district, road, street, plan, moving map, destination
T07-A05A [1992] Monitoring position of scheduled vehicle e.g. bus Includes systems for monitoring position of buses or other vehicles such as delivery vehicles following a set route or travelling between specific destinations, e.g. to allow offboard controller to monitor vehicle progress. See also T07-A05L for display of vehicle position to controller. See also X22-P05A and other appropriate X22 codes for on-board bus details.
T07-A05A1* [1992-200 6] Displaying information to passenger *This code is now discontinued and transferred to T07-A05D and T07-A05S. T07-A05A1 remains searchable for records from 19922006.
Time, interval, indication, boarding, alighting
T07-A05A3* [1992-2001 ] Displaying information to controller *This code is now discontinued; the display to central controller aspect is transferred to T07A05B and the application to scheduled vehicles is covered by T07-A05A. T07-A05A3 remains searchable for records between 1992 and 2001.
Central station, route
T07-A05B [2002] Displaying information to controller Includes informing central station of vehicle position, e.g. to allow controller to monitor vehicle progress and alter vehicle schedule if required (see also T07-A05S). See also X22E06F for updating vehicle navigation display.
Central station, route
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T07-A05C [1992] Displaying information to driver Includes arrangements indicating position of vehicle to driver, e.g. using roadside beacons or other roadside based navigational systems. Systems transmitting actual control signals affecting vehicle steering for example, are covered by T07-D01 (and X22-C05B for automatic steering details). See also X22E06F and S02-B08 codes. Includes use of offboard traffic centre to inform driver of best route to destination, e.g. due to traffic congestion, i.e. to reduce processing requirements of on-board navigation system. T07-G01 may also need to be applied for indication of traffic congestion.
CD-ROM
T07-A05D [2007] Displaying information to passenger (X22-A05A1)
Includes systems for informing passenger of current position of bus or taxi or its expected arrival time. Includes display of vehicle position on hand-held device, in-bus display or on off-board bus stop display.
T07-A05U [2007] Monitoring position of un-scheduled vehicle e.g. taxi (X22-A05)
Includes systems for monitoring position of taxis, e.g. to allow dispatcher to efficiently dispatch taxis to most appropriate pick-up points. See also T07-A05L for display of taxi position to controller, T07-A05N for display of pick-up point to taxi driver, and T07-A05J for informing passenger of current taxi location and expected arrival time. See X22-P05C and other appropriate X22 codes for on-board taxi details.
T07-B Traffic signals and roadsigns The codes in this section relate to equipment providing both variable traffic instructions and fixed information.
Display, road, warning, optical, reflect, sign, emergency, light
T07-B01 Signal details
[1992]
T07-B01A Light source
[1992]
Only includes novel light sources/bulbs etc. per se. See X26 for lamps and U12-A01A codes for LEDs. Lampholders are coded in T07B01B.
Incandescent, discharge, bulb, fluorescent, light emitting diode, LED, HID
T07-B01B
[1992]
Reflectors, filters, lenses, fittings Includes holders for lamps or other light source.
T07-B01C [1992] Constructional details Casing, mounting, cable, harness, seal, post, street furniture T07-B05 Signal type
[1992]
Codes in this section are used to indicate signal type either alone, in conjunction with T07-B01 codes, or with T07-C codes.
T07-B05A [1992] Traffic intersection control pedestrian crossing systems.
T07-B05A1 [1992] Portable, temporary unit Includes portable display used at traffic intersection. For movable displays used in other situations see T07-B05G only.
Road works, repairs, one-way, alternate, single line, battery
T07-B05A5 [1992] Indicating elapsed time Includes indication of time before next signal change.
Period, warning, fuel saving, pollution
345
346
T: Computing and Control
T07-B05C [1992] Variable information display Includes matrix displays e.g. indicating temporary speed limit, motorway lane closure, etc.
T07-B05E Fixed display
[1992]
Includes illuminated direction signs.
T07-B05G Movable display
[2002]
Includes portable or temporary displays, e.g. mounted on movable trailer, and used at roadworks along motorway to inform drivers of temporary speed limit or lane closures. Portable displays used for traffic intersection signalling such as temporary traffic lights are coded in T07-B05A1 only.
T07-B07 [2002] Traffic signals and roadsigns with ancillary signalling Includes roadside transmitters, e.g. incorporated in road sign to transmit radio position signal or speed limit signal to vehicle. See also T07-D03 if vehicle speed is automatically controlled.
Radio transmitter, beacon, speed limit notification
T07-C Controlling traffic signals For control of a particular type of signal search with T07-B05 codes (except T07-B05E).
T07-C01 [1992] Control circuitry Computer, microprocessor, sequential, program, logic, clock, time T07-C03 [1992] Switch and detector arrangements Includes manual switch for e.g. pedestrian crossing. See also V03 codes for novel mechanical switches per se.
Pushbutton
T07-C03A [1992] Detecting presence of vehicle Includes using inductive loops below road surface (also coded in S03-C02B) to detect vehicle presence and then control traffic signal. For vehicle presence detection not associated with traffic signal control see T07A01B only.
Sense, pressure, magnetic field
T07-C05 [1992] Monitoring and alarms Includes safety measures to prevent signal conflict, warning of signal lamp failure, etc.
T07-C07 [1992] Over-ride control system Includes emergency services vehicle priority system. See also X22 and e.g. W05-D codes for wireless remote control.
T07-D Vehicle guidance and control systems Includes offboard systems that effect automatic control or guidance of land vehicle.
Car
T07-D01 [2002] Vehicle guidance systems This code covers arrangements controlling vehicle travel direction in road traffic or offroad traffic system, normally where there is some traffic contention aspect, e.g. to prevent collisions. (See T06-B01A, X22-C05B and W02-C02 codes for inductive loop and radiating cable guidance systems also. For materials handling vehicles, see X25-F05A codes). Systems providing navigational information only, without automatic guidance control, are covered by T07-A05C and also included in X22-E06 codes for onboard aspects, and in S02-B08. Information processing aspects of vehicle guidance irrespectively are covered by T01-J07D codes.
Position, road, track, cable, near field, automatic steering
EPI Manual Codes 2014 Part 1
T07-D03 [2002] Vehicle automatic control systems Includes automatic regulation of vehicle speed in response to signal transmitted from roadside transmitter. See also T07-B07 if transmitter is incorporated into road sign. X22-A03B and X22-C02D codes may also need to be applied for automatic vehicle speed and braking control.
Speed limit enforcement, speed control, automatic braking, by-wire
T07-E Anti-collision systems See X22-J05 codes for self-contained onboard road vehicle systems, which are not coded here, and W06e.g. W06-A04H1.
Ultrasonic, light, beam, distance, receive, transmit, rear, indicate, safety, warning, obstacle
T07-E01 [1992] Warning of or preventing collision Includes warning of insufficient vehicle spacing.
T07-E05 [1992] Warning of unsafe vehicle position Includes warning of deviation from lane using some road based apparatus such as passive radar reflector or transponder embedded in road. Excludes on-board vehicle optical detection of painted white line.
White line, pattern, stud
T07-F Parking control systems Includes indication of occupancy of parking spaces (see T07-A01B also for vehicle presence detector and T07-A01C for vehicle counting) and vehicle access control and direction of vehicle to parking space. See also T05-D codes for barrier/access control aspects per se. See X25-U02 only for vehicle handling/lifting/storing via powered equipment in multistorey car park. Parking meters are not included - see T05-G03A.
Time, display, vehicle, car, card, fee, ticket, charge
T07-G [1992] Informing driver of traffic, road and weather conditions From 1997, the scope of this code has been widened to include warning of traffic congestion. Includes use of radio broadcasting or telephone information services. See W01C05 codes for telephone aspects, W02 codes for radio systems (especially W02-E01B5 for RDS-based systems) and W05 for signalling in general. T07-B codes may be relevant also for signalling aspects.
T07-G01 [1997] Informing driver of traffic congestion Includes use of roadside display to inform driver of delays or transmission of information directly to onboard vehicle display (see also X22-E11). For systems also displaying alternative route to driver to avoid congestion, also see T07-A05C and X22-E06F codes.
Accident, road works, lane closure, traffic jam, diversion, signal failure, alternative route
T07-G02 [2013] Informing driver of road surface conditions Includes informing driver of temporary road surface, resurfacing works, pot holes, raised ironwork etc. For warning of road flooding etc. see T07-G05 instead. If the monitoring system is located on the road, X25-U05 should also be applied. If the monitoring system is mounted on the vehicle, see X22 only.
347
348
T: Computing and Control
T07-G05 [1997] Adverse weather condition monitoring and warning For warning driver of severe weather such as flooding so that alternative route can be used. See S03-D codes for meteorological aspects also.
Visibility, fog, mist, temperature, frost, ice, black ice, flood
T07-H
[2002]
Intelligent highway systems Includes general details of intelligent roadways, such as roadside infrastructure, e.g. beacons or transponders beside or embedded in road, to assist with automatic vehicle steering (see also T07-D01) or vehicle separation distance control (see also T07D03). For vehicle control via a central traffic centre, see T07-A05 codes instead.
T07-M [2012] Traffic administration and traffic modelling/design Includes traffic planning and designing. Also see T01-J05A for administration or T01-J15X for computer design and modelling.
T07-X Other electrical traffic control aspects Includes illuminated road studs and lane markings, and electrically height adjustable road bumps. Includes warning triangle placed on road by vehicle driver, e.g. to guide emergency vehicle to accident site. See also X22-B03.
Cats eye, speed bump, warning triangle